Krone BA BiG M 500 Operating Instructions


Add to my manuals
544 Pages

advertisement

Krone BA BiG M 500 Operating Instructions | Manualzz
Original operating instructions
Self-propelled High-Performance MowerConditioner
BiG M 500
(from serial no.: 842 990)
Order no.: 150 000 136 01 en
29.03.2012
Table of Contents
Pos : 1 /BA/Konfor mitäts er kl ärungen/Selbstfahr er/N eu ab 2010/BiG M 500 @ 40\mod_1270542274512_78.doc @ 366815 @ @ 1
CV0
EC Declaration of Conformity
Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH
We
Heinrich-Krone-Str. 10, D-48480 Spelle
hereby declare as manufacturer of the product named below, on our sole responsibility,
that the
Machine:
Self-Propelled High-Performance Mower-Conditioner
Type/types:
BiG M 500
to which this declaration refers is in compliance with the relevant provisions of
EC Directive 2006/42/EC (Machinery) and EC Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC)
The signing Managing Director is authorised to compile the technical documents.
Spelle, 31.03.2011
Dr.-Ing. Josef Horstmann
(Managing Director, Design and Development)
Year of manufacture:
Machine No.:
Pos : 2 /BA/Vor wort/Sehr geehrter Kunde @ 0\mod_1195626300326_78.doc @ 905 @ @ 1
Dear customer,
Dear customer,
You have now received the operating instructions for the KRONE
product which you have purchased.
These operating instructions contain important information for the
proper use and safe operation of the machine.
If these operating instructions should become wholly or partially
unusable, you can obtain replacement operating instructions for
your machine by stating the number given overleaf.
Pos : 3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
2
Table of Contents
Pos : 4 /BA/Inhalts verz eichnis @ 0\mod_1196861555655_78.doc @ 15165 @ 1 @ 1
1
Table of Contents
1
Table of Contents ...................................................................................................................................3
2
Foreword ...............................................................................................................................................14
3
Introduction...........................................................................................................................................15
3.1
Validity ............................................................................................................................................. 15
4
3.2
Identification Plate ........................................................................................................................... 15
3.3
Information Required for Questions and Orders.............................................................................. 16
3.4
Intended use .................................................................................................................................... 16
3.5
Reasonably foreseeable misuse ..................................................................................................... 17
3.6
Machine overview ............................................................................................................................ 18
3.7
Technical data ................................................................................................................................. 19
3.7.1
Technical Data / Vehicle .............................................................................................................. 19
3.7.2
Technical Data / Vehicle with Additional Axle (Optional)............................................................. 20
3.7.3
Technical data/CV mowing unit ................................................................................................... 20
Safety.....................................................................................................................................................21
4.1
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 21
4.2
Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions ........................................................................... 22
4.3
Identification of the hazard warnings ............................................................................................... 22
4.3.1
Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels .......................................................... 23
4.3.2
Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels .................................................................. 23
4.3.3
Contact......................................................................................................................................... 23
4.4
Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the Machine ............................................................... 24
4.4.1
Basic machine „left and right side hand of machine”................................................................... 24
4.4.2
Lateral mowing unit left / right...................................................................................................... 26
4.4.3
Front mowing unit ........................................................................................................................ 28
4.5
Position of the General Information Labels on the Machine............................................................ 30
4.5.1
Basic machine „front -/ rear view“ ................................................................................................ 30
4.5.2
Basic machine „left and right side hand of machine”................................................................... 32
4.5.3
Lateral mowing unit left / right...................................................................................................... 34
4.5.4
Front mowing unit ........................................................................................................................ 36
4.5.5
Personnel Qualification and Training Fehler! Textmarke nicht definiert...................................... 38
4.5.6
Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the Safety Instructions............................................... 38
4.5.7
Safety-conscious work practices ................................................................................................. 38
4.6
Safety Instructions and Accident Prevention Regulations............................................................... 39
4.7
Conveying persons, guides, operating personnel ........................................................................... 40
4.8
Self-propelled working machine ...................................................................................................... 40
4.9
Autopilot ........................................................................................................................................... 41
4.10
Implements ...................................................................................................................................... 42
4.11
Hydraulic system ............................................................................................................................. 42
3
Table of Contents
4.12
Battery.............................................................................................................................................. 43
4.13
Cooling system ................................................................................................................................ 43
4.14
Tyres ................................................................................................................................................ 43
4.15
Emergency exit ................................................................................................................................ 43
4.16
Working in the vicinity of power transmission lines ......................................................................... 44
4.17
Fire preventions ............................................................................................................................... 44
4.18
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................... 45
4.19
Telephone and radio sets ................................................................................................................ 45
4.19.1
Wheel chocks........................................................................................................................... 46
4.19.2
Main battery switch .................................................................................................................. 47
5
5.1
Cabin......................................................................................................................................................48
Ladder to driver's cab ...................................................................................................................... 48
5.2
Opening the cabin door ................................................................................................................... 50
5.3
Operators controls ........................................................................................................................... 51
5.3.1
5.4
Air comfort seat................................................................................................................................ 52
5.4.1
Setting the left armrest................................................................................................................. 54
5.4.2
Right armrest ............................................................................................................................... 54
5.4.3
Drawer for first-aid kit/operating instructions ............................................................................... 55
5.5
Guide's seat ..................................................................................................................................... 56
5.5.1
Cooler .......................................................................................................................................... 56
5.5.2
Emergency Exit............................................................................................................................ 57
5.5.3
OBD diagnostics plug (On-Board-plug) ....................................................................................... 58
5.6
Steering Column and Foot Pedals................................................................................................... 59
5.6.1
Steering Column Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 60
5.6.2
Horn ............................................................................................................................................. 61
5.6.3
Indicator Switches........................................................................................................................ 61
5.6.4
Full Beam..................................................................................................................................... 62
5.6.5
Headlamp Flasher ....................................................................................................................... 62
5.6.6
Using the operating brake............................................................................................................ 63
5.7
Roof Panel Switch Group ................................................................................................................ 64
5.8
Lighting ............................................................................................................................................ 65
5.8.1
Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 65
5.8.2
Indicator, hazard warning flasher and brake light........................................................................ 66
5.8.2.1
Switching on the indicator.................................................................................................... 66
5.8.2.2
Brake light ............................................................................................................................ 66
5.8.2.3
Switching on the hazard warning flasher ............................................................................. 66
5.8.3
4
Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 51
Side light/dipped beam ................................................................................................................ 67
5.8.3.1
Switching on the parking light .............................................................................................. 67
5.8.3.2
Switching on the dipped beam............................................................................................. 67
Table of Contents
5.8.4
Working floodlights ...................................................................................................................... 68
5.8.4.1
Working floodlight right/left mowing units ............................................................................ 69
5.8.4.2
Working floodlights Cab....................................................................................................... 69
5.8.4.3
Working floodlight Bottom front............................................................................................ 70
5.8.4.4
Working floodlight rear ......................................................................................................... 70
5.8.5
Allround lights .............................................................................................................................. 71
5.8.6
Interior Lighting / Spotlight ........................................................................................................... 72
5.9
Outside mirrors ................................................................................................................................ 73
5.9.1
Left outside mirror ........................................................................................................................ 73
5.9.2
Right outside mirror and anti-collision mirror ............................................................................... 74
5.9.2.1
Setting the right outside mirror............................................................................................. 74
5.9.2.2
Setting the anti-collision mirror ............................................................................................ 74
5.10
Inside mirror ..................................................................................................................................... 75
5.11
Sun Visor ......................................................................................................................................... 75
5.12
Windshield wipers ............................................................................................................................ 76
5.13
Washer system – windshield ........................................................................................................... 76
5.14
Switch panel .................................................................................................................................... 77
5.15
Panel Switches and Indicator Lamps .............................................................................................. 78
5.15.1
Actuating release switches ...................................................................................................... 79
5.15.2
Release switch – road/field...................................................................................................... 80
5.15.3
Autopilot release switch / - optional ......................................................................................... 81
5.15.4
Release switch - holding brake................................................................................................ 82
5.15.5
Release switch travelling gear ................................................................................................. 83
5.15.6
Axle separation key ................................................................................................................. 84
5.15.7
Pilot Lamp Engine Oil Pressure............................................................................................... 85
5.15.8
Charge Indicator Lamp ............................................................................................................ 85
5.15.9
Pilot Lamp Cooling Water Temperature .................................................................................. 85
5.15.10
Pilot lamp steering fault ........................................................................................................... 85
5.15.11
Ignition lock .............................................................................................................................. 86
5.15.12
Cigarette lighter / 12-V socket ................................................................................................. 87
5.15.13
Diagnostics Socket / USB Connection .................................................................................... 88
5.16
Multi-Function Lever ........................................................................................................................ 89
5.16.1
In Field Mode Only................................................................................................................... 89
5.16.2
Multi-Function Lever (Continued) ............................................................................................ 91
5.16.2.1
5.17
Driving .............................................................................................................................. 91
Klimatronik / heating ........................................................................................................................ 92
5.17.1
Control and display elements .................................................................................................. 92
5.17.2
Operation ................................................................................................................................. 94
5.17.3
Switching on the System ......................................................................................................... 94
5.17.4
Setting the Desired Cab Temperature..................................................................................... 94
5
Table of Contents
6
5.17.5
Switch air conditioning On / Off ............................................................................................... 95
5.17.6
Switch REHEAT mode On / Off ............................................................................................... 96
5.17.7
Manual setting of evaporator fan speed .................................................................................. 97
5.17.8
Switching the Temperature Display to ° Fahrenheit ................................................................ 98
5.17.9
Showing Faults in the Display.................................................................................................. 98
5.18
Adjustable Fan Nozzles ................................................................................................................. 100
5.19
Radio.............................................................................................................................................. 101
Info centre "EasyTouch" ...................................................................................................................102
6.1.1 Overview .................................................................................................................................... 102
6.2
Information Section........................................................................................................................ 104
6.2.1
Status line (I).............................................................................................................................. 105
6.2.2
Motor data (II) information section ............................................................................................. 106
6.2.3
Travelling gear data (III) information section ............................................................................. 107
6.2.4
Information section of settings (IV and V).................................................................................. 109
6.2.5
Drive data information section (VI) ............................................................................................ 109
6.3
Quick Access Keys in the Basic Screen........................................................................................ 110
6.3.1
Quick access "hydraulically adjustable cutting height" .............................................................. 110
6.3.2
Quick access "Mowing unit compensation for lateral mowing units" (ground pressure) ........... 112
6.3.3
Quick access "Customer Data Counter".................................................................................... 113
6.3.4
Changing a customer record (1) or creating a new one ............................................................ 114
6.3.4.1
Switching the counter on or off .......................................................................................... 115
6.3.4.2
Delete customer counter.................................................................................................... 116
6.3.4.3
Switching to General Counters (Machine Data Counters) ................................................ 116
6.3.5
Quick access "Machine settings"............................................................................................... 117
6.3.6
Menu Level ................................................................................................................................ 118
6.3.7
Brief Overview............................................................................................................................ 118
6.3.8
Bringing up a Menu Level .......................................................................................................... 119
6.4
Main menu 1 "Settings" ................................................................................................................. 120
6.5
Menu 1-1 "Parameters" ................................................................................................................. 121
6.5.1
6.6
6
Entering parameters .................................................................................................................. 122
Menu 1-2 "Machine setting"........................................................................................................... 123
6.6.1
Menu 1-3 "Units" ........................................................................................................................ 127
6.6.2
Menu 1-4 "Language" ................................................................................................................ 128
6.6.3
Menu 1-5 "Display" .................................................................................................................... 129
6.6.4
Menu 1-5-1 "Contrast" ............................................................................................................... 130
6.6.5
Menu 1-5-2 Beeper .................................................................................................................... 131
6.6.6
Beeper limited by time ............................................................................................................... 132
6.6.7
Menu 1-5-4 Direction of Rotation............................................................................................... 133
6.6.8
Menu 1-5-5 Configure status line .............................................................................................. 134
6.6.9
Menu 1-6 Date/time ................................................................................................................... 135
Table of Contents
6.6.10
6.7
Menu 1-9 Owner's address.................................................................................................... 136
Main Menu 2 Counters .................................................................................................................. 138
6.7.1
Machine Data Counter ............................................................................................................... 138
6.7.1.1
6.7.2
6.8
Deleting the Machine Data Counters (Sets 1 to 3) ............................................................ 139
Switching to Customer DataCounters ....................................................................................... 139
Main Menu 3 "Maintenance".......................................................................................................... 140
6.8.1
Menu 3-1 "Calibration of cutting height" .................................................................................... 141
6.8.2
Menu 3-2 Calibration of front mowing unit................................................................................. 143
6.8.3
Menu 3-3 Calibration of right lateral mowing unit ...................................................................... 149
6.8.4
Menu 3-4 Calibration of left lateral mowing unit ........................................................................ 156
6.8.5
Menu 3-5 Hydraulic axle suspension......................................................................................... 163
6.8.6
Menu 3-6 Cabin suspension ...................................................................................................... 164
6.8.7
Menu 3-8 Manual mode............................................................................................................. 166
6.8.7.1
6.9
Manual mode- mowing units.............................................................................................. 166
Main Menu 4 Service ..................................................................................................................... 173
6.9.1
Menu 4-1 Diagnostics ................................................................................................................ 174
6.9.2
Display of Release Conditions Not Met for Diagnostics ............................................................ 175
6.9.3
Display of possible faults for diagnostics................................................................................... 176
6.9.4
Menu 4-1-1 Diagnostics of axle suspension.............................................................................. 177
6.9.5
Menu 4-1-2 Diagnostics cabin suspension................................................................................ 179
6.9.6
Menu 4-1-4 Diagnostics of cutting height .................................................................................. 181
6.9.7
Menu 4-1-5 Diagnostics of hydraulic auger hood ...................................................................... 189
6.9.8
Menu 4-1-7 Diagnostics front mowing unit ................................................................................ 195
6.9.9
Menu 4-1-8 Diagnostics right lateral mowing unit...................................................................... 201
6.9.10
Menu 4-1-9 Diagnostics left lateral mowing unit.................................................................... 207
6.9.11
Menu 4-1-10 Diagnostics work .............................................................................................. 213
6.9.12
Menu 4-1-11 CAN Bus........................................................................................................... 218
6.9.13
Menu 4-1-12 Travelling gear.................................................................................................. 219
6.9.14
Menu 4-1-13 Electronics........................................................................................................ 230
6.9.15
Menu 4-1-14 Diesel Engine ................................................................................................... 231
6.9.16
Menu 4-1-15 Joystick............................................................................................................. 234
6.9.17
Menu 4-1-16 Control unit console ......................................................................................... 236
6.9.18
Menu 4-1-17 Display.............................................................................................................. 239
6.9.19
Menu 4-1-18 Steering ............................................................................................................ 240
6.10
Menu 4-2 Error list ......................................................................................................................... 241
6.11
Menu 4-3 "Service level"................................................................................................................ 246
6.12
Menu 4-4 Information..................................................................................................................... 247
6.12.1
Menu 4-4-1 Joystick............................................................................................................... 248
6.12.2
Menu 4-4-2 "Software"........................................................................................................... 249
6.12.3
Menu 4-4-3 Machine .............................................................................................................. 251
7
Table of Contents
6.13
7
6.13.1
Error Messages...................................................................................................................... 253
6.13.2
Information message ............................................................................................................. 254
Commissioning...................................................................................................................................255
7.1
Fitting the guard cloths .................................................................................................................. 255
7.2
8
Folding Down Lateral Mowing Units .............................................................................................. 255
7.2.1
Lowering All Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position................................ 256
7.2.2
Lowering All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position.................................. 257
7.2.3
Description of Installation........................................................................................................... 258
7.3
Retainer Spring .............................................................................................................................. 260
7.4
Installation of Cutter Blades........................................................................................................... 261
Start-up................................................................................................................................................262
8.1
Check before Start-up.................................................................................................................... 262
8.2
Daily checks................................................................................................................................... 262
8.2.1
On the Basic Machine................................................................................................................ 263
8.2.2
On the mowing units .................................................................................................................. 263
9
9.1
Driving and Transport ........................................................................................................................264
Transport / Road Travel................................................................................................................. 264
9.1.1
Additional Axle (Optional) .......................................................................................................... 264
9.1.2
Check lock ................................................................................................................................. 265
9.1.3
Release switch – road/field........................................................................................................ 265
9.1.4
Release switch travelling gear ................................................................................................... 266
9.2
Starting the engine......................................................................................................................... 266
9.2.1
Killing the engine ....................................................................................................................... 268
9.2.2
Starting with an Auxiliary Battery ............................................................................................... 268
9.3
Starting to Drive ............................................................................................................................. 268
9.3.1
Setting the Acceleration Behaviour............................................................................................ 269
9.3.2
General on driving ..................................................................................................................... 269
9.3.3
Preventing an overheating of the hydrostatic system................................................................ 270
9.3.4
Driving Forwards........................................................................................................................ 271
9.3.5
Reversing................................................................................................................................... 272
9.4
Cruise Control ................................................................................................................................ 273
9.4.1
Saving the Speed for Cruise Control Mode ............................................................................... 273
9.4.2
Activating Cruise Control ........................................................................................................... 274
9.4.3
Deactivating Cruise Control ....................................................................................................... 274
9.5
8
Menu 5 Basic Screen..................................................................................................................... 252
Stopping......................................................................................................................................... 275
9.5.1
Stopping with the Multi-Function Lever ..................................................................................... 275
9.5.2
Stopping with Foot Brakes......................................................................................................... 276
9.6
Parking Brake ................................................................................................................................ 277
9.7
Switch off the engine ..................................................................................................................... 278
Table of Contents
9.8
Switch off the machine................................................................................................................... 278
9.9
Towing ........................................................................................................................................... 279
10
Operation – Mowing Units .................................................................................................................280
10.1 Intended Use ................................................................................................................................. 280
10.2
Operation of Mowing Units ............................................................................................................ 281
10.3
Folding Down the Mowing Units .................................................................................................... 282
10.3.1
Lowering All Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position............................ 283
10.3.2
Lowering All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position.............................. 284
10.3.3
Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position .............. 285
10.3.4
Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position................. 285
10.3.5
Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Transport Position to Headland Position................... 286
10.3.6
Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Headland Position to Working Position ..................... 286
10.4
Mowing Unit Drive.......................................................................................................................... 287
10.4.1
Switching the Mowing Unit Drives On and Off....................................................................... 288
10.4.2
Switching the Left Mowing Unit Drive On/Off ........................................................................ 288
10.4.3
Switching the Right Mowing Unit Drive On/Off ...................................................................... 289
10.4.4
Switching the Front Mowing Unit Drive On/Off ...................................................................... 290
10.4.5
Switching All Mowing Unit Drives On/Off............................................................................... 291
10.5
Folding up the Mowing Units ......................................................................................................... 292
10.5.1
Lifting All Mowing Units from Working Position to Headland Position................................... 293
10.5.2
Folding All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Transport Position .............................. 293
10.5.3
Lifting the Lateral Mowing Units from Working Position to Headland Position...................... 294
10.5.4
Folding the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland Position to Transport Position ................. 294
10.5.5
Lifting the Front Mowing Unit from Working Position to Headland Position .......................... 295
10.5.6
Lifting the Front Mowing Unit from Working Position to Headland Position .......................... 295
10.6
Folding the Front Mowing Unit from Headland Position to Transport Position.............................. 296
10.7
Mowing........................................................................................................................................... 297
10.8
Game animal protection................................................................................................................. 298
10.8.1
Moving the Guards into Working Position ............................................................................. 300
10.8.2
Mowing with Individual Mowing Units .................................................................................... 300
10.8.3
Quick Stop ............................................................................................................................. 301
10.8.4
Fast Direction Change (Fast Reversing) ............................................................................... 301
10.8.5
Switching Axle Separation On and Off .................................................................................. 302
11
Adjusting the mowing units ..............................................................................................................303
11.1 Special Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................ 303
11.2
Adjusting the cutting height............................................................................................................ 303
11.3
Adjusting the Compensation Springs ............................................................................................ 303
11.3.1
11.4
Front mowing unit .................................................................................................................. 304
Adjusting the Tedder Speed .......................................................................................................... 305
11.4.1
Lateral mowing unit left / right................................................................................................ 305
9
Table of Contents
11.4.2
Front mowing unit right/left .................................................................................................... 306
11.5
Adjusting the conditioner plate ...................................................................................................... 307
11.6
Setting of the Scraper on the Cross Conveyor (Optional) ............................................................. 308
11.7
Adjusting the swath width .............................................................................................................. 309
11.7.1
Front mowing unit .................................................................................................................. 309
11.7.2
Lateral mowing unit left / right................................................................................................ 310
12
Maintenance – Engine........................................................................................................................311
12.1 Maintenance Table – Motor ........................................................................................................... 312
12.2
Contamination in the engine compartment.................................................................................... 315
12.3
Cleaning the Engine Compartment with Compressed Air ............................................................. 315
12.4
Engine oil level............................................................................................................................... 316
12.5
Engine oil ....................................................................................................................................... 317
12.6
Fuel filter/water separator .............................................................................................................. 319
12.6.1
Replacing the fuel filter .......................................................................................................... 319
12.6.2
Empty the water separator..................................................................................................... 319
12.7
Replacing the fuel filter insert ........................................................................................................ 320
12.7.1
Replacing the filter in the hand pump .................................................................................... 321
12.8
Replacing Urea Filter Inserts ......................................................................................................... 322
12.9
Fuel ................................................................................................................................................ 324
12.10
Tanks ......................................................................................................................................... 325
12.11
Tanks of urea solution ............................................................................................................... 326
12.12
Venting the fuel system ............................................................................................................. 328
12.13
Engine Coolant .......................................................................................................................... 328
12.14
Engine coolant – checks and controls ....................................................................................... 329
12.15
Air filter....................................................................................................................................... 330
12.15.1
Safety cartridge...................................................................................................................... 331
13
Maintenance – compressed air system ...........................................................................................332
13.1 Compressed-air reservoir .............................................................................................................. 332
13.1.1
Checking the compressed air reservoir ................................................................................. 332
13.1.2
Checking the drain valve ....................................................................................................... 333
13.1.3
Retighten tensioning belts ..................................................................................................... 333
13.2
Replace Air Dryer .......................................................................................................................... 333
14
Maintenance – Mowing Units ............................................................................................................334
14.1 Special Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................ 334
14.1.1
Test run.................................................................................................................................. 335
14.2
Spare Parts .................................................................................................................................... 335
14.3
Maintenance Table- Mowing Units ................................................................................................ 336
14.4
Tool box ......................................................................................................................................... 337
14.5
Tightening Torques ........................................................................................................................ 338
14.6
Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws) ................................................................................... 339
10
Table of Contents
14.6.1
14.7
Deviating Torque ................................................................................................................... 339
Opening the Front Guard............................................................................................................... 340
14.7.1
Lateral mowing unit left / right................................................................................................ 340
14.7.2
Front mowing unit right/left .................................................................................................... 340
14.8
Eliminating Blockages on the Cross Conveyor.............................................................................. 341
14.9
Shearing pins on cross conveyor .................................................................................................. 342
14.10
Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for Gearboxes................................................. 343
14.10.1
14.11
Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)........................................................ 343
Input gearbox ............................................................................................................................. 344
14.11.1
14.12
Lateral mowing unit left / right................................................................................................ 344
Speed gearbox........................................................................................................................... 345
14.12.1
Lateral mowing unit left / right................................................................................................ 345
14.13
Transfer gearbox ....................................................................................................................... 346
14.14
Input gearbox ............................................................................................................................. 347
14.14.1
14.15
Front mowing unit right/left .................................................................................................... 347
Speed gearbox........................................................................................................................... 348
14.15.1
14.16
Front mowing unit right/left .................................................................................................... 348
Oil level check and oil change on the cutter bar........................................................................ 349
14.16.1
Aligning the Cutter Bar........................................................................................................... 349
14.16.2
Checking the oil level............................................................................................................. 350
14.16.3
Oil change.............................................................................................................................. 351
14.17
Checking the Cutter Blades and Blade Holder .......................................................................... 353
14.17.1
Cutter Blades ......................................................................................................................... 353
14.17.2
Blade screw connection......................................................................................................... 354
14.17.3
Blade Quick-Fit Device .......................................................................................................... 355
14.17.4
Periodical Inspection of the Leaf Springs .............................................................................. 356
14.17.5
Periodical Inspection of the Cutting Discs / Blade Drums ..................................................... 357
14.17.6
Abrasion Limit ........................................................................................................................ 358
14.18
Blade Changing on Cutting Discs .............................................................................................. 359
14.18.1
Blade Screw Connection ....................................................................................................... 360
14.18.2
Blade Quick-Fit Device .......................................................................................................... 361
14.19
Replacing the linings.................................................................................................................. 362
14.20
Rotary hub with shear protection ............................................................................................... 364
14.20.1
After Shearing Off .................................................................................................................. 365
14.20.2
Repairing the Sheared Off Bearing Unit ................................................................................ 366
15
Maintenance – Basic Machine...........................................................................................................367
15.1 Brakes............................................................................................................................................ 367
15.2
Hydraulic system ........................................................................................................................... 368
15.3
Maintenance - hydraulic system .................................................................................................... 371
15.3.1
System Description Operating and Brake Hydraulics............................................................ 371
11
Table of Contents
15.3.2
Pumps.................................................................................................................................... 371
15.3.3
Over-pressure valves............................................................................................................. 372
15.3.4
Adjustable Throttles ............................................................................................................... 372
15.4
Hydraulic oil ................................................................................................................................... 373
15.4.1
List of Mineral Oils for the Hydraulic System......................................................................... 373
15.4.1.1
HEPG VG 46.................................................................................................................. 373
15.5
Hydraulic oil level ........................................................................................................................... 374
15.6
Replacing the hydraulic oil filter ..................................................................................................... 375
15.7
Transfer gearbox ........................................................................................................................... 376
15.8
Pressure filter................................................................................................................................. 377
15.9
High-pressure filter ........................................................................................................................ 378
15.10
Replacing the filter on the transfer gearbox............................................................................... 379
15.11
Wheel hub drives on the rear axles ........................................................................................... 380
15.12
Air Intake and Air Distribution .................................................................................................... 381
15.12.1
Changing / cleaning the fresh air filter ................................................................................... 383
15.12.2
Circulation filter ...................................................................................................................... 384
15.13
Windscreen washer system....................................................................................................... 385
15.14
Maintenance - air conditioning system and heating .................................................................. 386
15.15
Special Safety Instructions ........................................................................................................ 386
15.15.1
Air conditioning components.................................................................................................. 386
15.15.2
Refrigerant data sheet R 134a (excerpt) ............................................................................... 387
15.15.3
Technical data........................................................................................................................ 387
15.15.4
Refrigerant ............................................................................................................................. 388
15.15.5
Manometric switch ................................................................................................................. 388
15.15.6
Collector/drier......................................................................................................................... 389
15.15.7
Checking refrigerant condition and level ............................................................................... 390
15.16
Cleaning the radiator and radiator compartment ....................................................................... 391
15.17
Belt drives .................................................................................................................................. 392
15.17.1
Suction blower drive .............................................................................................................. 393
15.17.2
Fan wheel drive...................................................................................................................... 394
15.17.3
Cross Conveyor Drive............................................................................................................ 395
15.18
Tyres .......................................................................................................................................... 396
15.18.1
Checking and maintaining tyres............................................................................................. 397
15.18.2
Wheel mounting ..................................................................................................................... 398
15.18.3
Tighten the Fastening Screws on the Outrigger .................................................................... 398
16
Maintenance – lubrication chart .......................................................................................................399
16.1 Lubricating the PTO shaft .............................................................................................................. 399
16.2
Lubrication Chart ........................................................................................................................... 403
17
Maintenance – electrical system.......................................................................................................408
17.1 Electrical equipment - technical data............................................................................................. 408
12
Table of Contents
17.2
Battery............................................................................................................................................ 409
17.2.1
Main battery switch ................................................................................................................ 410
17.2.2
Charging Batteries ................................................................................................................. 411
17.2.3
Quick charge.......................................................................................................................... 411
17.2.4
Cleaning the battery............................................................................................................... 411
17.2.5
Check battery......................................................................................................................... 412
17.2.6
Check acid level..................................................................................................................... 412
17.2.7
Measuring Acid Density ......................................................................................................... 413
17.3
Fitting the batteries and connecting the poles correctly ................................................................ 414
17.4
Three-phase generator .................................................................................................................. 415
17.5
Starter ............................................................................................................................................ 416
17.6
Control units and fuses .................................................................................................................. 417
17.6.1
Electronic Diesel Control (EDC) ............................................................................................ 418
17.6.2
Cabin relay circuit board ........................................................................................................ 418
17.6.3
Circuit board console ............................................................................................................. 419
17.6.4
Cab circuit board.................................................................................................................... 420
17.6.5
Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC1) ................................................................... 421
17.6.6
Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC2) ................................................................... 422
18
Maintenance – Central Lubrication...................................................................................................423
18.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 423
18.2
Fill coupling .................................................................................................................................... 424
18.3
Lubricant ........................................................................................................................................ 425
18.3.1
Grease types, NLGIClass 2 ................................................................................................... 426
18.4
Checking the fill level ..................................................................................................................... 427
18.5
Change the Times of the Lubrication Interval................................................................................ 428
18.6
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................. 428
19
Placing in Storage ..............................................................................................................................430
19.1 At the End of the Harvest Season ................................................................................................. 430
19.2
Engine area.................................................................................................................................... 430
19.3
Before the Start of the New Season .............................................................................................. 431
19.4
Friction clutch –ByPy ..................................................................................................................... 432
19.4.1
Venting the Friction Clutch on the PTO Shaft........................................................................ 432
19.5
Friction Clutch for Lateral Mowing Units........................................................................................ 433
19.6
Friction Clutch for the Front Mowing Unit ...................................................................................... 434
20
Appendix .............................................................................................................................................435
20.1 Error Messages ............................................................................................................................. 435
Pos : 5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
13
Foreword
Pos : 6.1 /Ü bers chriften/Ü bersc hriften 1/U-Z/Vor wort @ 0\mod_1195627720123_78.doc @ 982 @ 1 @ 1
2
Foreword
Pos : 6.2 /BA/Vor wort/Selbs tfahr er/Verehrter Kunde BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250236039976_78.doc @ 274639 @ @ 1
Dear Customer
On buying the Self-Propelled High-Performance Mower-Conditioner Big M 500 you have
selected a quality product from KRONE.
We are grateful for the confidence you have invested in us in buying this machine.
It is important to read the operating instructions very carefully before you start operating the
machine so that the Self-Propelled High-Performance Mower-Conditioner Big M 500 may be
used to its maximum capacity.
The contents of this manual are laid out in such a way that you should be able to perform any
task by following the instructions step by step. It contains extensive notes and information about
maintenance, how to use the machine safely, secure working methods, special precautionary
measures and available accessories. It is essential, important and useful for the operational
safety, reliability and durability of the Self-Propelled High-Performance Mower-Conditioner Big
M 500, that these notes and information are adhered to.
Pos : 6.3 /BA/Vor wort/Selbs tfahr er/Wei ter en Verlauf Big M @ 0\mod_1195627075279_78.doc @ 963 @ @ 1
Note
Throughout the remainder of these operating instructions, the "Self-Propelled High
Performance Mowing Conditioner "BiG M" will also be referred to as the "machine / vehicle".
Pos : 6.4 /BA/Vor wort/Beachten Sie für Masc hi ne @ 0\mod_1195626904076_78.doc @ 944 @ @ 1
Please note:
The operating instructions are part of your machine.
Only operate this machine after you have been trained to do so and according to these
instructions.
It is essential to observe the safety instructions!
It is also necessary to observe the relevant accident prevention regulations and other generally
recognised regulations concerning safety, occupational health and road traffic.
All information, illustrations and technical data in these operating instructions correspond to the
latest state at the time of publication.
We reserve the right to make design changes at any time and without notification of reasons.
Should you for any reason not be able to use these operating instructions either wholly or
partially, you can receive a replacement set of operating instructions for your machine by
quoting the number supplied overleaf.
We hope that you will be satisfied with your KRONE machine.
Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH
Spelle
Pos : 7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
14
Introduction
Pos : 8.1 /BA/Ei nleitung/Ei nleitung @ 0\mod_1195562498677_78.doc @ 416 @ 1 @ 1
3
Introduction
These operating instructions contain fundamental instructions. These must be observed in
operation and maintenance. For this reason, these operating instructions must be read by
operating personnel before commissioning and use, and must be available for easy reference.
Follow both the general safety instructions contained in the section on safety and the specific
safety instructions contained in the other sections.
Pos : 8.2 /BA/Ei nleitung/Gültigkeit/Selbs fahrer/BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250236483632_78.doc @ 274689 @ 2 @ 1
3.1
Validity
The Operating Instructions apply to all Self-Propelled High Performance Mowing Conditioners
Big M 500.
Pos : 8.3 /Ü bers chriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/K- O/Kennzeic hnung @ 0\mod_1195564622099_78.doc @ 496 @ 2 @ 1
3.2
Identification Plate
Pos : 8.4 /BA/Ei nleitung/Kennz eichnung/Big M 500 @ 40\mod_1270560991668_78.doc @ 367244 @ @ 1
Fig. 1
The machine data are located on the type plate (1). This is located on the right side of the
machine on the front of the frame above the right front wheel.
Pos : 8.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
15
Introduction
Pos : 8.6 /BA/Ei nleitung/Angaben für Anfrage und Bes tell ungen_Fahrz eugident-Nr. @ 0\mod_1195565119708_78.doc @ 515 @ 2 @ 1
3.3
Information Required for Questions and Orders
Type
Year of manufacture
Vehicle ID number
Note
The entire identification plate represents a legal document and should not be altered or
rendered illegible!
When asking questions concerning the machine or ordering spare parts, be sure to provide type
designation, vehicle ID number and the year of manufacture : To ensure that these data are
always available, we recommend that you enter them in the fields above.
Note
Authentic KRONE spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer help to ensure
safety. The use of spare parts, accessories and other devices which are not manufactured,
tested or approved by KRONE will result in the revoking of the liability for damages resulting
thereof.
Pos : 8.7.1 /Ü bers chriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/A- E/Bes timmungsgemäß e Verwendung @ 103\mod_1332169199326_78.doc @ 940071 @ 2 @ 1
Ver
3.4
Intended use
Pos : 8.7.2 /BA/Ei nleitung/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebr auch/Selbs tfahr er/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebrauch Big M 400/420/500 @ 103\mod_1332169761803_78.doc @ 940157 @ @ 1
The self-propelled high-performance mower conditioner is a self-propelled work machine with
three disc mowers and integrated mower conditioners. The self-propelled high-performance
mower conditioner is intended for use in agriculture. The self-propelled high-performance
mower conditioner is used to mow various living grasses and legumes (from the initial stage to
the end of the photosynthetic process).
The three mowing units can be used individually or together, thereby making it possible to
adjust the working width as required. The integrated mower conditioners accelerate the drying
process of the mowed crop.
Pos : 8.7.3 /BA/Ei nleitung/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebr auch/Zur besti mmungsgemäßen Verwendung gehört auch @ 103\mod_1332171944900_78.doc @ 940301 @ @ 1
Intended use also includes compliance with the operating, cleaning, maintenance and repair
conditions set by the manufacturer.
Pos : 8.7.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
16
Introduction
Pos : 8.7.5 /Ü bers chriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/U-Z/Ver nüftiger weis e vor hers ehbare F ehlanwendung @ 103\mod_1332169519322_78.doc @ 940100 @ 2 @ 1
3.5
Reasonably foreseeable misuse
Pos : 8.7.6 /BA/Ei nleitung/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebr auch/Selbs tfahr er/Vernünftiger weise vorhersehbare Fehl anwendung T 1 @ 103\mod_1332170020800_78.doc @ 940186 @ @ 1
Any usage outside of intended use (as described above) constitutes non-intended use and
therefore represents misuse as defined by the Machinery Directive. The manufacturer shall not
be held liable for any resulting damages. The user alone shall be liable.
Pos : 8.7.7 /BA/Ei nleitung/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebr auch/Selbs tfahr er/Auflistung von F ehlanwendungen @ 103\mod_1332171361892_78.doc @ 940244 @ @ 1
Examples of such misuse are:
•
•
•
Mowing undergrowth and bushes
Mowing non-living plants such as straw or maize stalks
Mowing woody or highly fibrous plants such as trees, cotton stalks or sugar cane
Pos : 8.7.8 /BA/Ei nleitung/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebr auch/Nicht bes timmungs gemäss @ 103\mod_1332171672294_78.doc @ 940272 @ @ 1
Unauthorised modifications to the machine may have a negative effect on the machine
characteristics or safe and reliable use of the machine or may interfere with proper operation.
Unauthorised modifications shall therefore release the manufacturer of any liability for
consequential damage.
Pos : 8.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
17
Introduction
Pos : 8.9 /Ü bers chriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/K- O/M asc hinenübersic ht @ 0\mod_1195565731130_78.doc @ 555 @ 2 @ 1
3.6
Machine overview
Pos : 8.10 /BA/Einl eitung/M asc hinenübersic ht/BiG M 500 @ 41\mod_1271948656053_78.doc @ 374497 @ @ 1
7
8
9 10
1
2
4
11
3
18
5
BM 500 0135
Fig. 2
Pos : 8.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
6
1 Lateral mowing unit right
3 Lifting gear
5 Lateral mowing unit left
2
4
6
Outrigger right
Front mowing unit
Outrigger left
7 Cab
9 Engine
8 Operating panel
10 Combination radiator

11 Main battery switch
Introduction
Pos : 8.12 /BA/Einl eitung/T ec hnis che D aten @ 0\mod_1195566374865_78.doc @ 594 @ 2 @ 1
3.7
Technical data
All information, illustrations and technical data in these operating instructions correspond to the
latest state at the time of publication. We reserve the right to make design changes at any time
and without notification of reasons.
Pos : 8.13 /BA/Einl eitung/T ec hnis che D aten/Selbs tfahr er/Bi G M 500/Big M 500 F ahrzeug @ 95\mod_1328616594555_78.doc @ 799844 @ 3 @ 1
3.7.1
Technical Data / Vehicle
Power
Transport width/length/height
Weight
Weight distribution
Running gear
Steering
Tyres / air pressure
Tightening torque wheel nuts
Hydrostatic traction drive
{KW/HP}
{mm}
{approx. kg}
(as standard)
(optional)
Nm
Level I
Level II
Drive pump
Filling quantities
Diesel tank
Filling quantities
{I}
approx. 970
Urea solution
approx. 70
Engine oil
Hydraulic oil **
approx. 34 – 40
approx. 80
Coolant
Transfer gearbox
approx. approx. 11.5
Wheel hub gearbox
approx. 2.5
382 / 520
3000* / 10500 / 4000
21500
approx. 10000- front / 11500- rear
4 wheels
Direct drive provided by radial piston drives
All-wheel steering
800/65 R32 front 1.5 bar / rear 2.2 bar
900/60 R32 front 1.3 bar / rear 1.8 bar
700
0 to 20 km/h continuous (all-wheel drive)
0 to 40 km/h continuous (all-wheel drive)
Connectable axle separation in level 1
Delivery volume 100/100 ccm
Refined oils
Brand name
Please refer to chapter “MaintenanceMotor”
Please refer to chapter “MaintenanceMotor”
See chapter “Motor"
See chapter Maintenance-Basic Machine
“Hydraulic Oil”
See chapter “Motor"
Gearbox oil synthetic DIN 51502 –PGLP
ISO VG 220
SAE 90
*) depending on the tyre size
**) Caution: Do not mix with other oils.
Consult customer service before using other oils.
Pos : 8.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
19
Introduction
Pos : 8.15 /BA/Einl eitung/T ec hnis che D aten/Selbs tfahr er/Bi G M 500/Big M 500 Z us atz ac hs e @ 97\mod_1329285924054_78.doc @ 842205 @ 3 @ 1
3.7.2
Technical Data / Vehicle with Additional Axle (Optional)
Changes compared to series
Weight
Weight distribution
{approx. kg}
22000
approx. 10500- front / 11500- rear
Note
The tyre pressure on the front wheels of the towing machine must be increased by 0.1
bar if the additional axle is available as an option.
Pos : 8.16 /BA/Einl eitung/T ec hnis che D aten/Selbs tfahr er/Bi G M 500/Big M 500 M ähwer ke @ 38\mod_1265361907917_78.doc @ 348564 @ 3 @ 1
3.7.3
Technical data/CV mowing unit
Working width total/individual {mm}
Transport width {mm}
Number of cutting discs
Number of blade drums
Conditioner system
Speed of the conditioner {rpm}
Pos : 9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
20
13200/5300 front/4400 side
3000 mowing unit
6 / lateral mowing units - 2 / front mowing units
4 / lateral mowing units - 4 / front mowing units
V-shaped prong
700/1000
Safety
Pos : 10.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/P-T/Sicherheit @ 0\mod_1195566748646_78.doc @ 635 @ 1 @ 1
4
Safety
Pos : 10.2 /BA/Sicher heit/Selbs tfahr er/Sic herheit Einführung Big M 500 @ 28\mod_1250775622304_78.doc @ 277771 @ 2 @ 1
4.1
Introduction
The Big M 500 Self-Propelled High-Performance Mower-Conditioner is equipped with all the
necessary safety devices (protective devices). However, it is not possible to eliminate all
potential hazards on this machine as this would impair its full functional capability. Hazard
warnings are attached to the machine in the relevant areas to warn against any dangers. The
safety instructions are provided in the form of so-called warning pictograms. Important
information on the position of these safety signs and what they mean is given below!
Pos : 10.3 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr - Besc hädigte oder unlesbare Aufkl eber @ 0\mod_1195567214115_78.doc @ 674 @ @ 1
Danger! - Danger zone of the machine
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Immediately replace damaged or illegible adhesive labels.
•
Following repair work, always attach appropriate adhesive safety stickers to all the
replaced, modified or repaired components.
•
Never clean areas carrying an adhesive safety label using a high-pressure cleaner.
•
Familiarise yourself with the statement of the warning pictograms. The adjacent text and
the selected location on the machine provide information on the special danger spots on
the machine.
Pos : 10.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
21
Safety
Pos : 10.5 /BA/Sicher heit/Kennz eic hnung von Hi nweis en in der Betriebsanlei tung Ei nführ ungstext @ 0\mod_1195637804826_78.doc @ 1098 @ 2 @ 1
4.2
Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions
The safety instructions contained in this manual which could result in personal injury if not
followed are identified by the general danger sign:
Pos : 10.6 /BA/Sicher heit/Kennz eic hnung der Gefahr enhi nweis e @ 28\mod_1250244370070_78.doc @ 274714 @ 2 @ 1
4.3
Identification of the hazard warnings
Danger!
DANGER! - Type and source of the hazard!
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Measures for hazard prevention
Warning !
WARNING! - Type and source of the hazard!
Effect: Injuries, serious material damage.
•
Measures for hazard prevention
Caution!
CAUTION! - Type and source of the hazard!
Effect: Property damage
•
Measures for risk prevention.
Pos : 10.7 /BA/Sicher heit/Allgemeine F unktions hinweis e @ 0\mod_1196869714452_78.doc @ 15185 @ @ 1
General function instructions are indicated as follows:
Note!
Note - Type and source of the note
Effect: Economic advantage of the machine
•
Actions to be taken
Instructions which are attached to the machine need to be followed and kept fully legible.
Pos : 10.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
22
Safety
Pos : 10.9 /BA/Sicher heit/Nac hbestell ung/ Anbringung Aufkl eber @ 0\mod_1195637337107_78.doc @ 1079 @ 33 @ 1
4.3.1
Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels
Note
Every adhesive safety and information label is assigned an order number and can be ordered
directly from the manufacturer or from an authorized dealer (see Section "Contact").
4.3.2
Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels
Note - Affixing an adhesive label
Effect: Adhesion of the label
•
The surface for affixing the adhesive label must be clean and free of dirt, oil and grease.
Pos : 10.10 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Anspr ec hpartner @ 0\mod_1195569394286_78.doc @ 839 @ 3 @ 1
4.3.3
Contact
Pos : 10.11 /Adress en/Adr ess e Maschi nenfabri k KR ONE Spelle @ 0\mod_1195568531083_78.doc @ 734 @ @ 1
Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH
Heinrich-Krone-Strasse 10
D-48480 Spelle (Germany)
Telephone: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-0 (Head Office)
Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-339 (Head Office)
Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-239 (Spare parts - domestic)
Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-359 (Spare parts - export)
Email: [email protected]
Pos : 10.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
23
Safety
Pos : 10.13 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Lage der Sic her hei tsaufkl eber an der M asc hine @ 0\mod_1195634967326_78.doc @ 1020 @ 2 @ 1
4.4
Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the Machine
Pos : 10.14 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Grundmas chi ne "linke und r echte Mas chi nens eite" @ 14\mod_1231774462634_78.doc @ 172514 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.1
Basic machine „left and right side hand of machine”
Pos : 10.15 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Sic herheits aufkleber Gr unmasc hine r echte/links Seite Big M 500 @ 58\mod_1297095828615_78.doc @ 555261 @ @ 1
9
8
6
3
5
4
7
8
1 2
7
3
2
BM 500 0194
Fig. 3
24
2
7
9
Safety
1)
Before starting the machine,
read and observe the
operating instructions and
safety instructions.
Order no. 939 471-1 (1x)
2)
Passengers are not permitted to ride on
ladder steps or platforms.
Order No. 942 291-0 (3x)
3)
Do not stand within the swivel range.
Order No. 939 469-1 (2x)
4)
Danger of burns!
Hot surface, keep sufficient distance.
Order No. 942 210-0 (1x)
5)
6)
Before performing maintenance and repair
work, switch off the engine and remove the
ignition key.
Order No. 942 289-0 (1x)
Maintain the prescribed safe distance from
power transmission lines. Order No. 942
293-0 (1x)
7)
8)
Before parking the machine, secure it with
wheel chocks against unintended rolling.
Order No. 942 250-0 (3x)
9)
When making repairs
(welding work), always
switch off the engine.
Disconnect the main battery
switch and remove both
cable plugs from the MFC
control unit on the engine.
Order No. 942 405-0 (2x)
Order No. 27 006 778 0 (2x) de
Order No. 27 006 779 0 (2x) en
Order No. 27 006 780 0 (2x) fr
10)
The accumulator is subject to gas and oil
pressure. Disassemble and repair in strict
accordance with the instructions in the
technical handbook. (for all accumulators)
Order No. 939 529-0 (9x)
Pos : 10.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
25
Safety
Pos : 10.17 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k links / r echts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.2
Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 10.18 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Sic herheits aufkleber Seitenmähwer ke Big M 500_Eur opa @ 58\mod_1297095786150_78.doc @ 555234 @ @ 1
4
2
5
3 2
5
3
3 2 3
4
4
2
3 2
3 2
5
3
4
3 7
Fig. 4
26
BM 500 0195
Safety
2)
When the engine is in operation,
keep your distance.
Order No. 942 197-1 (6x)
3)
Do not touch any moving parts of
the machine.
Wait until they have come to a
complete stop.
Order No. 939 410 -2 (8x)
4)
While parts are moving, never
reach into areas where there is a
risk of being crushed.
5)
Danger due to rotating
shaft.
Order no. 939 520 -1 (4x)
Order No. 942 196-1 (6x)
942 196 -1
939 520-1
Pos : 10.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
27
Safety
Pos : 10.20 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1196675077463_78.doc @ 10648 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.3
Front mowing unit
Pos : 10.21 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Sic herheits aufkleber Frontmähwer k Big M 500_Europa @ 42\mod_1272520522771_78.doc @ 378309 @ @ 1
3
2
4
3
2
3
4
2
3
2
4
3
2
4
5
5
5
3
2
3
3
5
BM 500 0185
Fig. 5
28
Safety
2)
When the engine is in operation,
keep your distance.
Order No. 942 197-1 (6x)
3)
Do not touch any moving parts of
the machine.
Wait until they have come to a
complete stop.
Order No. 939 410 -2 (8x)
4)
While parts are moving, never
reach into areas where there is a
risk of being crushed.
5)
Danger due to rotating
shaft.
Order no. 939 520 -1 (4x)
Order no. 942 196 -1 (4x)
942 196 -1
939 520-1
Pos : 10.22 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
29
Safety
Pos : 10.23 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Lage der allgemeinen Hinweisaufkl eber an der M asc hine @ 0\mod_1195635067920_78.doc @ 1039 @ 2 @ 1
4.5
Position of the General Information Labels on the Machine
Pos : 10.24 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Grundmas chi ne "Front-/ H ec kansicht" @ 14\mod_1231774361478_78.doc @ 172491 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.1
Basic machine „front -/ rear view“
Pos : 10.25 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Hinweis aufkleber Grunmasc hine Fr ont Hec k Big M 500_Eur opa @ 58\mod_1297169240905_78.doc @ 555586 @ @ 1
2
1
8
8
8 RH+LH
5
7
6a
6b
5
6b
6a
8
Fig. 6
30
6
3
6
8
BM 500 0196
Safety
1)
2)
27 004 669 0 (1x)
lg.= 495 mm
4)
27 006 420 0 (1x)
lg.578 mm (green)
5)
6a)
27 006 977 0 (4x)
side light (red)
6b) 924 536 1(2x)
side light (yellow)
939 451 1 (*)
20 011 850 0 (1x) right
20 011 851 0 (1x) left
7)
8)
40
Stop points
942 012 1 (6x)
942 012-1
939 145 1 (1x) 40 km/h
Pos : 10.26 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Anbringungsort siehe Kapitel Wartung - Sc hmier plan @ 65\mod_1300702940902_78.doc @ 585838 @ @ 1
(*) For place of deployment and quantity, see Section Servicing - Lubrication chart
Pos : 10.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
31
Safety
Pos : 10.28 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Grundmas chi ne "linke und r echte Mas chi nens eite" @ 14\mod_1231774462634_78.doc @ 172514 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.2
Basic machine „left and right side hand of machine”
Pos : 10.29 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Hinweis aufkleber Grunmasc hine rechte/links Seite Big M 500 Europa @ 58\mod_1297169156452_78.doc @ 555559 @ @ 1
Fig. 7
32
Safety
1)
2)
3)
942 341 1 (1x)
lg.= 893 mm beige
27 004 671 0 (2x)
lg.=1140 mm
27 006 471 0
942 393 0 (1x)
lg.= 1,400 mm beige
5)
939 145 1 (2x)
40 km/h
6)
7)
942 134 0 (1x)
924 634 0 (8x) side light
(yellow)
40
8)
9)
1.5 bar
Achtung!
Beide Unterlegkeile nur an
der Vorderachse verwenden.
Front:
Caution!
Use both wheel chocks for
the front axle only.
00 942 107 1 (2x) 1.5 bar / 21.8 psi (tyres 800/65R32)
Attenzione!
N'utiliser les deux cales de
freinage que pour l'essieu avant
27 008 243 0 (2x) 1.3 bar / 18.9 psi (tyres 900/60R32)
Let op!
Beide wielwiggen uitsluitend
onder de vooras gebruiken.
942 287-0
Back row:
942 287 0 (2x)
27 007 918 0 (2x) 2.2 bar / 31.9 psi (tyres 800/65R32)
00 942 432 0 (2x) 1.8 bar / 26.1 psi (tyres 900/60R32)
10)
11)
12)
27 004 518 0 (1x)
942 038-1
I
13)
0
942 038 1 (2x)
942 570 -0
942 570 0 (2x)
27 004 518 0
14)
15)
942 573 -0
942 574 -0
942 573 0 (1x)
942 574 0 (1x)
27 007 027 0
Pos : 10.30 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
33
Safety
Pos : 10.31 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k links / r echts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.3
Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 10.32 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Hinweis aufkleber Seitenmähwer ke Big M 500 @ 58\mod_1297169102030_78.doc @ 555532 @ @ 1
6
4
1
5 8
8
7
8
2
7
7
6
4
1
1
5
1
8
7
7
2
7
BM 500 0198
Fig. 8
34
Safety
1)
2)
3)
942 301 0 (2x) beige
27 004 670 0 (4x) lg.= 695 mm
939 451 1 (*)
4)
139-888
5)
5)
Order No. 255 498 1 (2x) with
blade screw connection
Order No. 255 499 2 (2x) with
quick blade release
139-889
139 888-0
139 889-0
80
939 567 1 (2x)
Ø 17,5 mm
min. 14 mm
255 498-1
80
6)
255 499-2
7)
8)
+
+
27 005 384 0 (2x)
255 497-0
27 004 081 0
27 004 081 0 (6x)
255 497 1 (4x)
Pos : 10.33 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Anbringungsort siehe Kapitel Wartung - Sc hmier plan @ 65\mod_1300702940902_78.doc @ 585838 @ @ 1
(*) For place of deployment and quantity, see Section Servicing - Lubrication chart
Pos : 10.34 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
35
Safety
Pos : 10.35 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1196675077463_78.doc @ 10648 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.4
Front mowing unit
Pos : 10.36 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Hinweis aufkleber Frontmäher Big M 500 @ 42\mod_1272527888318_78.doc @ 378580 @ @ 1
10
10
7
7
8
1
9
5
3
8
2
5
9
1
3
BM 500 0186
Fig. 9
36
Safety
1)
2)
3)
27 004 668 0 0 (1x) green
27 004 670 0 (2x)
lg.= 695 mm beige
27 004 081 0
27 004 081 0 (2x)
4)
139-888
5)
5)
255 498 1 (2x) with blade screw
connection
255 499 2 (2x) with quick blade
release
139-889
139 888-0
139 889-0
80
939 567 1 (2x)
Ø 17,5 mm
min. 14 mm
255 498-1
80
6)
255 499-2
7)
8)
924 536 1 (2x) side light yellow
27 005 384 0 (2x)
939 451 1 (*)
9)
10)
700
+
+
1000
942 240 0 (2x)
255 497-0
255 497 1 (2x) (CV)
Pos : 10.37 /BA/Sic herheit/Aufkleber/Selbstfahrer/Big M 500/Anbringungsort siehe Kapitel Wartung - Sc hmier plan @ 65\mod_1300702940902_78.doc @ 585838 @ @ 1
(*) For place of deployment and quantity, see Section Servicing - Lubrication chart
Pos : 10.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
37
Safety
Pos : 10.39.1 /BA/Sic herheit/Pers onalqualifi kation und- Schul ung @ 0\mod_1195639383185_78.doc @ 1136 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.5
Personnel Qualification and Training Fehler! Textmarke nicht definiert.
The machine may be used, maintained and repaired only by persons who are familiar with it
and have been instructed about the dangers connected with it. The operator must define areas
of responsibility and monitoring of personnel. Should personnel lack the required knowledge,
they must receive the required training and instruction. The operator must ensure that the
contents of these operating instructions have been fully understood by personnel.
Repair work not described in these operating instructions should only be performed by
authorised service centres.
Pos : 10.39.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahren bei Nichtbeachtung der Sicher heits hi nweis e @ 0\mod_1195639434013_78.doc @ 1155 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.6
Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the Safety Instructions
Failure to follow the safety instructions could result in personal injury and environmental
hazards as well as damage to the machine. If the safety instructions are not respected, this
could result in the forfeiture of any claims for damages.
Failure to follow the safety instructions could result, for example, in the following hazards:
Pos : 10.39.3 /BA/Sic herheit/Sicherheits bewuß tes Ar bei ten @ 0\mod_1195639792576_78.doc @ 1174 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.7
•
•
•
•
•
Endangering of persons due to not protected working areas.
Breakdown of important machine functions
Failure of prescribed methods for repair and maintenance
Endangering of persons due to mechanical and chemical effects
Damage to the environment due to leaking hydraulic oil
Safety-conscious work practices
Always observe the safety instructions set out in these operating instructions, all existing
accident prevention rules and any internal work, operating and safety rules issued by the
operator.
The safety and accident prevention regulations of the responsible professional associations are
binding.
The safety instructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer should also be observed.
Observe the applicable traffic laws when using public roads.
Be prepared for emergencies. Keep the fire extinguisher and first aid box within reach. Keep
emergency numbers for doctors and fire brigade close to the telephone.
Pos : 10.39.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
38
Safety
Pos : 10.39.5 /BA/Sic herheit/Sicherheits- und Unfall verhütungs- Vorsc hriften @ 86\mod_1320143771803_78.doc @ 741385 @ 2 @ 1
4.6
Safety Instructions and Accident Prevention Regulations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Please follow all generally applicable safety and accident prevention regulations in
addition to the safety instructions contained in these operating instructions!
The attached warning and safety signs provide important information for safe operation.
Pay attention to these for your own safety!
When using public roads, make sure to observe the applicable traffic regulations!
Make sure that you are familiar with all equipment and controls as well as with their
functions before you begin working with the machine. It is too late to learn this when you
are using the machine for work!
The user should wear close fitting clothes. Avoid wearing loose or baggy clothing.
Keep the machine clean to prevent the danger of fire!
Before starting or moving the machine, make certain that nobody is in the vicinity of the
machine! (Watch for children!) Make sure that you have a clear view!
You may carry passengers during operation and transport on the working implement only
if they use the instructional seat provided.
Couple implements correctly! Attach and secure implements to specified devices only!
When attaching or detaching implements, place the supporting devices in the correct
positions!
Always attach ballast weights properly to the fixing points provided!
Observe permitted axle loads, gross weight and transport dimensions!
Check and install transport equipment, such as lighting, warning devices and protective
equipment!
Actuating mechanisms (ropes, chains, linkage, etc.) for remotely operated devices must
be designed in such a way that, in whatever transport and working position, they cannot
trigger accidental movements.
Ensure that implements are in the prescribed condition for on-road travel and lock them in
place in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions!
Never leave the driver's seat when the vehicle is moving!
Always drive at the correct speed for the prevailing driving conditions! Avoid sudden
changes in direction when travelling uphill or downhill or across a gradient!
Hitched implements and ballast weights affect the driving, steering and braking response
of the machine. Make sure that you are able to brake and steer the machine as required!
Take into account the extension radius and/or inertia of an implement when turning
corners!
Start up implements only when all safety devices have been attached and set in the
required position!
Keep safety equipment in good condition. Replace missing or damaged parts.
Keep clear of the working range of the machine at all times!
Do not stand within the turning and swivel range of the implement!
Never operate the hydraulic folding frames if anyone is inside the swivel range!
39
Safety
25
26
27
Pos : 10.39.6 /BA/Sic herheit/Sicherheits- und Unfall verhütungs- Vorsc hriften Bi G M 400 Zus atz @ 0\mod_1199698247366_78.doc @ 33224 @ @ 1
28.
Parts operated by external power (e.g. hydraulically) can cause crushing and shearing
injuries!
Before leaving the mower, lower the front mower onto the ground, firmly step on the
parking brake pedal. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key!
No one should stand between the mower and the implement unless the vehicle has been
secured against rolling by means of the parking brake and/or wheel chocks!
Caution: When the front mower P.T.O shaft has been removed, the drive shaft at the front
of the machine continues to turn if the engine is running.
Pos : 10.39.7 /BA/Kabine/Einweisersi tz / Beifahr ersitz/Einweis ersitz / Pers onenbeförderung @ 45\mod_1276767521968_78.doc @ 408886 @ 2 @ 1
4.7
Conveying persons, guides, operating personnel
•
•
Only persons who are guiding the driver or directing the machine may be conveyed on
the guide's seat
Persons are not permitted to ride as passengers
Pos : 10.39.8 /BA/Sic herheit/Sel bstfahrer/Selbs tfahr ende Ar bei ts mas chi ne @ 0\mod_1195643474451_78.doc @ 1232 @ 2 @ 1
4.8
Self-propelled working machine
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Pos : 10.39.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
40
The warning flashers and warning beacon must be used in accordance with local traffic
laws when using public highways.
Switch on the lighting so that the vehicle can be easily recognised.
Safety equipment.
Always check the machine for driving and operational safety before use.
Hold the hand-grip firmly when climbing in and out of the mower.
It is not permitted to transport people on the platform.
The road safety switch must be in road position during road travel to ensure that all
hydraulic functions - except for the steering and brakes – are deactivated.
Only drive the machine at the permitted speed.
Implements must be in transport position and locked in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions for road travel.
If the engine is running in an enclosed space, divert the exhaust fumes and ensure
sufficient ventilation.
When using starting fluid, avoid ignition sources and naked flames. Keep starting fluid
clear of batteries and electrical cables.
When driving around bends, always take the width of the front mower into account, and
also the fact that the rear of the mower will swing out. Ground conditions influence the
handling of the mower.
Beware of holes, ditches and obstacles, since these could cause the mower to tip over.
This is particularly important on slopes.
Safety
Pos : 10.39.10 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/Autopilot @ 0\mod_1195646567591_78.doc @ 1384 @ 2 @ 1
4.9
Autopilot
1
Autopilot must only be used for its intended purpose. It must only be used in open fields,
off public and semi-public roads, away from open areas frequented by people and far
away from any persons that could be endangered. They must only be used for their
intended purpose: - Automatic guide of the machine by GPS (Global Positioning System).
2
Before placing the autopilot in service, check the functionality of safety elements that can
be checked and make a visual inspection of all the components.
To do this, the user should proceed as follows:
•
Check switching off of the autopilot when the steering wheel is moved and the seat
switch engages
•
Check for proper operating condition - i.e. free of mechanical damages and leaks
3
When autopilot is in operation, there must be on one within 50 m of the machine in any
direction.
4
The operator is not permitted to leave the driver's cabin of the machine while autopilot is
in operation.
5
While the autopilot is in operation, the driver must regularly check the direction in which
the machine is moving and its travel path to be able to take over manual control of the
machine immediately if obstructions or interruptions come up in the vehicle's path.
6
After autopilot has been in operation and before leaving the field, autopilot must always
be switched off on the autopilot release switch on the console.
7
Manipulating safety-related elements of the autopilot is prohibited, as is making changes
to the hydraulic, electrical or electronic components.
8
The autopilot should only be installed by an authorised service centre.
Pos : 10.39.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
41
Safety
Pos : 10.39.12 /BA/Sic her hei t/Ar bei tsgeräte @ 0\mod_1195643623216_78.doc @ 1270 @ 2 @ 1
4.10 Implements
1
2
Caution! The flywheel will continue to rotate for some time even after the drive has been
disengaged! Keep away from the implement during this time. Do not work on the machine
until it has come to a standstill.
Cleaning, lubricating and adjusting the implements must be carried out only when the
drive is switched off, the engine switched off and the ignition key removed!
Pos : 10.39.13 /BA/Sic her hei t/H ydrauli kanlag e Mähaufberei ter ( BiG M 400 / BiG M 500) @ 38\mod_1265362557136_78.doc @ 348614 @ 2 @ 1
4.11 Hydraulic system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Pos : 10.39.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
42
The hydraulic system is pressurised!
When connecting hydraulic cylinders and engines, make sure that the hydraulic hoses
are connected correctly!
When connecting the hydraulic hoses to the mower-conditioner hydraulics, take care that
the hydraulic system is depressurised both on the tractor side and on the device side!
When functions are connected hydraulically between the mower-conditioner and the
accessory equipment, connecting parts should be identified so that faulty operation is
excluded! If the connectors are interchanged, the functions will be reversed (e.g.
raising/lowering) - Risk of accident!
Check the hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals and replace them if damaged or worn!
The new hoses must fulfil the technical requirements set by the manufacturer of the
implement!
When searching for leaks, use suitable aids to avoid the risk of injury!
Liquids escaping under high pressure (hydraulic oil) can penetrate the skin and cause
serious injury! Seek medical help immediately should injuries occur! Danger of infection!
Before working on the hydraulic system, depressurise the system and switch off the
engine!
Safety
Pos : 10.39.15 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/Batterie @ 0\mod_1195646320763_78.doc @ 1308 @ 2 @ 1
4.12 Battery
1
2
3
4
5
Maintenance work on the batteries requires sufficient knowledge and the availability of
proper tools!
Keep naked flames, burning matches and spark sources clear of the battery; Risk of
explosion!
Never check the charging level of the battery by connecting the two poles with a metal
object. Use an acid tester or voltmeter.
Do not charge a frozen battery; Risk of explosion! Warm the battery to 16 °C beforehand.
Battery acid can cause severe injuries by burning your skin and eyes. For this reason,
wear suitable protective clothing.
Pos : 10.39.16 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/Kühls ys tem @ 0\mod_1195646385154_78.doc @ 1327 @ 2 @ 1
4.13 Cooling system
The heated cooling system is pressurised – Risk of burns! - For this reason, only remove the
radiator cap with the engine switched off and after the engine has been able to cool.
Pos : 10.39.17 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/P-T/R eifen @ 0\mod_1197357995667_78.doc @ 18075 @ 2 @ 1
4.14 Tyres
Pos : 10.39.18 /BA/Sic her hei t/Rei fen @ 0\mod_1195646435716_78.doc @ 1346 @ @ 1
1
2
3
4
5
Pos : 10.39.19 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/N otaus stieg @ 0\mod_1195646495279_78.doc @ 1365 @ 2 @ 1
When working on the tyres, make sure that the implement is safely lowered and secured
against rolling (wheel chocks).
Installing wheels and tyres requires adequate knowledge and suitable tools!
Repair work on the tyres and wheels should be done by specially trained personnel using
appropriate installation tools only!
Check tyre pressure regularly! Inflate the tyres to the recommended pressures!
Check the wheel nuts periodically! Missing wheel nuts can result in a wheel falling off and
the machine tipping over.
4.15 Emergency exit
The right hand side window in the cabin is designed for being an emergency exit. In case of an
emergency the cabin can be left over the emergency exit. To do this, the right hand side window
must be manually unlocked before opening.
Pos : 10.39.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
43
Safety
Pos : 10.39.21 /BA/Sic her hei t/Ar bei ten i m Ber eic h von Hoc hs pannungsleitungen @ 11\mod_1223357468516_78.doc @ 145505 @ 2 @ 1
4.16 Working in the vicinity of power transmission lines
1
2
3
4
Always take great care when working under or in the vicinity of power transmission lines.
Ensure that when in operation or being transported, the machine cannot exceed a total
height of approx. 4m.
If there is any need to travel under overhead lines, the machine operator must request
information on the rated voltage and the minimum height of the overhead lines from the
overhead line operator.
Always keep the safety distances according to the table.
Rated voltage
kV
To 1
Above 1 to 110
Above 101 to 220
Above 220 to 380
Safe distance from overhead lines
m
1
2
3
4
Pos : 10.39.22 /BA/Sic her hei t/Br andsc hutz maßnahmen @ 0\mod_1195646926716_78.doc @ 1423 @ 2 @ 1
4.17 Fire preventions
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pos : 10.39.23 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
44
Keep the machine clean to prevent the danger of fire! In particular, remove any crop
wound around rotating parts.
The build-up of dust, oil and grass inside the engine compartment is combustible and
presents an increased fire hazard. Keep the engine and the engine compartment clean at
all times.
The fire hazard can be reduced by removing accumulated crop from the machine several
times a day (interval depends on the type of crop) and checking the machine components
for overheating. Check for oil leaks or exiting oil and take corrective action. Heed the
lubricating instructions.
Frequently check the hydraulic oil lines thoroughly for proper condition and position with
sufficient clearance to contact edges that may be sharp.
Check the vicinity of the hot zones of the engine, the exhaust system and pipes and the
turbo charger, and remove crop residues.
Take great care when handling fuels. Never fill in fuel in the vicinity of unshielded flames
or sparks that may cause ignition. Do not smoke when filling in fuel! Extreme fire hazard.
Safety
Pos : 10.39.24 /BA/Sic her hei t/Wartung/Wartung M äher mit Gass peicher+ Aus wec hsel n von Ar bei ts wer kzeugen @ 0\mod_1195647075607_78.doc @ 1442 @ 2 @ 1
4.18 Maintenance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning! - Remove the ignition key!
Regularly check that nuts and bolts are properly seated and tighten if necessary!
When carrying out maintenance work on a raised mowing unit, always use suitable
means to secure it against falling.
When replacing working tools with cutting edges, use suitable tools and gloves!
Oils, greases and filters must be disposed of correctly!
Always disconnect the power supply before working on the electrical system!
If protective devices and guards are subject to wear, check them regularly and replace
them in good time!
When performing electrical welding work on the vehicle and mounted devices, turn the
power supply off at main battery switch or disconnect generator cable and battery!
Replacement parts must at least comply with the technical requirements set by the
manufacturer of the implements! This is guaranteed by original KRONE spare parts!
Only use nitrogen for filling pneumatic accumulators - risk of explosion!
Pos : 10.39.25 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/T elefon und F unkger äte @ 0\mod_1195647114060_78.doc @ 1461 @ 2 @ 1
4.19 Telephone and radio sets
Telephones and radio equipment not connected to the outside antenna may lead to functional
troubles in the vehicle's electronic system, thus jeopardising the operational safety of the
vehicle.
Pos : 10.39.26 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
45
Safety
Pos : 10.39.27 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/U-Z/U nterleg keil e @ 33\mod_1254202555660_78.doc @ 318451 @ 3 @ 1
4.19.1 Wheel chocks
Pos : 10.39.28 /BA/Sic her hei t/Sel bstfahrer/U nterleg keil e BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265363130605_78.doc @ 348639 @ @ 1
1
BM 500 0155
Fig. 10
The machine is equipped with 2 wheel chocks.
The wheel chocks (1) are located on the front left and right in the direction of travel behind the
platform.
The wheel chocks must always be brought along.
When parking the machine, always protect it against rolling away with wheel chocks.
Always place the wheel chocks in front of the wheels in such a way that the machine cannot roll
away.
Pos : 10.40 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
46
Safety
Pos : 10.41 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Batterie-Hauptsc halter
@ 45\mod_1276841104984_78.doc @ 409039 @ 3 @ 1
4.19.2 Main battery switch
Pos : 10.42 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/SCR (s elekti ven katal ytischen R edukti on)- Leitungen bloc ki eren @ 45\mod_1276838982015_78.doc @ 409015 @ @ 1
CAUTION! SCR (selective catalytic reduction) lines can become blocked
SCR lines can become clogged and engine output will reduce.
•
Only switch off the battery main switch after a coasting time of 2 minutes, as otherwise
the SCR lines can become clogged by crystallization.
Pos : 10.43 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterie-H aupts chalter BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265363324870_78.doc @ 348689 @ @ 1
Fig. 11
The main battery switch is used to turn on or interrupt the machine ’s power supply.
The main battery switch is located in the direction of travel in the middle right of the machine.
I – Electrical power circuit turned on
II – Electrical power circuit interrupted
Pos : 10.44 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterie-H aupts chalter Hinweis @ 49\mod_1287041037031_78.doc @ 464424 @ @ 1
Note - Ignition to level 1 or 2
Effect: Battery discharges
•
The battery is discharging even when the main battery switch interrupts the electrical
power circuit. (Position II)).
•
Before extended times with no usage, disconnect the electrical power circuit with the
main battery switch (position II).
•
Disconnect cables from battery terminal for winter storage (you may wish to charge or
discharge the battery).
Pos : 11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
47
Cabin
Pos : 12.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/K-O/Kabi ne @ 0\mod_1195650476560_78.doc @ 1556 @ 1 @ 1
5
Cabin
Pos : 12.2.1 /BA/Sicherheit/Aufs tiegsleiter/Aufsti egsleiter z ur Fahr erkabine BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253610845868_78.doc @ 315237 @ 2 @ 1
5.1
Ladder to driver's cab
DANGER! – Access to cab
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
When travelling on the road or working in the field, always make sure that the ladder to
the driver's cab is secured by the cord.
•
Make sure that the lock on the ladder is always properly engaged at every position
(road/climbing/dismounting position).
•
Do not climb up or down the ladder while the mower is moving.
•
It is impermissible to carry passengers on ladder steps or platforms.
•
Always make certain the ladders are clean. Take special care that no grease or other
slippery materials accumulates on the ladders.
•
When leaving the cab, always switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Pos : 12.2.2 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Aufsti egsleiter Bil d Big M 500 @ 32\mod_1253534510325_78.doc @ 314363 @ @ 1
4
1
1
2
3
BM 500 0099
Fig. 12
a) = Road position
b) = Climbing/dismounting position
Pos : 12.2.3 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Hi nweis Verriegel ung bei Str aß en- / Aufstiegs und Absti egspositi on sic her n @ 32\mod_1253610307024_78.doc @ 315184 @ @ 1
Note
Make sure that the lock on the ladder is always properly engaged at every position
(road/climbing/dismounting position).
Pos : 12.2.4 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Aufsti eg zur Fahrer kabi ne @ 32\mod_1253610277274_78.doc @ 315160 @ @ 1
Ladder to driver's cab
The ladder to the driver's cab (1) must be folded out before you attempt to climb into the cab.
•
Using the adjustable lever (2), rotate it slightly to the right to open the lock. Pull on the
adjustable lever to pull the ladder to the driver's cab into the climbing position (b) until the
lock engages.
Pos : 12.2.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
48
Cabin
Pos : 12.2.6 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Straßenfahrt / F el dar beit @ 32\mod_1253610096915_78.doc @ 315136 @ @ 1
Road transport/field work
DANGER! – Ladder to driver's cab not secured!
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
When travelling on the road or working in the field, always make sure that the ladder to
the driver's cab is secured by the cord (5).
Fig. 13
Pos : 12.2.7 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Abs tieg @ 32\mod_1253610049165_78.doc @ 315112 @ @ 1
When the machine is travelling on the road and working in the field, the ladder to the driver's
cab (1) must be folded into the road position (a) and secured.
•
By briefly operating the foot pedal (3), the lock is released and the ladder to the driver's
cab pivots under its own weight into the road position (a) (if necessary, use the railing (4)
to push the ladder to the driver's cab until the lock engages).
•
Use the cord (5) to secure the ladder to the driver's cab (1).
Dismounting
The ladder to the driver's cab (1) must be folded out before you attempt to dismount from the
cab.
•
Operate the foot pedal to release the lock and pivot the ladder to the driver's cab over the
railing (4) to the descending position (b) until the lock engages.
Pos : 12.2.8 /BA/Kabi ne/Aufsti egsleiter/BM 500/Aufsti egsleiter ankl appen @ 32\mod_1253610010399_78.doc @ 315088 @ @ 1
Folding back the ladder to the driver's cab
•
Rotate the adjusting lever (2) slightly to release the lock and the ladder to the driver's cab
pivots under its own weight into the road position (a) (if necessary, use the adjusting lever
(2) to push the ladder to the driver's cab until the lock engages).
Pos : 12.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
49
Cabin
Pos : 12.4 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/K-O/Kabi nentür öffnen @ 0\mod_1195650425029_78.doc @ 1537 @ 2 @ 1
5.2
Opening the cabin door
Pos : 12.5 /BA/Kabi ne/Tür Öffnen von i nnen/auß en BiG M 500 @ 97\mod_1329286826386_78.doc @ 842423 @ @ 1
BX100220
Fig. 14
•
From the outside:
Use the door key to unlock the door lock (1); press in the button (1) and open the door.
BX100230
Fig. 15
•
Pos : 12.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
50
From the inside:
Lift the door opening lever (1) and open the door.
Cabin
Pos : 12.7 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Bedienungsel emente @ 0\mod_1195651806826_78.doc @ 1652 @ 2 @ 1
5.3
Operators controls
Pos : 12.8 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/U-Z/Übersic ht @ 0\mod_1195651857513_78.doc @ 1671 @ 3 @ 1
5.3.1
Overview
Pos : 12.9 /BA/Kabi ne/Bedi enel emente Ü bersic ht Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1271745822211_78.doc @ 372349 @ @ 1
12
9
10
5
13
4
14
6
7
3
2
1
11
8
BM 500 0144
Fig. 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Driver's seat
Steering column
Service brake
Camera monitoring system (optional)
Switch group - roof panel
Info centre
Switch panel
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Multi-function lever
Switch group – air conditioning/heating
Interior lighting
Cooler
ISO compartment for radio
Side window washer (right/left)
Display for autopilot (can be retrofitted)
Pos : 12.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
51
Cabin
Pos : 12.11.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Luft-Komfort-Si tz @ 78\mod_1314281916697_78.doc @ 696162 @ 2 @ 1
5.4
Air comfort seat
Pos : 12.11.2 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Gefahr! - Kurzz eitige Abl enkung @ 78\mod_1314282284221_78.doc @ 696190 @ @ 1
Danger! - Brief distraction
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
The driver’s seat must only be adjusted when the machine is stopped.
Pos : 12.11.3 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Gefahr! - Ei ngesc hränkter Bewegungsfreir aum des M ulitfunktions hebels @ 79\mod_1314595386879_78.doc @ 696925 @ @ 1
Danger! – Limited freedom of movement for the multi-function lever
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
After adjusting the seat, the right armrest and the steering column adjustment, check
whether the multi-function lever is freely moveable in all directions. Should this not be the
case, the setting needs to be readjusted.
Pos : 12.11.4 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Warnung Fahrersitz falsc h eingestellt @ 79\mod_1314351997140_78.doc @ 696784 @ @ 1
WARNING! - Wrong set driver´s seat!
Health problems.
•
Prior to start-up, adjust the driver`s seat ergonomically and individually according to the
driver
Pos : 12.11.5 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Luft- Komfort- Sitz _Bild_Ges amtübersic ht BM 420/500 Big X @ 79\mod_1314350456096_78.doc @ 696756 @ @ 1
10
8
1
2
3
6
4
9
12
7
5
BX850939
Fig. 17
Pos : 12.11.6 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Einführtext @ 78\mod_1314338699867_78.doc @ 696252 @ @ 1
The air-cushioned comfort seat (1) can be individually adapted to the requirements of the driver.
Pos : 12.11.7 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/Gewichtsei nstellung @ 78\mod_1314339002000_78.doc @ 696280 @ @ 1
Weight adjustment
In order to prevent health problems, the individual driver’s weight adjustment should be checked
and adjusted prior to operation of the machine. The adjustment should be carried out whilst
sitting absolutely stationary.
Pos : 12.11.8 /BA/Kabine/F ahr ersitz/H öheneins tell ung @ 78\mod_1314339309445_78.doc @ 696308 @ @ 1
•
Pull the lever (6) upwards briefly (position I).
Height adjustment
The height can be adjusted continuously by means of a hydraulic system. In order to prevent
damage, actuate the compressor for a maximum of 1 minute.
•
Pos : 12.11.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
52
Pull the lever (6) upwards completely (position I) to move the driver’s seat (1) up. Press
the lever (6) down completely (position II) to move the driver’s seat (1) down. When the
upper or lower end position of the height adjustment mechanism is reached, the height
will be adjusted automatically in order to ensure a minimum spring travel.
Cabin
Pos : 12.11.10 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/H orizontalfederung @ 78\mod_1314340542270_78.doc @ 696364 @ @ 1
Horizontal suspension
The shock load in direction of travel through the driver’s seat (1) is cushioned better by the
horizontal suspension.
•
Swing the lever (5) to the front - the horizontal suspension is active; swing the lever (5)
back – the horizontal suspension is switched off.
Pos : 12.11.11 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Längsei nstellung @ 78\mod_1314340870689_78.doc @ 696392 @ @ 1
Longitudinal adjustment
•
Pull the locking lever (4) up, and push the driver’s seat (1) forward or backward into the
requested position. Permit the locking lever (4) to snap into place; after locking, the
driver’s seat must not be movable into any other position.
Pos : 12.11.12 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Sitz neigungsei nstellung @ 78\mod_1314341157250_78.doc @ 696420 @ @ 1
Seat angle adjustment
•
Pull the left key (3) up and at the same time set the angle of the sitting surface by
increasing or decreasing the pressure on the seat surface.
Pos : 12.11.13 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Sitzti efeneinstellung @ 78\mod_1314342965217_78.doc @ 696448 @ @ 1
Seat depth adjustment
•
Pull the right key (2) up and at the same time bring the sitting surface into the required
position by pushing forward and backward.
Pos : 12.11.14 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Kopfs tütze @ 78\mod_1314343284989_78.doc @ 696476 @ @ 1
Headrest
Set the headrest in such a way that the upper edges of the head and the headrest are on the
same height, if possible.
•
Adjust the height of the headrest (10) by pulling out and pressing down across the
noticeable snaps.
Pos : 12.11.15 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Bandsc hei benstütz e @ 78\mod_1314343609780_78.doc @ 696504 @ @ 1
Lumbar support
•
The height as well as the intensity of the arching in the backrest can be adapted
individually by turning the hand wheel (9) to the left or right.
Pos : 12.11.16 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/R üc kenl ehneneinstellung @ 78\mod_1314344065766_78.doc @ 696532 @ @ 1
Adjustment of the backrest
•
Pull the locking lever (7) up to set the inclination of the backrest. Permit the locking lever
(7) to snap into place – after locking, the backrest must not move into a different position
any more.
Pos : 12.11.17 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Schwi ngungsdämpfer ei nstellen @ 79\mod_1314596261195_78.doc @ 696981 @ @ 1
Set the Vibration Damper
Pos : 12.11.18 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Warnung- Schwi ngungsdämpfer fals ch ei ngestellt @ 79\mod_1314596183569_78.doc @ 696953 @ @ 1
WARNING! - Wrong set driver´s seat!
Health problems.
•
The vibration damper must always be set so tightly that the seat cannot drift, also in case
of a bad road, and that the pedals are always in contact with the vibration damper.
Pos : 12.11.19 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Schwi ngungsdämpfer ei nstellbarer @ 79\mod_1314354261168_78.doc @ 696895 @ @ 1
Pos : 12.11.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
The oscillating behaviour of the driver’s seat can be optimally adjusted to each driving situation
via the adjustable damper stepless from “soft” to “hard”.
•
Pull lever (12) up (seating comfort: soft)
•
Pull lever (12) down (seating comfort: hard)
53
Cabin
Pos : 12.11.21 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/A- E/Ar ml ehne links @ 78\mod_1314344564181_78.doc @ 696588 @ 3 @ 1
5.4.1
Setting the left armrest
Pos : 12.11.22 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Arml ehne links neuer Mutifunkti onshebel Bild @ 79\mod_1314353402049_78.doc @ 696867 @ @ 1
8
11
BX850945
Fig. 18
Pos : 12.11.23 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Arml ehne links Bes chr eibung @ 79\mod_1314345159341_78.doc @ 696616 @ @ 1
•
•
•
Tilt the armrest (8) up or down as requested.
Remove the cover cap (11) to adjust the height of the armrest.
Undo the hexagon nut; move the armrest into the requested position and tighten the
hexagon nut again. Press the cover cap (11) onto the hexagon nut again.
Pos : 12.11.24 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/A- E/Ar ml ehne rec hts @ 79\mod_1314345446706_78.doc @ 696644 @ 3 @ 1
5.4.2
Right armrest
Pos : 12.11.25 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Arml ehne rechts Bild BM 420/500 Big X @ 79\mod_1314352240603_78.doc @ 696811 @ @ 1
3
1
2
BX850931
Fig. 19
Pos : 12.11.26 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Arml ehne rechts Bes chr eibung @ 79\mod_1314346051414_78.doc @ 696700 @ @ 1
The right armrest (1) and the multi-function lever are one unit.
Setting the right armrest
•
Pos : 12.11.27 /BA/Kabi ne/Fahrersi tz/Arml ehne rechts Bes chr eibung Z us atz BM 420/500 BigX @ 79\mod_1314353125257_78.doc @ 696839 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 12.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
54
Undo the clamping screw (2); move the armrest (1) into the requested height and tighten
the clamping screw (2) again.
The angle of inclination and the height of the right armrest can be adjusted by activating
the lever (3)
Cabin
Pos : 12.13 /BA/Kabine/Sc hublade für Verbands kasten / Betriebsanlei tung BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272347696858_78.doc @ 375780 @ 3 @ 1
5.4.3
Drawer for first-aid kit/operating instructions
Fig.20
The drawer (2) for the first-aid kit and the operating instructions is located below the front of the
driver’s seat (1).
Pos : 12.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
55
Cabin
Pos : 12.15 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Einweis ersitz @ 52\mod_1289471929875_78.doc @ 504469 @ 2 @ 1
5.5
Guide's seat
Pos : 12.16 /BA/Kabine/Einweisersi tz / Beifahr ersitz/Einweis ersitz Ac htung @ 52\mod_1289472176093_78.doc @ 504495 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Hindrance to driver!
•
The guide's seat must only be used while the machine is being guided. Otherwise no
persons other than the driver are permitted to remain on the machine or in the driver's
cab during operation.
Pos : 12.17 /BA/Kabine/Einweisersi tz / Beifahr ersitz/Beifahrersitz Bild BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272431803112_78.doc @ 377335 @ @ 1
Fig.21
Pos : 12.18 /BA/Kabine/Einweisersi tz / Beifahr ersitz/Einweis ersitzfl äc he herunter klappen @ 52\mod_1289472477171_78.doc @ 504541 @ @ 1
Pos : 12.19 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/K-O/Kühl box @ 42\mod_1272436051831_78.doc @ 377418 @ 3 @ 1
5.5.1
•
Before use fold down the guide's seat surface (1).
Cooler
Pos : 12.20 /BA/Kabine/Kühlbox Bild BM 420 / 500 @ 42\mod_1272436122175_78.doc @ 377518 @ @ 1
1
2
3
3
1
4
BM 500 0177
Fig.22
Pos : 12.21 /BA/Kabine/Kühlbox Text @ 42\mod_1272437167768_78.doc @ 377542 @ @ 1
The cooler (1) is located under the guide's seat (2) in the cab.
The cooler can be connected to the 12-V socket (3) on the right next to the passenger seat with
the 12-V plug (4).
Pos : 12.22 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
56
Cabin
Pos : 12.23 /BA/Kabine/N otaussti eg BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272290080084_78.doc @ 375572 @ 3 @ 1
5.5.2
Emergency Exit
b
a
3
2
1
c
1
BM 500 0165
Fig.23
In case of an emergency (1), the side window on the RH side in the direction of travel, next to
the driver's seat, can be opened as an exit door.
To do this:
Pos : 12.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
•
•
Swivel the lever (2) forward until it reaches the locking point
Pull the safety cotter pin (3) and remove it
Open the side window (1) completely
57
Cabin
Pos : 12.25 /BA/Kabine/On- Board- Di agnos estec ker (OBD) – Motor @ 83\mod_1317729239127_78.doc @ 730468 @ 3 @ 1
5.5.3
OBD diagnostics plug (On-Board-plug)
2
1
BM 500 0166_1
Fig. 24
The OBD diagnostics plug (1) is located in the cabin, behind the instructional seat and below
the storage surface (2).
Pos : 12.26 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
58
Cabin
Pos : 12.27 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/Lenksäule und F ußpedal e BM 500/BM 420 @ 52\mod_1289480764906_78.doc @ 504895 @ 2 @ 1
5.6
Steering Column and Foot Pedals
5
1
2
4
8
3
7
6
10
9
BM 500 0132_1
Fig.25
Pos : 12.28 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Button for horn
Indicator switch
Pilot lamp indicator
Full beam
Headlamp flasher
Full beam indicator light
Not assigned
Release lever for horizontal steering column adjustment
Release lever for horizontal and vertical steering column adjustment
Service brake
59
Cabin
Pos : 12.29 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/Lenksäulenverstellung @ 52\mod_1289481396328_78.doc @ 505108 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.1
Steering Column Adjustment
Danger! - Loss of control over the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Adjust the steering column only when the machine is at a standstill.
•
The steering column (1) is held in vertical position by spring pressure. Before actuating
the pedal (2), hold the steering wheel with both hands.
1
3
2
BX100300_1
Fig. 26
Horizontal and vertical steering column adjustment
•
Use the pedal (2) to release the steering column (1), and adjust to the desired position.
After the pedal (2) has been released, the steering column (1) will be locked.
Horizontal steering column adjustment
•
Pos : 12.30 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
60
Loosen release lever (3). Move the steering column (1) into the requested position. Lock
the release lever (3) again.
Cabin
Pos : 12.31 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/H upe @ 52\mod_1289481326156_78.doc @ 505062 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.2
Horn
1
BX100210_1
Fig. 27
•
When the push-button (1) is pressed, the horn is sounded.
Pos : 12.32 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/Blinklic hts chalter @ 52\mod_1289481273359_78.doc @ 505036 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.3
Indicator Switches
1
2
BX100213_1
Fig. 28
Note
In road traffic the change of travelling direction is indicated by a flashing light.
•
Switch (1) forward - right indicator
•
Switch (1) backward - left indicator
•
Set the switch to neutral position by hand.
The indicator pilot lamp (2) will light up when the indicator has been switched on.
Pos : 12.33 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
61
Cabin
Pos : 12.34 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/Fer nlicht @ 52\mod_1289481203984_78.doc @ 505010 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.4
Full Beam
1
2
BX100212_1
Fig. 29
Note
Full beam only when dipped beam is turned on.
Turn off full beam when a vehicle is approaching from the opposite direction.
•
Switch full beam on - press lever (1) down.
•
Switch full beam off - pull lever (1) up.
When full beam is switched on, the blue pilot lamp (2) will be lit.
Pos : 12.35 /BA/Kabine/Lenks äule/Lic hthupe @ 52\mod_1289481134765_78.doc @ 504984 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.5
Headlamp Flasher
1
2
BX200040_1
Fig. 30
•
Pos : 12.36 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
62
Pull the headlamp flasher lever (1) up.
Cabin
Pos : 12.37 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Betriebs brems e betätigen @ 49\mod_1286779662750_78.doc @ 463113 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.6
Using the operating brake
Pos : 12.38 /BA/Kabine/Betriebsbr emse betätigen Bild BM 420/500 Big X @ 52\mod_1289487058875_78.doc @ 505805 @ @ 1
1
BX100111_1
Fig. 31
Pos : 12.39 /BA/Kabine/Betriebsbr emse betätigen T ext @ 74\mod_1309242945934_78.doc @ 660390 @ @ 1
Danger! – when the operating brake function is limited.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Check the brake function every time before starting to drive.
Pos : 12.40 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
63
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.1 /BA/Kabine/Bel euchtung/Sc haltergruppe Dac hkonsol e Bild BM 420/500 @ 32\mod_1253263885862_78.doc @ 313346 @ 2 @ 1
5.7
Roof Panel Switch Group
1
7
2
3
4
8
Fig.32
Pos : 12.41.2 /BA/Kabine/Bel euchtung/Sc haltergruppe Dac hkonsol e T ext BM 500 @ 48\mod_1286516018062_78.doc @ 461631 @ @ 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pos : 12.41.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
64
Working floodlight right and left mowing units
Cab roof working floodlight
Working floodlight - front
Mirror adjustment (right outside mirror only)
Working floodlight rear
Side light/dipped beam
All-round lights (optional)
Warning flashers
Windshield wipers
Windshield washer unit
5
6
9
10
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.4 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Bel euchtung @ 0\mod_1195658399935_78.doc @ 1881 @ 2 @ 1
5.8
Lighting
Pos : 12.41.5 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/U-Z/Ü bersicht @ 0\mod_1195651857513_78.doc @ 1671 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.1
Overview
Pos : 12.41.6 /BA/Kabine/Bel euchtung/Beleuc htung Ü bersicht BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253259992346_78.doc @ 313295 @ @ 1
13
13
6
7
7
3
1
4
4
10
13
9
13
9
2
10
12a
13
5b
13
5a
13
3
12b
12
13
12
13
12c
11
13
BM 500 0089_1
Fig. 33
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Working floodlights for mowing unit right
Working floodlights for mowing unit left
Side clearance lamp (optional/dependent on tyres)
Working floodlight - front
Working floodlight rear:
a) Mowing unit left
b) Mowing unit right
6)
7)
9)
10)
11)
12)
Cab roof working floodlight
Dipped beam/full beam
Front parking light (clearance lamp)
Indicators/hazard warning flashers
Licence plate lamp
a) Brake light
b) Indicators/hazard
warning flashers
13)
All-round lights
c) Tail light/rear parking light (clearance
lamp)
Pos : 12.41.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
65
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.8 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Blinker, Warnblinkanlage und Bremslic ht @ 48\mod_1286516373468_78.doc @ 461657 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.2
Indicator, hazard warning flasher and brake light
Pos : 12.41.9 /BA/Kabine/Bel euchtung/Bli nker /Bremslicht/War nbli nkanl age/Blinker Hinweis F ahrtrichtungs wec hs el bei Str aßenfahrt mit Blinklic ht anz eigen. @ 48\mod_1286516520484_78.doc @ 461683 @ @ 1
Note
In road traffic the change of travelling direction is indicated by a flashing light.
Pos : 12.41.10 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Blinker/Bremslic ht/Warnblinkanlage/Bli nker , War nbli nkanl age und Bremslic ht Bild BM 500 @ 48\mod_1286519879828_78.doc @ 461893 @ @ 1
10
13
10
12a
12b
BM 500 0090
Fig. 34
Pos : 12.41.11 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Blinker/Bremslic ht/Warnblinkanlage/Bli nker ei nsc halten @ 48\mod_1286517252328_78.doc @ 461735 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.2.1
Switching on the indicator
•
Actuate the direction indicator on the steering wheel; the indicators (10, 12b) will flash on
one side (right/left).
Pos : 12.41.12 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Blinker/Bremslic ht/Warnblinkanlage/Br emslicht @ 48\mod_1286517961515_78.doc @ 461761 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.2.2
Brake light
When the ignition is switched on, the brake lights (12a) will light up as soon as the operating
brake is pressed.
Pos : 12.41.13 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 4/U-Z/War nbli nkanl age @ 48\mod_1286518286593_78.doc @ 461813 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.2.3
Switching on the hazard warning flasher
Pos : 12.41.14 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Blinker/Bremslic ht/Warnblinkanlage/War nbli nkanl age Bild BM 500 @ 48\mod_1286520071671_78.doc @ 461919 @ @ 1
1
10
12b
BM 500 0091
Fig. 35
Pos : 12.41.15 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Blinker/Bremslic ht/Warnblinkanlage/Bli nker , War nbli nkanl age und Bremslic ht BM 400 @ 0\mod_1195658983248_78.doc @ 1921 @ @ 1
The switch (1) for the hazard warning flasher is located in roof panel switch group.
•
•
Pos : 12.41.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
66
Actuate the rocker switch (1). The red pilot lamp in the switch (1) will start flashing.
When the hazard warning flasher has been switched on, all indicators (10, 12b) will flash
at the same time.
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.17 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/P-T/Standlic ht / Abblendlicht @ 47\mod_1285679225203_78.doc @ 457241 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.3
Side light/dipped beam
Pos : 12.41.18 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Standlic ht / Abblendlic ht Bil d BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253268733440_78.doc @ 313448 @ @ 1
7
11
1
I
II
III
9
12c
BM 500 0092
Fig. 36
Pos : 12.41.19 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Standlic ht / Abblendlic ht Text @ 48\mod_1286520637718_78.doc @ 461971 @ 44 @ 1
The rocker switch (1) for the parking light and the dipped beam is located in the roof panel
switch group.
The switch has three positions:
I - Off
II - Parking light
III – Dipped beam
5.8.3.1
Switching on the parking light
•
Set the rocker switch (1) to position II:
The following lamps will light up when the parking light is switched on:
9
12c
5.8.3.2
Front parking light
Rear parking light
Switching on the dipped beam
•
Set the rocker switch (1) to position III.
When dipped beam is turned on, the following are lit:
7
9
11
12c
Dipped beam
Front parking light
Licence plate lamp
Tail light
Note
The dipped beam can be switched on only when the ignition has been switched on.
Pos : 12.41.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
67
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.21 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/A- E/Ar beitssc hei nwerfer @ 48\mod_1286522984234_78.doc @ 462049 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.4
Working floodlights
Pos : 12.41.22 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer Bild BM 420/500 @ 49\mod_1286531494859_78.doc @ 462569 @ @ 1
Fig. 37
Pos : 12.41.23 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer T ext BM 400 / 420 / 500 @ 48\mod_1286526713171_78.doc @ 462283 @ @ 1
The rocker switch (1,2,3,4) for the working floodlights is located in the roof panel switch group.
1
Working floodlights pointing down the side, and working floodlights pointing at the right
and left mowing units
2
Cab roof floodlights
3
Bottom working floodlight pointing to the front
4
Rear working floodlights
It has 2 settings:
I
II
Off
On
Note
Always switch the working floodlights off during road travel!
Pos : 12.41.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
68
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.25 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 4/A- E/Ar beitssc hei nwerfer M ähwer ke r echts/links @ 49\mod_1286534345078_78.doc @ 462647 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.4.1
Working floodlight right/left mowing units
Pos : 12.41.26 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer M ähwer ke rechts/links Bild BM 500 @ 47\mod_1285680706421_78.doc @ 457346 @ @ 1
1
I
II
3
2
BM 500 0093
Fig. 38
Pos : 12.41.27 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer M ähwer ke rechts/linksText BM 500 @ 49\mod_1286534457093_78.doc @ 462672 @ @ 1
The two working floodlights (2.3) can be switched on only when the parking light is switched on.
•
Set the rocker switch (1) to position II:
When the rocker switch (1) is turned on, the following are lit:
2 Working floodlights for mowing unit right
3 Working floodlights for mowing unit left
Pos : 12.41.28 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 4/A- E/Ar beitssc hei nwerfer Kabi ne @ 48\mod_1286524163921_78.doc @ 462127 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.4.2
Working floodlights Cab
Pos : 12.41.29 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer Kabi ne Bild BM 420/500 @ 49\mod_1286532416343_78.doc @ 462595 @ @ 1
2
I
II
6
BM 500 0162
Fig. 39
Pos : 12.41.30 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer Kabi ne Text BM 420/500 @ 49\mod_1286532654578_78.doc @ 462621 @ @ 1
The 6 working floodlights (6) on the cab roof can only be switched on when the parking light is
switched on.
•
Set the rocker switch (2) to position II:
When the rocker switch (2) is turned on, the following are lit:
Pos : 12.41.31 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
6
Cab roof floodlights
69
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.32 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 4/A- E/Ar beitssc hei nwerfer unten Front @ 48\mod_1286524169140_78.doc @ 462153 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.4.3
Working floodlight Bottom front
Pos : 12.41.33 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer unten Front Bild BM 500 @ 49\mod_1286774369968_78.doc @ 462757 @ @ 1
3
I
4
4
II
BM 500 0094
Fig. 40
Pos : 12.41.34 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer unten Front T ext @ 48\mod_1286528985921_78.doc @ 462439 @ @ 1
•
Set the rocker switch (3) to position II:
When the rocker switch (3) is turned on, the following are lit:
4
Working floodlight front (right and left)
Pos : 12.41.35 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 4/A- E/Ar beitssc hei nwerfer H ec k @ 48\mod_1286525027906_78.doc @ 462205 @ 4 @ 1
5.8.4.4
Working floodlight rear
Pos : 12.41.36 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer H ec k Bil d BM 500 @ 49\mod_1286774277484_78.doc @ 462731 @ @ 1
4
5a
13
5b
13
I
II
BM 500 0095
Fig. 41
Pos : 12.41.37 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Ar bei tssc hei nwerfer H ec k Text BM 400 @ 48\mod_1286529514968_78.doc @ 462491 @ @ 1
•
Set the rocker switch (4) to position II:
When the rocker switch (4) is turned on, the following are lit:
Pos : 12.41.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
70
5
Working floodlight rear
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.39 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/P-T/R undumleuc hten @ 70\mod_1305701996539_78.doc @ 638665 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.5
Allround lights
Pos : 12.41.40 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Runduml euchte Bild BM 500 @ 49\mod_1286774154546_78.doc @ 462705 @ @ 1
13
13
1
13
BM 500 0096
Fig. 42
Pos : 12.41.41 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Arbeitss cheinwerfer/Runduml euchte Text BM 400 @ 49\mod_1286530440406_78.doc @ 462543 @ @ 1
Option depends on user’s country
In some countries the allround lights must be switched on in road traffic.
Switch on the allround lights (13)
The switch (1) for the allround lights is located in the roof panel switch group.
•
Actuate the rocker switch (1). The orange pilot lamp in the switch (1) will light up.
Pos : 12.41.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
71
Cabin
Pos : 12.41.43 /BA/Kabi ne/Beleuc htung/Innen-R aumbel euchtung / Spotlight BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271751084243_78.doc @ 372526 @ 3 @ 1
5.8.6
Interior Lighting / Spotlight
1
6
8
6
3
4
2
7
5
BM 500 0146
Fig.43
The interior lighting (1) and spotlight (2) are located on the cab roof.
Overview:
3=
4=
On / Off switch - interior lighting (1)
On / Off switch - spotlight (2)
Note - switch-off delay
After ignition stage II is turned off, interior lighting will stay on for the amount of time set on
time relay (5).
The time for switch-off delay can be adjusted with the time relay (5).
To do this:
•
•
Open the cover (7) on the cab roof
Move switch (6) S1 and S2 to the desired position (see table)
S1
Off
On
On
Off
S2
Off
On
Off
On
(s)
110…900
14…110
2.5 14
0…2.5
Use a screwdriver to make fine adjustments to the rotary potentiometer (8) of the time relay (5)
that controls the switch-off delay (amount of time) to match time intervals t(s).
Pos : 12.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
72
Cabin
Pos : 12.43.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Außens piegel @ 32\mod_1253519080403_78.doc @ 313745 @ 2 @ 1
5.9
Outside mirrors
Pos : 12.43.2 /BA/Sic herheit/F ahren und Tr ans port/Gefahr- Auß ens pieg el @ 32\mod_1253519267091_78.doc @ 313770 @ @ 1
Danger! - Impaired vision
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Before starting to drive, adjust the mirror so that the rear driving area is fully visible.
Pos : 12.43.3 /BA/Kabine/Spi egel/Auß ens piegel li nks BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253520767060_78.doc @ 313895 @ 3 @ 1
5.9.1
Left outside mirror
1
BM 500 0097
Fig. 44
Pos : 12.43.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Adjust the left outside mirror (1) manually.
73
Cabin
Pos : 12.43.5 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Rechter Außens piegel und Anfahrspi egel BM 400 @ 49\mod_1286776268859_78.doc @ 462873 @ 3 @ 1
5.9.2
Right outside mirror and anti-collision mirror
Pos : 12.43.6 /BA/Kabine/Spi egel/R ec hter Auß ens pi egel und Anfahrs piegel Bild BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253525051716_78.doc @ 314022 @ @ 1
2
1
3
BM 500 0098
Fig. 45
Pos : 12.43.7 /BA/Kabine/Spi egel/Auß ens piegel r ec hts @ 49\mod_1286777019984_78.doc @ 462951 @ 4 @ 1
5.9.2.1
Setting the right outside mirror
The right outside mirror (1) is electrically adjustable. The switch (3) is located in the roof panel.
Pos : 12.43.8 /BA/Kabine/Spi egel/Anfahrs piegel ei nstellen @ 49\mod_1286776763796_78.doc @ 462925 @ 4 @ 1
5.9.2.2
•
•
Turn the switch (3) to the right (arrow to the right).
Press the switch (3) up, down and to the side until the outside mirror (1) is set correctly.
Setting the anti-collision mirror
The anti-collision mirror (2) must be adjusted manually.
Pos : 12.43.9 /BA/Kabine/Spi egel/Anfahrs piegel Hi nweis @ 49\mod_1286776577265_78.doc @ 462899 @ @ 1
Note
Set the anti-collision mirror in such a way that the ground area next to the right front wheel can
be checked prior to starting.
Pos : 12.43.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
74
Cabin
Pos : 12.43.11 /BA/Kabi ne/Spieg el/Innenspi egel @ 0\mod_1195711607577_78.doc @ 2043 @ 2 @ 1
5.10 Inside mirror
BMII-197
Fig. 46:
Adjust the inside mirror manually.
Adjust the inside mirror according to requirements.
Pos : 12.44 /BA/Kabine/Sonnenblende BM 500 @ 97\mod_1329389207450_78.doc @ 877235 @ 2 @ 1
5.11 Sun Visor
Fig. 47
•
Adapt the position of the sun visor (1) to requirements
Pos : 12.45 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
75
Cabin
Pos : 12.46 /BA/Kabine/Fr ontsc hei benwisc her @ 0\mod_1195712885140_78.doc @ 2100 @ 2 @ 1
5.12 Windshield wipers
Fig. 48:
The rocker switch (1) for the windshield wipers is located in the roof panel.
The switch has three positions:
I - Off
II - Interval
III - Continuous operation
Switching on the windshield wipers
•
Actuate the rocker switch (1).
Pos : 12.47 /BA/Kabine/Sc hei benwasc hanlag e – Fronts cheibe @ 0\mod_1195713188280_78.doc @ 2119 @ 2 @ 1
5.13 Washer system – windshield
Fig. 49:
The rocker switch (1) for the windshield washer system is located in the roof panel.
Switching on the windshield washer system
Pos : 12.48 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
76
•
Actuate the rocker switch (1).
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.1 /BA/Kabine/Schalter kons ole/Sc halter konsol e BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271762510508_78.doc @ 372627 @ 2 @ 1
5.14 Switch panel
2
3
4
7
5
6
1
BM 500 0147
Fig. 50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Panel switches
Pilot lamps
Ignition lock
Cigarette lighter
12 V socket
CAN diagnostics socket
USB connection
Pos : 12.49.2 /BA/Kabine/Schalter kons ole/Hinweis C AN-Diagnos estec kdose / U SB- Ans chl uss Anbringungsort @ 41\mod_1271762668461_78.doc @ 372652 @ @ 1
Note
The CAN diagnostics socket and USB port are located between the driver's seat and the switch
panel.
Pos : 12.49.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
77
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.4 /BA/Kabine/Schalter kons ole/Konsol enschalter und Kontr ollleuchten BM 500 @ 85\mod_1319112957858_78.doc @ 737254 @ 2 @ 1
5.15 Panel Switches and Indicator Lamps
Fig. 51
Pos : 12.49.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
78
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Release switch road/field
Autopilot release switch (optional)
Parking brake release switch
Traction drive release switch
Axle separation key
Switch hydraulic auger hood (lateral mowing unit left)
Switch hydraulic auger hood (front mowing unit)
Switch hydraulic auger hood (lateral mowing unit right)
Indicator lamp engine oil pressure
Charge indicator lamp
Indicator lamp cooling water temperature
Indicator lamp error on steering
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.6 /BA/Kabine/Schalter kons ole/Betätigung Freigabesc halter @ 0\mod_1195717535303_78.doc @ 2202 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.1 Actuating release switches
1
1
2
BX 400 0006
Fig. 52:
Note - Locked release switch
Effect: Release switches cannot be activated.
•
To actuate the release switches (1), push the lock (2) forward and press the release
switch.
Pos : 12.49.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
79
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.8 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Freigabes chalter Straß e/F eld @ 0\mod_1196320452967_78.doc @ 6351 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.2 Release switch – road/field
Pos : 12.49.9 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Stellung Freig abesc hal ter bei Straß enfahrt @ 0\mod_1196320338201_78.doc @ 6332 @ @ 1
Danger! - Release switches for road travel not in position (I) "Road travel"
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
The road/field release switch must be in position "I" for road travel.
•
This ensures that only the travelling gear, steering and brakes are activated.
Pos : 12.49.10 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Fr eigabes chalter Straß e/F eld @ 0\mod_1195717693209_78.doc @ 2221 @ @ 1
1
II
I
BM 400 0007
Fig. 53
The road/field release switch (1) is used to switch from road travel to field operation and vice
versa.
I - Road travel
II - Field mode
Note
Depending on the position of the "Road/field" release switch, the "Road travel or field mode"
basic screen appears in the Info Centre.
Pos : 12.49.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
80
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.12 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Fr eigabes chalter Autopil ot / -opti onal @ 0\mod_1195717962350_78.doc @ 2240 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.3 Autopilot release switch / - optional
1
II
I
BM 400 0009
Fig. 54:
Actuating the autopilot release switch (1) releases the autopilot function.
Note - Autopilot is not released
•
Autopilot is only available in Field mode with the travelling gear turned on
•
The road/field release switch must be active in field operation and the travelling gear
release switch must be switched on.
I - Autopilot off
II - Autopilot released
Note - Autopilot is not released
•
For further information, please consult the operating instruction "Autopilot Brief
Introduction" included with delivery
Pos : 12.49.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
81
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.14 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Fr eigabes chalter Feststellbr emse @ 0\mod_1195718259850_78.doc @ 2259 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.4 Release switch - holding brake
Fig. 55:
Note - Parking brake engaged
Effect: Brake overheating
•
Do not drive with the parking brake engaged.
•
The holding brake is applied automatically when the ignition is switched off.
Pos : 12.49.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
82
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.16 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/F-J/Fr eigabesc halter Fahrantrieb @ 0\mod_1196319179092_78.doc @ 6293 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.5 Release switch travelling gear
Pos : 12.49.17 /BA/Sic her hei t/Gefahrenhi nweis e/Gefahr - U ngewolltes bewegen der M asc hine @ 0\mod_1196319463264_78.doc @ 6313 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unintentional movement of the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
No persons may be present in the direct hazardous area of the machine when the
travelling gear release switch is actuated!
•
Always remove the ignition key before leaving the cabin.
To turn off the machine:
•
Activate the parking brake switch; move the travelling gear switch (1) to position off (I).
Pos : 12.49.18 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Fr eigabes chalter Fahrantri eb @ 0\mod_1195720600131_78.doc @ 2278 @ @ 1
1
II
I
BM 400 0010
Fig. 56:
When the travelling gear release switch (1) is actuated, the travelling gear is released.
I - Travelling gear off
II - Travelling gear on
Note - Mower drives cannot be switched on.
•
When the travelling gear is switched off (position II), the mowing unit drive cannot be
switched on.
Pos : 12.49.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
83
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.20 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/T as te Ac hstr ennung @ 0\mod_1195722759115_78.doc @ 2297 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.6 Axle separation key
Fig. 57:
Actuating the axle separation key switches axle separation on or off.
Note - Axle separation does not turn on
•
•
•
Pos : 12.49.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
84
•
•
Axle separation can only be activated in drive level 1 (field mode).
When activating the axle separation, the maximum top speed is 14 km/h (instead of 19 km/h).
If the axle separation is switched when travelling faster than 14 km/h, the electronics prevent
the axle separation from being activated. Only after the speed has been reduced to below 14
km/h, are the electronics, the valves, and the axle separation activated.
Actuate axle separation key (1) – axle separation switched on
Actuate axle separation key (1) again – axle separation switched off
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.22 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Kontr ollleuchten Bild BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271764821211_78.doc @ 372876 @ @ 1
Fig. 58
Pos : 12.49.23 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Kontr ollleuchte Motor öldr uc k @ 85\mod_1319112649093_78.doc @ 737198 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.7 Pilot Lamp Engine Oil Pressure
Caution! - The pilot lamp (1) “Engine oil pressure” lights up
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
Switch off engine immediately
•
Remedy the malfunction
Pos : 12.49.24 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Kontr ollleuchte Ladekontrolll euc hte @ 41\mod_1271763780008_78.doc @ 372751 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.8 Charge Indicator Lamp
The charge indicator lamp (2) will light up if the output voltage of the three-phase generator is
not sufficient to charge the batteries.
•
•
Check the cables and connections on the three-phase generator and on the battery.
Check the V-belt on the three-phase generator.
Pos : 12.49.25 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Kontr ollleuchte Kühlwass ertemperatur @ 85\mod_1319112731292_78.doc @ 737226 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.9 Pilot Lamp Cooling Water Temperature
Caution! - The pilot lamp (3) “Cooling water temperature” lights up
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
Switch off engine immediately
•
Remedy the malfunction
Pos : 12.49.26 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Kontr ollleuchte Fehl er an Lenkung @ 41\mod_1271763835493_78.doc @ 372801 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.10 Pilot lamp steering fault
Caution! - The pilot lamp (4) "Fault in Steering" is lit
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
Switch off engine immediately.
•
Rectify the fault.
Pos : 12.49.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
85
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.28 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Z ünds chl oss @ 0\mod_1195724199693_78.doc @ 2336 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.11 Ignition lock
1
BM 400 0013
Fig. 59:
The ignition lock (1) has four positions:
0 - Off
I - Electric circuit for electronics is switched on
II The ignition is switched on
III -Start position
Pos : 12.49.29 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
86
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.30 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/U-Z/Zigar ettenanzünder / 12 V Stec kdose @ 42\mod_1272437710878_78.doc @ 377567 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.12 Cigarette lighter / 12-V socket
Pos : 12.49.31 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Zig arettenanz ünder / 12 Volt Stec kdos e / SO-Bus-Diagnos estec kdose @ 97\mod_1329226741825_78.doc @ 830690 @ @ 1
1.
2.
3.
Cigarette lighter
12-volt socket
ISO-Bus diagnostics socket
Pos : 12.49.32 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Zig arettenanz ünder / 12 V Stec kdos e Ac htung @ 42\mod_1272438967737_78.doc @ 377642 @ @ 1
Caution! - Hot cigarette lighter!
Effect: Burns
•
Only hold the hot cigarette lighter by the handle.
•
Never hold onto the cigarette lighter (1) when it is pushed in.
Pos : 12.49.33 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Zig arettenanz ünder / 12 V Stec kdos e Bild BM 500 @ 83\mod_1317732783534_78.doc @ 730557 @ @ 1
2
1
3
2
BM 500 0178_1
Fig. 60
Pos : 12.49.34 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Zig arettenanz ünder / 12 V Stec kdos e T ext @ 0\mod_1195725058068_78.doc @ 2355 @ @ 1
Press the cigarette lighter (1) in; when the required temperature is reached the insert will come
out by itself.
The socket (2) can be used to connect other power consumers with 12 volts and a maximum of
10 amperes. When the engine has been switched off, the battery will be discharged. Use the
specified plug to connect accessory units.
Pos : 12.49.35 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Stec kdose 12 V Hi nweis BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272440213768_78.doc @ 377745 @ @ 1
Note
An additional 12-V socket is located in the driver’s cab on the right next to the passenger seat
facing in the direction of travel.
Pos : 12.49.36 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
87
Cabin
Pos : 12.49.37 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Di agnos estec kdos e / U SB-Ansc hl uss BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271765654040_78.doc @ 372900 @ 3 @ 1
5.15.13 Diagnostics Socket / USB Connection
Fig. 61
•
•
Pos : 12.49.38 /BA/Kabi ne/Sc halterkons ole/Hi nweis CAN-Di agnosestec kdos e / USB-Ansc hluss Anbring ungs ort @ 41\mod_1271762668461_78.doc @ 372652 @ @ 1
CAN interface (1)
USB connection (2)
Note
The CAN diagnostics socket and USB port are located between the driver's seat and the switch
panel.
Pos : 12.50 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
88
Cabin
Pos : 12.51.1 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/M ultifunktions hebel BM 420/ BM 500 N EU T eil 1 ab Bj.2010 @ 41\mod_1271322262987_78.doc @ 370234 @ 23 @ 1
5.16 Multi-Function Lever
5.16.1 In Field Mode Only
2
3
15
1
16
23
24
13 14
10
17
25
9
22
11
12
4
18a
6
18b
5
7
8
19
20
21
BM 500 0107
Fig.62
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Pos : 12.51.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Switch off all mowing unit drives
Retrieve pre-setting "I" cutting height (BiG M 420 = optional)
Retrieve pre-setting "II" cutting height (BiG M 420 = optional)
To lower left mower: Hold down the "12" key and switch from transport position to
headland position; without "12" key from headland position to working position
To lift left mower: Hold down the "12" key and switch from headland position to transport
position; without "12" key from working position to headland position
To lower right mower: Hold down the "12" key and switch from transport position to
headland position; without "12" key from headland position to working position
To lift right mower: Hold down the "12" key and switch from headland position to transport
position; without "12" key from working position to headland position
Lift front mower: Hold down the "12" key and switch from headland position to transport
position; without "12" key from working position to headland position
To lift all mowers: with "12" key pressed, lift all mowers from headland position to
transport position. Without the "12" key, lift all mowers from working position to headland
position.
To lower all mowers: with "12" key pressed, lower all mowers from transport position to
headland position. Without the "12" key, lower all mowers from headland position to
working position.
89
Cabin
Pos : 12.51.3 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/Hi nweis di e T asten (5,7 und 8) haben 2 Schaltstufen. @ 41\mod_1271319271175_78.doc @ 369966 @ @ 1
Note
The (5, 7 and 8) keys have 2 steps.
•
•
When the first step is pressed, the mowing unit is raised stepwise (as long as the key is
held down) from working position to headland position.
Pressing the second step one time lifts the mowing unit automatically from working
position to headland position.
Pos : 12.51.4 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/M ultifunktions hebel BM 500 NEU Teil 2 ab Bj.2010 @ 70\mod_1305707517447_78.doc @ 639041 @ @ 1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18a
18b
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Pos : 12.51.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
90
Lower front mower: hold down the “12” key and switch from transport position to
headland position without key “12” from headland position to working position
Additional function for the keys “4 - 11”
Not assigned
Not assigned
Actuation key for autopilot (optional)
Steering mode switching
Additional function: Mowing units - release
Mirror sideshift
Sideshift OFF
Increase engine speed inching until nominal speed is reached
Change nominal speed to idle speed and vice versa
Reduce the engine speed inching until idle speed
Fine adjustment ((10%) „Mower relief lateral mowing units” (min. = corresponds to the set
value in the display / max. = + 10% relief)
Cross switch lever
Sideshift right (rear wheel steering steers to the right)
Sideshift left (rear wheel steering steers to the left)
Cabin
Pos : 12.51.6 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/M ultifunktions hebel (Fortsetzung) BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271256276293_78.doc @ 369225 @ 34 @ 1
5.16.2 Multi-Function Lever (Continued)
5.16.2.1 Driving
E
F
J
D
G
H
K
15
L
M
16
A
B
C
BM 500 0108
Fig.63
15
16
A
BCDEFGHJKLM-
Actuation key for travelling gear
Selector switch for acceleration ramp
Acceleration (in forward travel) / Deceleration (in reverse) / Start travelling gear with
actuation key (15) pressed
Multi-function lever – central position
Acceleration (in reverse) / Deceleration (in forward travel) / Start travelling gear with
actuation key (15) pressed
Deceleration to 0 km/h / Fast reversing with actuation key (15) pressed (in field operation
only)
Multi-function lever – central position
Switch on cruise control / Save current speed for cruise control – press activation key (15)
and rotate multi-function lever in direction F
Without (17) key pressed, switch off left mower drive / with (17) key pressed, switch on
left mower drive
Central position
Without (17) key pressed, switch off right mower drive / with (17) key pressed, switch on
right mower drive
Without (17) key pressed, switch off front mower drive / with (17) key pressed, switch on
front mower drive
Central position
Without (17) key pressed, switch off all mower drives / with (17) key pressed, switch on all
mower drives
Pos : 12.52 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
91
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.1 /BA/Kabine/Klimaanl age/H eiz ung/Klimatr oni k / H eiz ung Ü bersic ht @ 0\mod_1195728661475_78.doc @ 2453 @ 23 @ 1
5.17 Klimatronik / heating
5.17.1 Control and display elements
The Klimatronik is a control unit for air conditioning and heating systems in modern vehicle
cabs. The driver’s work is made easier through clear, intuitive control of all tasks and optimum
climate control in the driver’s cab.
Note
If the electrical power supply to the control unit is interrupted, the control unit automatically
performs a self test after power is restored. After the self test is complete, the last setting to be
saved appears.
Fig. 64
Key function key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
92
Key to switch air conditioning on and off
Key to adjust the desired cab temperature upward.
Alternative: Manual settings "Up"
Key to adjust the desired cab temperature downward.
Alternative: Manual settings "Down"
Key to switch the controller on and off
Key to switch the evaporator fan speed Manual / Automatic
Key to switch REHEAT mode on and off (demoisturising the cab air)
Covered key to switch the temperature display to ° Fahrenheit
Cabin
LCD function of LCD display
Fig. 65
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Icon indicates REHEAT mode
Icon indicates air conditioning
Icon indicates fully automatic mode is turned on
Bar indicates fan speed in manual mode
Icon indicates manual fan mode
4-place seven segment display shows setpoint value or error code
Icon indicates unit of measure for temperature (°)
Indicates the icon for vehicle cab
Pos : 12.53.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
93
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.3 /BA/Kabine/Klimaanl age/H eiz ung/Anl age ei nschalten @ 0\mod_1195729216365_78.doc @ 2491 @ 33 @ 1
5.17.2 Operation
5.17.3 Switching on the System
Fig. 66
Press the
key
Note
After the system is switched on, the control unit performs a self test and the software version is
displayed for about 5 seconds, for example:
Then the operating hours of the air conditioning system are displayed for 5 seconds (for
example 6 operating hours).
Then the last saved setting appears in the display.
Pos : 12.53.4 /BA/Kabine/Klimaanl age/H eiz ung/Eins tell en der gewünschten Kabi nentemperatur @ 0\mod_1195729761475_78.doc @ 2510 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.4 Setting the Desired Cab Temperature
Fig. 67
The set cab temperature is shown in °C, for example 26°C. The control unit is in Automatic
mode.
To lower the desired cab temperature to 21°C, for example, press the
value appears in the display. (press key 5 x)
Pos : 12.53.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
94
key until the desired
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.6 /BA/Kabine/Klimaanl age/H eiz ung/Klimabetrieb Ei n- / Aussc hal ten @ 0\mod_1195730018068_78.doc @ 2529 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.5 Switch air conditioning On / Off
Fig. 68
You can switch on the air conditioning with the
Air conditioning is now turned on; icon
key.
indicates air conditioning.
The compressor is turned on by the control unit if necessary.
Pressing the
icon disappears.
key again turns off air conditioning (compressor is deactivated). The
Pos : 12.53.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
95
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.8 /BA/Kabine/Klimaanl age/H eiz ung/R EHEAT - Betrieb Ein- / Auss chalten @ 0\mod_1195733396084_78.doc @ 2548 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.6 Switch REHEAT mode On / Off
Fig. 69
REHEAT mode = (demoisturising the cab air)
Switch on REHEAT mode with the
key.
The display appears like this:
REHEAT mode is now turned on. The
icon indicates REHEAT mode.
Note
The compressor is permanently turned on. The evaporator fan speed is raised to 100%. If
necessary, the control unit turns the heating on to keep room temperature at the setpoint value.
REHEAT mode is automatically limited to 10 minutes.
Pressing the
The
Pos : 12.53.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
96
key again turns off REHEAT mode.
icon no longer appears.
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.10 /BA/Kabi ne/Kli maanlag e/H eizung/Manuell es Eins tell en der Verdampferlüfter drehzahl @ 0\mod_1195733653506_78.doc @ 2567 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.7 Manual setting of evaporator fan speed
Fig. 70
Switch on manual evaporator fan speed with the
key.
The manual setting for fan speed is now active. The currently set fan speed appears in bar
display
(full bar display = 100%). The AUTO icon no longer appears.
Fan
flashes for 5 seconds. During this time the fan speed can be increased with the
key or lowered with the
key in increments of 10%.
Note
The lowest fan speed that can be set is 30% (three bars are displayed).
Pressing the
and
key twice reactivates AUTO mode. The Auto icon appears ; the
icons are no longer displayed.
Pos : 12.53.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
97
Cabin
Pos : 12.53.12 /BA/Kabi ne/Kli maanlag e/H eizung/U msc halten der Temper aturanz eige in ° Fahrenheit @ 0\mod_1195734049209_78.doc @ 2586 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.8 Switching the Temperature Display to ° Fahrenheit
8
Fig. 71
The current set-point temperature is shown in ° Celsius.
Press and hold the covered key (8) and press the
Fahrenheit.
key as well. The display switches to °
The current set-point temperature is shown in ° Fahrenheit.
Pressing the (8) key and
key again switches the display back to ° Celsius.
Pos : 12.53.13 /BA/Kabi ne/Kli maanlag e/H eizung/Anz eige von Stör ung en im Displ ay @ 0\mod_1195734281959_78.doc @ 2605 @ 3 @ 1
5.17.9 Showing Faults in the Display
Error code (F0)´
Fig. 72
Error in room temperature sensor is indicated by flashing indicator (F0).
Note
The control unit has recorded an error in the room temperature sensor. Controller is no longer
ready for operation.
Cause of sensor fault:
Short circuit or interruption in sensor line, plug connection on the sensor or control unit ,
temperature sensor defective. The controller will not be ready for operation again until the error
is eliminated. Then the sensor fault no longer appears.
Note
If a sensor fault occurs, the controller continues working with the setting that was valid before
the fault was recorded.
98
Cabin
Error code (FI)
Fig 73
Error in blow-out temperature sensor is indicated by flashing indicator (F1).
Note
The control unit has recorded an error in the blow-out temperature sensor. The control is no
longer ready for operation.
Cause of sensor fault:
Short circuit or interruption in sensor line, plug connection on the sensor or control unit ,
temperature sensor defective. The controller will not be ready for operation again until the error
is eliminated. Then the sensor fault no longer appears.
Note
If a sensor fault occurs, the controller continues working with the setting that was valid before
the fault was recorded.
Pos : 12.54 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
99
Cabin
Pos : 12.55 /BA/Kabine/Vers tell bar e Lüfter düsen BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272517641193_78.doc @ 378245 @ 2 @ 1
5.18 Adjustable Fan Nozzles
1
1
1
1
3
Fig.74
Fan nozzles (1), adjustable
Note
Set the fan nozzles in such a way that the panes do not mist up.
Pos : 12.56 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
100
BM 500 0184
Cabin
Pos : 12.57 /BA/Kabine/R adi oeinbau @ 0\mod_1195735722428_78.doc @ 2644 @ 2 @ 1
5.19 Radio
1
BM 400 0215
Fig. 75:
1
ISO compartment for radio
Note
Telephones and radio equipment not connected to the outside antenna may lead to functional
troubles in the vehicle's electronic system, thus jeopardising the operational safety of the
vehicle.
Pos : 13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
101
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/F-J/Info-Center „Eas yT ouch“ @ 0\mod_1195737815318_78.doc @ 2663 @ 1 @ 1
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/U-Z/Übersic ht @ 0\mod_1195651857513_78.doc @ 1671 @ 3 @ 1
6.1.1
Overview
Pos : 14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Info-C enter Eas y T ouc h Ü bersic ht @ 0\mod_1195737934803_78.doc @ 2682 @ @ 1
I
II
III
IV
V
BM 400 0099
Fig. 76
Pos : 14.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
102
•
I = Display
•
II = Keys
•
•
III = Keys
to D D (A - D)
IV = Rotary potentiometer
•
V = Menu key
1
to 8
(1 - 8)
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Allgemei ne Besc hrei bung der T as ten_Drehpoti _Menütaste @ 0\mod_1195738501881_78.doc @ 2701 @ @ 1
Fig. 77
The Info Centre informs you about the current actions and the current operating condition of the
machine. You can use the Info Centre to make settings for the machine and start or stop
actions. Its main components are:
Keys 1-8
Keys 1-8 are used to activate the softkeys located in the right column (IV). For the assignment
of the keys, see the illustration. If there is no softkey next to the key, it has no function.
Keys A-D
The keys A-D are used to activate the softkeys located in the line just above them (V). For the
assignment of the keys, see the illustration. If there is no softkey above the key it has no
function.
Rotary potentiometer (1)
The rotary potentiometer has two functions:
1
The rotary potentiometer can be turned to change settings and to select the desired
menu in the menu level.
2
Pressing the rotary potentiometer activates and saves the settings.
Menu key (2)
You can use the key with the rotary potentiometer to call or close the menu level or to go to the
preceding menu level. Holding the key down slightly longer takes you back to the basic screen.
1
Pos : 14.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
103
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Beschr eibung Infobereic he/Displ ay Beschr eibung @ 0\mod_1195739127068_78.doc @ 2740 @ @ 1
I
II
IV
III
5
6
7
8
VI
V
B
C
D
BM 400 0114
Fig. 78
Display (screen display)
The display is divided up into the following sections:
Status line (I):
•
Time, number of errors, status display of mowing units
Information section:
Pos : 14.7.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Beschr eibung Infobereic he/Informati ons bereic h BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250597105050_78.doc @ 275696 @ 2 @ 1
6.2
•
•
•
•
Engine information (II)
Travelling gear information (III)
Settings (IV and V)
Drive information (VI) (only in Field mode basic screen)
Information Section
Basic screen "Road travel"
Basic screen "Field mode"
14:46
1
UPM
0.0
1990
4
100
75
0
20 40
km/h
0.0
60 80 100
N
50
70 °C
25
0
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0003
Fig. 79
After the ignition is switched on, depending on the position of the "Road/field" release switch,
the basic screen "Road travel" or "Field mode" appears in the display.
Pos : 14.7.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
104
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Beschr eibung Infobereic he/Statusz eile Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1250598462034_78.doc @ 275721 @ 3 @ 1
6.2.1
Status line (I)
I
15:36
1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0102
Fig. 80
Error, at least one error occurred. The number of errors present appears before the icon.
=
=
Central lubrication (lit briefly when switching from Road basic screen to Field basic
screen).
Lateral mowing unit
left
Drive off
drive on
Front mowing unit
Drive off
drive on
Lateral mowing unit
right
Drive off
drive on
Headland Position
Working position
Folded up
Pos : 14.7.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
105
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Beschr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h M otordaten BiG M 500 @ 81\mod_1316413031860_78.doc @ 715985 @ 3 @ 1
6.2.2
Motor data (II) information section
II
UPM
1080
0
20
40
60
80
100
100
75
2
5
6
7
8
50
25
R
0
70°C
1
B
C
D
BM 500 0106
Fig. 81
1080
Engine speed
Road mode: 850 - 1650 rpm
Field mode: 850 - 2000 rpm
0
20
40
60
80
100
Engine capacity as %
Pos : 14.7.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Beschr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h M otordaten Teil 2 BM420/500 @ 81\mod_1316086697012_78.doc @ 714492 @ @ 1
Cooling water temperature display - if the cooling water temperature reaches the critical
range, the background of the cooling water temperature display
changes to red.
Fuel gauge (1 diesel fuel / 2 urea solution)
R
Pos : 14.7.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
106
Reserve indicator (appears in the display if the diesel fuel or urea solution is less than
15% of the tank capacity)
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.9.1 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/Infobereic h F ahrantriebs daten (III) Bild BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251201991580_78.doc @ 281442 @ 3 @ 1
6.2.3
Travelling gear data (III) information section
km/h
0.0
III
0.0
4
B
C
N
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0038
Fig. 82
Pos : 14.7.9.2 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/T empomat @ 29\mod_1251199726596_78.doc @ 281172 @ @ 1
Cruise control active; the number after the icon is the saved
speed for Cruise control operation in km/h.
Cruise control inactive
Pos : 14.7.9.3 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/F ahrges chwi ndig keit BM 500 @ 60\mod_1297850474508_78.doc @ 561469 @ @ 1
Travelling speed
Road mode: 0 - 40 km/h
Field mode: 0 - 22 km/h
Pos : 14.7.9.4 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/Besc hleunigungsr ampe @ 29\mod_1251199880768_78.doc @ 281222 @ @ 1
Acceleration ramp
1 = Lowest acceleration ramp
2 = ...
3 = ...
= Highest acceleration ramp
Pos : 14.7.9.5 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/F ahrtric htung @ 29\mod_1251199885768_78.doc @ 281247 @ @ 1
Direction of travel
= Forward travel
= Neutral (stopped)
= Reverse travel
Pos : 14.7.9.6 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/Antri ebs art @ 29\mod_1251199893346_78.doc @ 281272 @ @ 1
Type of drive
Axle sep. active
(only possible in Field
mode)
Parking brake is
applied
Emergency mode; allows the driver to
drive the vehicle out of the danger
zone even if there are serious drive
problems.
Pos : 14.7.9.7 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/Bergab - M odus @ 70\mod_1305726024726_78.doc @ 639629 @ @ 1
Downhill mode
The downhill mode symbol indicates to the driver that the speed of the machine is
automatically restricted when travelling downhill.
Pos : 14.7.9.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
107
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.9.9 /BA/Info-Center/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Bes chr eibung Infobereic he/Infobereic h F ahr antriebsdaten (III)/Lenkprogramm Straßenfahrt @ 29\mod_1251202089330_78.doc @ 281467 @ @ 1
Steering programmes:
Basic screen "Road travel"
The following icons are only available in the basic screen "Road travel"
Steering programme "Road travel" (all-wheel steering where the front wheels are turned
more than the rear wheels).
Pos : 14.7.9.10 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Besc hrei bung Infober eiche/Infober eich Fahrantri ebs daten (III)/Lenkpr ogramm F eldbetrieb Vorderachsl enkung @ 29\mod_1251203333752_78.doc @ 281548 @ @ 1
Basic screen "Field mode"
The following icons are only available in the basic screen "Field mode"
Steering programme "Front-wheel steering" (the front wheels are turned).
Steering programme "All-wheel steering" (the front and rear wheels are turned).
Sideshift display (appears in the display if the foot pedals are used to increase/reduce the
steering angle (rear axle)).
Available in the steering programme "Front-wheel steering" and "All-wheel steering".
Display of steering angle (rear axle) (the bigger the display, the greater the steering angle)
Autopilot
Pos : 14.7.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
108
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.7.11 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Besc hrei bung Infober eiche/Infober eich Ei nstellungen @ 0\mod_1195800021723_78.doc @ 2862 @ 3 @ 1
6.2.4
Information section of settings (IV and V)
I
II
IV
III
5
6
7
8
VI
V
B
C
D
BM 400 0114
Fig. 83
(see Chapter "Settings").
Pos : 14.7.12 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Besc hrei bung Infober eiche/Infober eich Antri ebs daten BiG M 500 @ 27\mod_1247061517836_78.doc @ 269557 @ 3 @ 1
6.2.5
Drive data information section (VI)
VI
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0039
Fig. 84
The drive data is only displayed in the basic screen "Field mode".
1100
Speed of drive left
Speed of left auger
1100
1100
Speed of drive at front
Speed of front left
auger
Speed of front right
auger
Speed of drive right
Speed of right auger
Pos : 14.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
109
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten am Grundbild @ 0\mod_1195803032020_78.doc @ 2907 @ 2 @ 1
6.3
Quick Access Keys in the Basic Screen
The quick access keys can be used to perform functions directly from the basic screen or to
bring up the appropriate submenu.
Pos : 14.9.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/H ydraulisc h eins tell bar e Schnitthöhe Sei te 1/2 Bild Bi G M 500 @ 81\mod_1316413260783_78.doc @ 716013 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.1
Quick access "hydraulically adjustable cutting height"
14:46
1
UPM
0.0
1990
0
20 40
N
4
100
75
km/h
0.0
60 80 100
50
70 °C
25
0
B
C
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0003
D
Fig. 85
Pos : 14.9.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/H ydraulisc h eins tell bar e Schnitthöhe Sei te 1/2 Text BiG M 420/500 @ 57\mod_1296204792046_78.doc @ 549897 @ @ 1
Appears only in basic screen "Field mode".
•
Press the key
or
to display the hydraulically adjustable cutting height.
Submenu "Hydraulically adjustable cutting height" appears.
1.
= saved pre-set values
2.
3.
= saved pre-set values
= current cutting height values
You can use the
A
and
B
B
keys to save pre-settings for cutting height.
= Save pre-set 1 cutting height
= Save pre-set 2 cutting height
Pos : 14.9.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
110
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/H ydraulisc h eins tell bar e Schnitthöhe Sei te 2/2 BiG M 500 @ 81\mod_1316168422535_78.doc @ 715843 @ @ 1
Activating keys 1-8 sets the angle of the mowing units.
Fig. 86
Inclination
Mowing units
lateral left
Front mowing
unit
Lateral mowing
units right
Mowing unit all
reduce
Key
5
Key
Key
Key
increase
Key
6
Key
Key
Key
7
Note
If all mowing units are selected, the angle of the front mowing unit is set first. Then the lateral
mowing units are automatically adjusted to the value of the front mowing unit.
•
Press the key
•
Pressing the
D
to display the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.9.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
111
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/H ydraulisc h eins tell bar e s eitliche M ähwer ks entlastung BiG M 500 @ 27\mod_1247062627101_78.doc @ 269632 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.2
Quick access "Mowing unit compensation for lateral mowing units" (ground pressure)
Appears only in basic screen "Field mode"
Lateral mowing unit compensation can be used to adjust the ground pressure of the lateral
mowing units to local conditions. In order to protect the sward, the load on the lateral mowing
units must be relieved so that they do not jump when mowing, yet do not leave any brush marks
on the ground.
Note
When setting the pressure level, position both lateral mowing units on the ground.
14:46
1
UPM
0.0
1990
4
100
75
0
20 40
km/h
0.0
60 80 100
N
50
70 °C
25
0
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0003
Fig. 87
Note
The higher the percentage value (mowing unit compensation), the lower the ground pressure.
•
•
•
•
Pos : 14.9.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
112
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired selection. (The selection box is
highlighted in colour.)
Press the rotary potentiometer to jump to the selection box. (The selection box is
highlighted in colour.)
Turning the rotary potentiometer increases or reduces the value.
Press the rotary potentiometer to apply the setting and exit the selection box.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / BiG M 500/Sc hnellzugrifftas ten/Kundendaten-Zähler @ 29\mod_1251274559046_78.doc @ 282105 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.3
Quick access "Customer Data Counter"
Fig. 88
Appears in basic screen "Road mode and field mode"
•
Activating the
Customer record (1)
B
B
key under softkey
brings up the customer counter.
Status display (2)
Counter stopped
A counter is activated
10
Freely usable numeric input field (for example to assign several different cultivated
areas to the customer record)
Counter (active counters are highlighted colour)
=
operating hour counter (h)
= working hours counter (h)
= surface counter (ha)
= kilometre counter (km)
= fuel consumption (l)
•
(3)= absolute fuel consumption
•
(4)= current average consumption (l/h)
Pos : 14.9.10 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Kundendaten-Z ähler Infoz eile @ 29\mod_1251277121718_78.doc @ 282418 @ @ 1
Info line (5) (display information of the counter which is currently active)
Counter stopped
5.1
5.2
Counter is activated
Display of the activated customer counter (e.g. Client 1).
Selected surface counter.
Pos : 14.9.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
113
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.12 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Kundendatensatz (1) ändern bz w. neuanl egen @ 9\mod_1219756639600_78.doc @ 122535 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.4
Changing a customer record (1) or creating a new one
1
5
6
7
8
2
B
C
D
BM4000109_1
Fig. 89
A total of 30 customer records can be created. Select the customer record you want to modify;
select a free customer record to create a new entry with the
•
•
•
and
keys.
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting. The entry box is
highlighted in colour.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer opens an alphanumeric input field.
You can change the customer record or enter a new one with the rotary potentiometer.
(To accept the desired alphanumeric value, press the rotary potentiometer.)
Note
Selecting the "ESC" symbol (1) and confirming causes the program to exit the input field
without saving the entries or changes. Selecting the "Enter" symbol (2) and confirming causes
the program to accept and save the entry or change.
•
Pos : 14.9.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
114
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.14 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Z ähl er ei n- bz w. aussc hal ten @ 9\mod_1219756842585_78.doc @ 122557 @ 4 @ 1
6.3.4.1
Switching the counter on or off
Fig. 90
Pos : 14.9.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
5
•
Use the
•
Activating the
•
Pressing the
and
B
6
keys to turn the counter on
and off
.
key brings up the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
115
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.16 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Kundenzähler lösc hen @ 29\mod_1251278493296_78.doc @ 282523 @ 4 @ 1
6.3.4.2
Delete customer counter
10
Only the counters of the selected cultivated area
in the selected customer record (in
the example shown here, the tenth cultivated area) are deleted.
Fig. 91
•
Press key
•
Confirm the deletion process by pressing the key
•
Abort the deletion process by pressing the key
C
located under softkey
(the information message “Delete?” appears)
B
located under the softkey
located under the softkey
Note
Repeat deletion of the counters for each previously created cultivated area as necessary.
Pos : 14.9.17 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Wechs eln z u den allgemei nen Z ähler (M asc hinendaten-Z ähl er) @ 29\mod_1251278517328_78.doc @ 282578 @ 4 @ 1
6.3.4.3
Switching to General Counters (Machine Data Counters)
•
Pressing the
data" menu.
key under the
softkey brings up the "Counters and machine
For more information see Section "Counters and Machine Data"
Pos : 14.9.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
116
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.9.19 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Schnellz ugrifftasten/Ei nstellungen M asc hine BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322209565464_78.doc @ 762888 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.5
Quick access "Machine settings"
14:46
1
UPM
0.0
1990
0
20 40
N
4
100
75
km/h
0.0
60 80 100
50
70 °C
25
0
5
6
5
6
7
8
1
7
B
C
D
8
BM 500 0003
B
C
D
BM 500 0006_1
Fig. 92
Appears in basic screen "Road mode and field mode"
•
Press the key
D
to display the menu level "Machine settings".
The submenu "Machine settings" is displayed.
Note
For more information, see chapter "Machine settings".
Pos : 14.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
117
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.11 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Menüebene Kurz über blic k BiG M 500 @ 89\mod_1322130562011_78.doc @ 761922 @ 33 @ 1
6.3.6
Menu Level
6.3.7
Brief Overview
1
1-1
3-1
1-1-7
1-2
2
3-2
1-1-10
*1)
1-3
3-3
3
*1)
1-4
3-4
*1)
1-5
3-5
*1)
1-5-1
1-6
3-6
März
24
Montag
3-7
1-5-2
1-9
1-5-4
3-8
*1)
4
4-1
1-5-5
4-1-1
*1)
4-1-11
4-1-3
4-2
*1)
CAN
4-1-12
4-1-4
4-3
4-1-5
4-4
4-1-13
4-4-1
4-1-14
4-1-7
4-4-2
4-1-15
4-1-8
4-4-3
4-1-9
4-1-10
4-1-16
4-1-17
4-1-18
5
BM 5000001_1
Fig. 93
*1) Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
118
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.13 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Menüebene aufrufen @ 0\mod_1196058555821_78.doc @ 3161 @ 3 @ 1
6.3.8
Bringing up a Menu Level
Fig. 94
•
You can bring up a menu level with the
The display indicates the menu level.
key on the rotary potentiometer.
The menu level is divided into five main menus:
= Main menu 1 "Settings"
= Main menu 2 "Counters"
= Main menu 3 "Maintenance"
= Main menu 4 "Service"
= Main menu 5 "Basic screen"
• You can close the menu level that was called with
on the rotary potentiometer.
Pos : 14.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
119
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.1 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Ei nstellungen/H auptmenü 1 „ Eins tell ung en“ @ 89\mod_1322031869516_78.doc @ 757694 @ 2 @ 1
6.4
Main menu 1 "Settings"
Fig. 95
The main menu level is active.
•
Select main menu 1 with the rotary potentiometer
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
The display shows menu level 1 "Settings".
The main menu, "Settings", is divided into the following menus:
= Menu 1-1 "Parameters"
= Menu 1-2 "Machine setting"
= Menu 1-3 "Units"
= Menu 1-4 "Language"
= Menu 1-5 "Display"
= Menu 1-6 "Date/time"
= Menu 1-9 "Owner's address"
•
Pos : 14.15.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
120
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.3 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Ei nstellungen/1-1 Parameter Big M 400 / 500/M enü 1-1 Parameter BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250599041159_78.doc @ 275746 @ 2 @ 1
6.5
Menu 1-1 "Parameters"
1-1-7
1-1-6
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0004
Fig. 96
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears.
•
Select menu 1-1 "Parameters" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display indicates the menu level "Parameters".
The "Parameter" menu is divided into two sub-menus:
= Menu 1-1-7 "Parameters for hydraulic mowing unit compensation"
= Menu 1-1-10 "Work parameters"
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired menu.
Press the rotary potentiometer to display the parameters of the selected menu
or
Pos : 14.15.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the key
on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
121
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.5 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Ei nstellungen/1-1 Parameter Big M 400 / 500/Eing abe von Par ametern @ 41\mod_1271221822261_78.doc @ 368585 @ 3 @ 1
6.5.1
Entering parameters
Fig. 97
Note
As long as data is being read, the current process can be stopped by pressing the
key
next to the
softkey.
•
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the input field.
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to set the desired value.
•
When you press the rotary potentiometer, you exit the input field and the value that was
entered is applied.
Note
To apply the default setting values, press the
•
5
key next to the
softkey.
To jump back to the screen that was previously displayed, press the
7
key next to the
softkey.
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Note
For additional information on the individual parameters, please refer to the parameter list in
appendix "Parameter List".
Pos : 14.15.6 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Ei nstellungen/1-1 Parameter Big M 400 / 500/Eing abe Par ameter Z us atz text @ 41\mod_1271222191355_78.doc @ 368636 @ @ 1
Note
Press the key
protected).
Pos : 14.15.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
122
6
beside the softkey
to display the menu 4-3 "Service level" (password-
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.8 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Ei nstellungen/1-2 Einstellung Masc hine Big M 400/M enü 1-2 Ei nstellung Maschi ne BM 500 @ 70\mod_1305722883728_78.doc @ 639389 @ 2 @ 1
6.6
Menu 1-2 "Machine setting"
5
6
7
8
1
B
C
D
BM 500 0006_1
Fig. 98
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears.
•
•
Select menu 1-2 "Machine setting" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level "Machine setting".
The "Machine setting" menu is divided into 3 pages:
Pos : 14.15.9 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Menüer kärung für Seite 1 bis 3 @ 51\mod_1288099830734_78.doc @ 478252 @ @ 1
Explanation of menu for pages 1 to 3:
Pos : 14.15.10 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/1- 2 Eins tell ung M asc hine Big M 400/Menü 1-2 M enüer kär ung Tas ten Eins tell ung M asc hine @ 28\mod_1250603053175_78.doc @ 275901 @ @ 1
•
Press the
B
key to bring up the previous page of the "Machine setting" menu.
•
Press the
C
key to bring up the next page of the "Machine setting" menu.
•
•
Activating the D key brings up the basic screen.
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting. The selection box is
highlighted in colour.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the selection box.
You can use the rotary potentiometer to set the desired value.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied and returns you from
the selection box
•
•
•
Pos : 14.15.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
123
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.12 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Einstellmöglichkeiten (Seite1/3) @ 51\mod_1288102051312_78.doc @ 478382 @ @ 1
Setting options (page 1/3)
Pos : 14.15.13 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/1- 2 Eins tell ung M asc hine Big M 400/Menü 1-2 ( Sei te 1/3) BiG M 500 @ 70\mod_1305722629712_78.doc @ 639361 @ @ 1
5
6
7
8
1
B
C
D
Fig. 99
1) Adjust overcut in cm / inch
Pos : 14.15.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
124
BM 500 0006_1
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.15 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Einstellmöglichkeiten (Seite2/3) @ 51\mod_1288101419671_78.doc @ 478330 @ @ 1
Setting options (page 2/3)
Pos : 14.15.16 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/1- 2 Eins tell ung M asc hine Big M 400/Menü 1-2 Bild Fahrhebel N EU @ 41\mod_1271332044018_78.doc @ 370842 @ @ 1
10 9
BM 500 0130
Fig.100
Pos : 14.15.17 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/1- 2 Eins tell ung M asc hine Big M 400/Menü 1-2 ( Sei te 2/3) T ext BM 400/420/500 @ 51\mod_1288100911312_78.doc @ 478304 @ @ 1
1) Setting time / distance control
The following descriptions refer to function (9,10) "Raise/lower all mowing units" on the multifunction lever.
Time control (determines the delay time of lifting or lowering the lateral mowing units to
the front mowing unit)
Distance control (determines the distance still to be covered before the lateral mowing
units are raised or lowered to the front mowing unit).
2) Input field: Delay time to raise lateral mowing units.
3) Input field: Delay time to lower lateral mowing units.
4) Input field: Distance to be covered before lifting lateral mowing units.
5) Input field: Distance to be covered before lowering lateral mowing units.
Pos : 14.15.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
125
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.19 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/1- 2 Eins tell ung M asc hine Big M 400/Menü 1-2 ( Sei te 3/3) BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250659349727_78.doc @ 276062 @ @ 1
Setting options (page 3/3)
1
2
B
5
6
7
8
3
C
D
BM 500 0007
Fig. 101
Setting the headland position height of the mowing units:
The headland position height of the mowing units (left, front, right) is set here.
The setting is adjusted as a percentage of the maximum headland position height.
Setting range: 0% to 100%
1) Headland position height of left mowing unit
2) Headland position height of front mowing unit
3) Headland position height of right mowing unit
Pos : 14.15.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
126
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.21 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 3 „ Einheiten“ @ 0\mod_1197532786335_78.doc @ 24301 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.1
Menu 1-3 "Units"
Fig. 102
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears:
•
•
Select menu 1-3 "Units" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display indicates the selected measuring units. The currently set measuring unit is
highlighted in colour.
= Anglo-American units active
= English/American units active
= Metric (SI) units
= Metric (SI) units inactive
Setting the measuring units:
•
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied. (The selection box is
highlighted in colour.)
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.15.22 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
127
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.23 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 4 „ Spr ache“ @ 0\mod_1197534666632_78.doc @ 24320 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.2
Menu 1-4 "Language"
Fig. 103
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears:
•
Select menu 1-4 "Language" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the language selection.
Set language
(1) = currently set language
(2)= shows the selected language
•
•
You can select the language you want with the rotary potentiometer.
To confirm the selection, press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Note
The selected language will be active after the machine is restarted (ignition off and on again)
Pos : 14.15.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
128
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.25 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5 „Dis play“ @ 89\mod_1322042220039_78.doc @ 758191 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.3
Menu 1-5 "Display"
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM4000225_1
Fig. 104
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears.
•
Select menu 1-5 "Display" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level 1-5 "Display".
The "Display" menu is divided into the following menus:
= Menu 1-5-1 "Contrast"
= Menu 1-5-2 "Beeper"
= Menu 1-5-4 "Direction of Rotation"
= Menu 1-5-5 "Configure status line"
Pos : 14.15.26 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
129
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.27 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5-1 „Kontrast“ @ 9\mod_1219844730062_78.doc @ 124157 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.4
Menu 1-5-1 "Contrast"
Fig. 105
You can adjust the brightness of the display in the "Contrast" Diagnostics menu.
Menu 1-5 "Display" is active.
•
•
Select menu 1-5-1 "Contrast" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Contrast" setting appears.
= Day design
= Night design
The value after the symbols
/
indicates the set brightness value.
Setting and saving the brightness
The higher the value after the
•
•
•
•
Pos : 14.15.28 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
130
•
/
symbols the greater the brightness of the display.
You can use the rotary potentiometer to make the desired selection. (The selection box is
highlighted in colour.)
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the selection box. (The selection
box is highlighted in colour.)
Turning the rotary potentiometer increases or reduces the value.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied and returns you from
the selection box.
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.29 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5-2 Beeper @ 89\mod_1322042675069_78.doc @ 758419 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.5
Menu 1-5-2 Beeper
Pic. 106
The acoustic signal (beeper) for alarm messages, information messages and for pressing a key
can be activated and deactivated in this menu. For alarm messages and information messages
the duration of the tone can be set additionally.
Menu 1-5 "Display" is active.
•
Select menu 1-5-2 "Beeper" with the rotary potentiometer
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
The display indicates the beeper settings.
= Alarm Message
= Key pressed
= Information message
Beeper function
= Beeper inactive
= Beeper
active
= Beeper limited by time
Activate / deactivate beeper
•
•
•
Pos : 14.15.30 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the selection box. (The selection
box is highlighted in colour)
You can use the rotary potentiometer to adjust the desired function
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied and returns you from
the selection box
Pressing the key
on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back
131
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.31 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5-2 Beeper z eitlich begrenzen @ 41\mod_1271228361090_78.doc @ 368764 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.6
Beeper limited by time
Fig. 107
•
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the selection box. (The selection
box is highlighted in colour.)
•
•
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting (
).
Press the rotary potentiometer (a new input field appears).
Press the rotary potentiometer to jump to a new input field. (The input box is highlighted
in colour.)
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
You can use the rotary potentiometer to set the desired value.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied and returns you from
the selection box.
•
•
•
Pos : 14.15.32 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
132
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.33 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5-4 Drehrichtung @ 89\mod_1322043577709_78.doc @ 758566 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.7
Menu 1-5-4 Direction of Rotation
Fig. 108
The direction of rotation of the rotary potentiometer for scrolling can be changed in this menu.
The rotary potentiometer is set in the factory so that turning it to the left scrolls down and turning
it to the right scrolls up (as indicated by the blue arrow) (1).
Menu 1-5 "Display" is active.
•
Select menu 1-5-4 "Direction of rotation" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows a list for which the direction of rotation can be changed for the rotary
potentiometer.
•
Activating the
parameter list
or
key to
change the direction of rotation for the
•
Activating the
fields.
or
key to
change the direction of rotation for input
•
Activating the
key to
change the direction of rotation for menus.
5
or
6
Note
The blue arrow (1) indicates the direction of rotation for the rotary potentiometer to scroll down.
Pos : 14.15.34 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
B
•
Pressing the
key under the
softkey brings up the basic screen.
•
To apply the default setting values, press the
key under the
softkey.
133
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.35 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 5-5 Statusz eile konfig urieren @ 89\mod_1322043912248_78.doc @ 758654 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.8
Menu 1-5-5 Configure status line
Mä rz
24
Montag
Fig. 109
The first field (1) of the status display for the basic screens "Road travel/Field mode“ can be
adjusted individually in this menu.
Menu 1-5 "Display" is active.
•
Select menu 1-5-5 "Configure status line" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
The selection options of the displays (2) for the first field (1) of the status line are shown.
Possible displays (2):
= Time
März
24
= Time and date
Montag
= Diesel fuel consumption per hour
/
/
/
= Hectares per hour
= Diesel fuel consumption per hectare
To change the display for the status line:
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired display. The display is
highlighted in colour.
•
To accept the selected display, press the rotary potentiometer
The display that was just selected now appears in the basic screens
•
Pos : 14.15.36 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
134
Pressing the
key under the
softkey opens the basic screen.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.37 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 6 „D atum/Uhrz eit“ @ 89\mod_1322060573514_78.doc @ 759970 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.9
Menu 1-6 Date/time
Fig. 110
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears:
•
Select menu 1-6 "Date/time" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the date and the time.
To set date/time
•
•
•
•
Pos : 14.15.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting. The entry box is
highlighted in colour.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the input field.
Set the desired date/time with the rotary potentiometer.
Pressing the rotary potentiometer causes the setting to be applied and returns you from
the selection field.
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
135
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.15.39 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 1 Einstell ung en/Menü 1- 9 „ Adr ess e Lohnunternehmer“ @ 89\mod_1322128074780_78.doc @ 761468 @ 3 @ 1
6.6.10 Menu 1-9 Owner's address
Mä rz
24
Montag
Fig. 111
Main menu 1 "Settings" appears.
•
Select menu 1-9 "Owner's address" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
The display shows the owner's address.
Note
A maximum of 30 characters can be entered in the input field. The information is used each
time a print job is sent to the CAN printer. If a line contains no characters (including no spaces),
that line will not be considered for printing.
To set the address:
1
2
Fig. 112
•
•
•
You can use the rotary potentiometer to select the desired setting. The entry box is
highlighted in colour
Pressing the rotary potentiometer opens an alphanumeric input field
You can change the text or enter a new one with the rotary potentiometer. (To accept the
desired alphanumeric value, press the rotary potentiometer.)
Note
Selecting the "ESC" symbol (1) and confirming causes the program to exit the input field
without saving the entries or changes. Selecting the "Enter" symbol (2) and confirming causes
the program to accept and save the entry or change.
•
136
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back
Info centre "EasyTouch"
•
Pressing the
key under the
softkey opens the basic screen
Pos : 14.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
137
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.17.1 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 2 Zähl er/Hauptmenü 2 „Zähl er“ @ 0\mod_1197538825007_78.doc @ 25234 @ 23 @ 1
6.7
Main Menu 2 Counters
Fig. 113
•
You can bring up a menu level with the
key on the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select main menu 2 "Counter" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows various counters.
Counter level (sets)
6.7.1
=
total bale counter (cannot be deleted)
=
counter level 1 (can be deleted)
=
counter level 2 (can be deleted)
=
counter level 3 (can be deleted)
Machine Data Counter
Counter (active counters are highlighted colour)
= operating hour counter (h)
= working hours counter (h)
= surface counter (ha)
= odometer (both road and field mode)
= fuel consumption (l)
Pos : 14.17.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
138
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.17.3 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 2 Zähl er/Hauptmenü 2 Lös chen der M asc hinendatenz ähler @ 0\mod_1197539919085_78.doc @ 25253 @ 43 @ 1
6.7.1.1
Deleting the Machine Data Counters (Sets 1 to 3)
Fig. 114
Machine data for counter levels (sets) 1 to 3 can be deleted in this menu.
•
You can bring up a menu level with the
key on the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select main menu 2 "Counter" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows various counters.
6.7.2
•
Activate the
deleted.
key for
or the
key
to select the counter level (1) to be
•
Pressing the C key under the
softkey deletes all counters in a set. (Only the
counters of sets 1 to 3 can be deleted.)
•
Pressing the
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
B
key under the
softkey brings up the basic screen
Switching to Customer DataCounters
•
Pressing the
menu.
key under the softkey
brings up the "Customer data counter"
For more information, see Section "Customer Data Counters"
Pos : 14.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
139
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.1 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/Menü 3/Hauptmenü 3 „ Wartung“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250667717290_78.doc @ 276329 @ 2 @ 1
6.8
Main Menu 3 "Maintenance"
Fig. 115
•
•
•
Press the key on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level 3 "Maintenance".
The main menu "Maintenance" is divided up into eight menus:
= Menu 3-1 "Calibration of cutting height"
= Menu 3-2 "Calibration of front mowing unit" *)
= Menu 3-3 "Calibration of right lateral mowing unit" *)
= Menu 3-4 "Calibration of left lateral mowing unit" *)
= Menu 3-5 "Axle suspension" *)
= Menu 3-6 "Cabin suspension"
= Menu 3-7 "Steering"
= Menu 3-8 "Manual mode" *)
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
*) Access restricted to service engineers (not shown in the display)
Pos : 14.19.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
140
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.3 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/K-O/M enü 3-1 „Kalibrier ung Sc hnitthöhe“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250833598028_78.doc @ 277855 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.1
Menu 3-1 "Calibration of cutting height"
Pos : 14.19.4 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Sc hwenken der M ähwer ke @ 28\mod_1250833011700_78.doc @ 277801 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Swivelling the mowing units
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Before swivelling the mowing units, ensure that nobody is within the swivel range.
•
Instruct persons to leave the danger zone.
•
If required, switch off the machine immediately.
Pos : 14.19.5 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Unvorherges ehenes z usc halten von Antri eben @ 28\mod_1250833758403_78.doc @ 277880 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Unexpected switching on of drives
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Observe the following instructions very precisely!
Pos : 14.19.6 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/Menü 3- 1/M enü 3-1 „Kali brierung Schnitthöhe“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250668352086_78.doc @ 276354 @ @ 1
The sensors have been adjusted to record cutting height in the factory. Heavy demand and the
setting of components may cause an offset in the cutting pattern of the right / left and front
mowing unit. If this happens, the sensors must be recalibrated.
Note
Perform calibration on an even and solid surface.
•
•
Switch off the travelling gear release switch
Use the multi-function lever to move the 3 mowing units into working position (float
setting).
Pos : 14.19.7 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/Menü 3- 1/M enü 3-1 „Kali brierung alle M ähwer ke auf 0° einstellen“ BiG M 500 Bild @ 28\mod_1250668612774_78.doc @ 276409 @ @ 1
Adjust all mowing units to 0°.
Fig. 116
Pos : 14.19.8 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/Menü 3- 1/M enü 3-1 „Kali brierung Schnitthöhe M enü aufr ufen Text @ 28\mod_1250669698133_78.doc @ 276434 @ @ 1
To do this:
•
You can bring up a menu level with the
key on the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select menu 3-1 "Calibration of cutting height" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the cutting height setting.
Pos : 14.19.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
141
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.10 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-1/Menü 3- 1 Alle M ähwer ke auf 0° einstellen ausric hten @ 46\mod_1283317596765_78.doc @ 448365 @ @ 1
Aligning the Mowing Units
Fig. 117
Front mowing unit:
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the
1 or
2 key to align the cutter bar horizontally.
Lateral mowing unit right:
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the
3 or 4
Lateral mowing unit left:
key to align the cutter bar horizontally.
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the 5
5
or 6
6
key to align the cutter bar horizontally.
12
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the right and left mowing unit and set them in
the oblong hole until a value (1) of about 2900 mV to 3100 mV appears in the display
(calibration screen).
•
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
Save sensor value (2) for inclination 0°
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for inclination 0° is applied
in the input field (2).
Note
The sensor for the front mowing unit is not adjustable. However, the value must be accepted at
this point.
Pos : 14.19.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
142
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Menü 3-2 „ Kali brierung Frontmähwer k“ @ 28\mod_1250834399731_78.doc @ 277901 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.2
Menu 3-2 Calibration of front mowing unit
Pos : 14.19.12.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.19.12.3 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schwenken der Mähwer ke @ 28\mod_1250833011700_78.doc @ 277801 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Swivelling the mowing units
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Before swivelling the mowing units, ensure that nobody is within the swivel range.
•
Instruct persons to leave the danger zone.
•
If required, switch off the machine immediately.
Pos : 14.19.12.4 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - U nvorhergesehenes zus chalten von Antrieben @ 28\mod_1250833758403_78.doc @ 277880 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Unexpected switching on of drives
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Observe the following instructions very precisely!
Pos : 14.19.12.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 „Kalibri erung Frontmähwer k“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250672016040_78.doc @ 276572 @ @ 1
In menu 3-2 "Calibration of front mowing unit", you can calibrate sensor values for the cutting
height, max. lifting height (a), fold-up/fold-down position (b) and the transport position (c) of the
front mowing unit.
a)
b)
c)
BM 500 0012
Fig. 118
Note
Before you calibrate the sensor values max. lifting height, fold-up/fold-down position or
transport position of the front mowing unit, make sure that the cutting height of the front mowing
unit is pointing to 0° and that you have saved the sensor value for the angle 0°.
B23
3960 mV
3954 mV
0.1 °
Fig. 119
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
•
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select the menu 3-2 "Calibration of front mowing unit" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the cutting height setting for the front mowing unit.
Pos : 14.19.12.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
143
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/M enüer klärung Wartung für die Seiten 1 bis 2 BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250754878882_78.doc @ 277160 @ @ 1
Explanation of menu for pages 1 to 2:
•
Press the key
B
to open the previous page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the key
C
to open the next page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
D
to display the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.19.12.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/Hi nweis Kalibrier ung @ 28\mod_1250755409648_78.doc @ 277181 @ @ 1
Note
Perform calibration on an even and solid surface.
Pos : 14.19.12.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 Fr ontmähwer k in Arbeits stellung bring en BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250750303913_78.doc @ 276983 @ @ 1
Move the front mowing unit to the working position.
To do this:
•
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
144
Press the key
C
to open the next page of the menu "Calibration of front mowing unit".
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 Sens or wert (2) für N eigung 0° s peic her n BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250749464491_78.doc @ 276934 @ @ 1
B22
-0.3°
4216 mV
B23
3960 mV
100%
4200 mV
3954 mV
3768 mV
-0,1 °
1160 mV
°
25,7
0.1 °
2
1
Fig. 120
•
Using the key
softkey
for softkey
, the key
for softkey
and the key
for
, inch the front mowing unit into the working position.
Press the key B to open the previous page on the "Calibration of front mowing unit"
menu.
Aligning the front mowing unit:
•
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the
1
or
2
key to align the cutter bar horizontally.
Saving sensor value (2) for angle 0°
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for angle 0° is applied in the
input field (2).
Note
The sensor for the front mowing unit is not adjustable. However, the value must be accepted at
this point.
•
Press the key
C
to open the next page of the menu "Calibration of front mowing unit".
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
145
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 Sens or wert max. Aus hubhöhe kalibrier en Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1250749413570_78.doc @ 276909 @ @ 1
Calibrating the sensor value max. lifting height
B22
-0.3°
4216 mV
2
100%
1
4200 mV
3768 mV
-0,1 °
1160 mV
25,7 °
Fig. 121
•
Carefully inch the key
softkey
for softkey
,
for softkey
and the key
for
until the front mowing unit has reached the maximum lifting height.
Note
When lifting the front mowing unit, take care that it does not come into contact with hydraulic
hose lines or hydraulic lines (visual monitoring by a second person).
Saving sensor value (1) for the max. lifting height
•
•
•
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
146
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (3) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the maximum lifting
height is applied in the input field (2).
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 Sens or wert An- Abkl appstellung kalibrier en Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1250749248726_78.doc @ 276884 @ @ 1
Calibrating the sensor value for the fold-up/fold-down position
B22
-0.3°
4216 mV
2
100%
4200 mV
1
3768 mV
-0,1 °
1160 mV
25,7 °
4
3
Fig. 122
•
Carefully inch the key
for softkey
until the front mowing unit reaches a height
of about 40 cm (measured to the lower edge of the cutter bar) above the ground.
Use the keys 5 or 6 to set the value (3) for the cutting height to about 0 degrees
Saving sensor values (1) and (3) for the fold-up/fold-down position
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the input field (2) (the input field is highlighted in
colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the fold-up/fold-down
position is applied in the input field (2).
Then
•
•
•
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the input field (4) (the input field is highlighted in
colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) (about 0 degrees) for the
cutting height (angle) is applied in the input field (4).
147
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-2/Menü 3- 2 Sens or wert Transports tell ung kalibri eren BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250749030101_78.doc @ 276859 @ @ 1
Calibrating the sensor value for the transport position
B22
-0.3°
4216 mV
2
100%
4200 mV
1
3768 mV
-0,1 °
1160 mV
25,7 °
4
3
Fig. 123
•
•
Carefully inch the key
for softkey
until the front mowing unit is completely
folded back.
To avoid collisions between components, move the front mowing unit carefully into the
transport position by briefly pressing the keys 6 and
alternately (the transport
position is reached when the top suspension arm (angle adjustment) and the lifting
cylinder (raising) are fully retracted).
Saving sensor value (1) for the transport position
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the input field (2) (the input field is highlighted in
colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the transport position is
applied in the input field (2).
Then
•
•
•
Pos : 14.19.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
148
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the input field (4) (the input field is highlighted in
colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) for the cutting height is
applied in the input field (4).
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Menü 3-3 „ Kali brierung Seitenmähwer k rec hts“ @ 28\mod_1250834654512_78.doc @ 277950 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.3
Menu 3-3 Calibration of right lateral mowing unit
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.19.14.3 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schwenken der Mähwer ke @ 28\mod_1250833011700_78.doc @ 277801 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Swivelling the mowing units
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Before swivelling the mowing units, ensure that nobody is within the swivel range.
•
Instruct persons to leave the danger zone.
•
If required, switch off the machine immediately.
Pos : 14.19.14.4 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - U nvorhergesehenes zus chalten von Antrieben @ 28\mod_1250833758403_78.doc @ 277880 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Unexpected switching on of drives
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Observe the following instructions very precisely!
Pos : 14.19.14.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/ACHTUN G! Pendelstop nic ht g elös t @ 103\mod_1332166692142_78.doc @ 939747 @ @ 1
CAUTION! Pendulum stop not released
Damage to the lateral mowing unit
•
Release the pendulum stop before setting the lateral mowing unit on the ground.
Pos : 14.19.14.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ei nführtext Menü 3-3 / 3-4 @ 28\mod_1250838017278_78.doc @ 277978 @ @ 1
In this menu, you can calibrate the sensor values for the cutting height, transport position,
working position, pivoted-in position and the pivoted-out position of the lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.19.14.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Hinweis M enü 3-3 / 3-4 @ 114\mod_1338539303193_78.doc @ 1003691 @ @ 1
Note
Before you calibrate the sensor values for the transport position, working position, pivoted-in
position or the pivoted-out position of the lateral mowing unit, make sure that the cutting height
of the corresponding lateral mowing unit (right and left) is pointing to 0° and that you have
saved the sensor value for the angle 0°.
Pos : 14.19.14.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Pos : 14.19.14.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
149
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Menü 3- 3 „Kalibri erung Seitenmähwer k r ec hts“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250752949335_78.doc @ 277073 @ @ 1
B34
3000 mV
3000 mV
-0.1 °
Fig. 124
•
•
•
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Select the menu 3-3 "Calibration of right lateral mowing unit" with the rotary
potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the cutting height setting for the right lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/M enüer klärung Wartung für die Seiten 1 bis 2 BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250754878882_78.doc @ 277160 @ @ 1
Explanation of menu for pages 1 to 2:
•
Press the key
B
to open the previous page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the key
C
to open the next page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
D
to display the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/Hi nweis Kalibrier ung @ 28\mod_1250755409648_78.doc @ 277181 @ @ 1
Note
Perform calibration on an even and solid surface.
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Menü 3- 3 Seitenmähewr k rec hts in Ar beitsstellung bring en Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1250755603695_78.doc @ 277259 @ @ 1
Move the right lateral mowing unit to the working position.
To do this:
•
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
150
Press the key
unit".
C
to open the next page of the menu "Calibration of right lateral mowing
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Menü 3- 3 Sens or wert (2) für N eigung 0° s peic her n BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250755776179_78.doc @ 277284 @ @ 1
1
B32
1104 mV
4624 mV
B34
3000 mV
4616 mV
0%
3000 mV
B33
-0.1 °
4520 mV
2
1184 mV
1640 mV
1%
Fig. 125
The description below assumes that the machine is in the working position. If this is not the
case, read the description below and proceed according to the position of the machine.
Starting from the transport position
•
Use the key
for softkey
headland position.
to inch the lateral mowing unit down to about the
Use the key 6 for softkey
to pivot out the lateral mowing unit completely, inch by
inch.
Starting from the headland position
•
•
Use the key
unit.
for softkey
to release the pendulum stop for the lateral mowing
•
Use the key
position.
for softkey
to inch the lateral mowing unit down to the working
•
Press the key
mowing unit".
B
to open the previous page of the menu "Calibration of right lateral
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Seitenmähwer k ausrichten @ 28\mod_1250839999856_78.doc @ 278047 @ @ 1
Aligning the lateral mowing unit:
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the key
or
to align the cutter bar horizontally.
12
•
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (1) of about 2900 mV to 3100 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen).
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
151
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (2) für Neigung 0° s peichern Bil d @ 114\mod_1338539938768_78.doc @ 1003778 @ @ 1
1
B34
3000 mV
3000 mV
-0.1 °
2
Fig. 126
Pos : 14.19.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (2) für Neigung 0° s peichern Seitenmähwer k r ec hts @ 114\mod_1338539889175_78.doc @ 1003749 @ @ 1
Saving sensor value (2) for inclination 0° (cutting height)
•
•
•
•
•
Jump into the input field (2) by turning on the rotary potentiometer (the input field is
highlighted in colour)
Press the rotary potentiometer (the input box is highlighted in colour)
By pressing the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the inclination 0° (cutting
height) is taken over into the input field (2)
Use the keys
or
to set the inclination (cutting height) to approx. -2 degrees (due
to this, damages to the machine are avoided when folding up in transport position)
Bring up the next page of the menu “Calibration lateral mowing unit right” by pressing the
key
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
152
C
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Menü 3- 3 Sens or wert (1) für Arbeitss tellung s peic hern BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250756420523_78.doc @ 277329 @ @ 1
Calibrating the sensor value working/pivoted-out position
1
2
5
6
7
8
3
4
B
C
D
BM 500 0022
Fig. 127
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (1) für di e Arbeitsstellung s peic hern @ 28\mod_1251094780979_78.doc @ 278545 @ @ 1
The description below assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in the working position and that
the pendulum stop is released.
Saving sensor value (1) for the working position
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the working position is
applied in the input field (2).
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (3 ) für die Aussc hwenks tell ung eins tell en und s peic hern @ 28\mod_1251094700323_78.doc @ 278521 @ @ 1
Setting and saving the sensor value (3 ) for the pivoted-out position
The sensor value for the pivoted-out position must be between 1000 mV and 2000 mV. Check
the sensor value (3) and set it if necessary.
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (3) of about 1200 mV to 1500 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen).
•
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
Then
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (4) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
•
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
•
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) for the pivoted-out position
is applied in the input field (4).
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
153
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Menü 3- 3 Sens or wert (1) für Einsc hwenk- und Trans por tstellung ei nstellen und s peichern Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1250757027241_78.doc @ 277354 @ @ 1
Setting and saving the sensor value (1) for the pivoted-in and transport position
4
3
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0021
Fig. 128
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (1) für di e Einsc hwenksstellung ei nstellen und speicher n @ 28\mod_1251095363573_78.doc @ 278621 @ @ 1
The description below assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in the working position and that
the pendulum stop is released.
Setting and saving the sensor value (1 ) for the pivoted-in position
•
Use the key
for softkey
to lift out the lateral mowing unit inch by inch so that
contact with the ground cannot occur when the lateral mowing unit is pivoted in.
•
Use the key 7 for softkey
to pivot in the lateral mowing unit completely (the
pendulum stop is activated in this case).
The sensor value for the pivoted-in position must be between 4000 mV and 5000 mV.
If this is not the case, please proceed as follows:
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (1) of about 4500 mV to 4800 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen) (if necessary, adjust the coupling rod of the angle of rotation
sensor).
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
•
Then
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
•
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
•
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the pivoted-in position is
applied in the input field (2).
Note
If the angle of rotation sensor for the pivoted-in position has been changed, you must
recalibrate the sensor value for the pivoted-out position.
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
154
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (3) für di e Tr ans portstellung speic her n Ü S @ 114\mod_1338542910912_78.doc @ 1003810 @ @ 1
Saving the sensor value (3) for transport position
Pos : 14.19.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Pos : 14.19.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (3) für di e Tr ans portstellung speic her n @ 114\mod_1338543298322_78.doc @ 1003839 @ @ 1
The following description assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in swivelling in position, the
inclination (cutting height) is set to approx. -2 degrees and the pendulum stop is activated.
•
•
•
•
Bring the lateral mowing unit inching cpl. into transport position by using the key
for
softkey
Jump to the input field (4) by turning on the rotary potentiometer (the input field is
highlighted in colour)
Press the rotary potentiometer (the input field is highlighted in colour)
By pressing the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) for the transport position is
taken over into the input field (2)
Pos : 14.19.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
155
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Menü 3-4 „ Kali brierung Seitenmähwer k links“ @ 28\mod_1251090698791_78.doc @ 278212 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.4
Menu 3-4 Calibration of left lateral mowing unit
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.19.16.3 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schwenken der Mähwer ke @ 28\mod_1250833011700_78.doc @ 277801 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Swivelling the mowing units
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Before swivelling the mowing units, ensure that nobody is within the swivel range.
•
Instruct persons to leave the danger zone.
•
If required, switch off the machine immediately.
Pos : 14.19.16.4 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - U nvorhergesehenes zus chalten von Antrieben @ 28\mod_1250833758403_78.doc @ 277880 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Unexpected switching on of drives
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Observe the following instructions very precisely!
Pos : 14.19.16.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/ACHTUN G! Pendelstop nic ht g elös t @ 103\mod_1332166692142_78.doc @ 939747 @ @ 1
CAUTION! Pendulum stop not released
Damage to the lateral mowing unit
•
Release the pendulum stop before setting the lateral mowing unit on the ground.
Pos : 14.19.16.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ei nführtext Menü 3-3 / 3-4 @ 28\mod_1250838017278_78.doc @ 277978 @ @ 1
In this menu, you can calibrate the sensor values for the cutting height, transport position,
working position, pivoted-in position and the pivoted-out position of the lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.19.16.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Hinweis M enü 3-3 / 3-4 @ 114\mod_1338539303193_78.doc @ 1003691 @ @ 1
Note
Before you calibrate the sensor values for the transport position, working position, pivoted-in
position or the pivoted-out position of the lateral mowing unit, make sure that the cutting height
of the corresponding lateral mowing unit (right and left) is pointing to 0° and that you have
saved the sensor value for the angle 0°.
Pos : 14.19.16.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
Pos : 14.19.16.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
156
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Menü 3- 4 „Kalibri erung Seitenmähwer k li nks“ BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1251090990073_78.doc @ 278241 @ @ 1
B44
2888 mV
2901 mV
0.2 °
Fig. 129
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
•
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select menu 3-4 "Calibration of left lateral mowing unit" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows the cutting height setting for the left lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/M enüer klärung Wartung für die Seiten 1 bis 2 BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1250754878882_78.doc @ 277160 @ @ 1
Explanation of menu for pages 1 to 2:
•
Press the key
B
to open the previous page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the key
C
to open the next page of the "Maintenance" menu.
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
D
to display the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3/Hi nweis Kalibrier ung @ 28\mod_1250755409648_78.doc @ 277181 @ @ 1
Note
Perform calibration on an even and solid surface.
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Menü 3- 4 Seitenmähewr k links in Ar beitsstellung bring en Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1251091786573_78.doc @ 278318 @ @ 1
Move the left lateral mowing unit to the working position.
To do this:
•
Press the key
unit".
C
to open the next page of the menu "Calibration of left lateral mowing
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
157
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Menü 3- 4 Sens or wert (2) für N eigung 0° s peic her n BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1251092188932_78.doc @ 278343 @ @ 1
1
B42
1112 mV
4469 mV
B44
2888 mV
4496 mV
0%
2901 mV
B43
0.2 °
1424 mV
2
4488 mV
4504 mV
1%
Fig. 130
The description below assumes that the machine is in the working position. If this is not the
case, read the description below and proceed according to the position of the machine.
Starting from the transport position
•
Use the key
for softkey
headland position.
to inch the lateral mowing unit down to about the
Use the key 5 for softkey
to pivot out the lateral mowing unit completely, inch by
inch.
Starting from the headland position
•
•
Use the key
unit.
•
Use the key
position.
•
Press the key
mowing unit".
7
B
for softkey
to release the pendulum stop for the lateral mowing
for softkey
to inch the lateral mowing unit down to the working
to open the previous page of the menu "Calibration of left lateral
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Seitenmähwer k ausrichten @ 28\mod_1250839999856_78.doc @ 278047 @ @ 1
Aligning the lateral mowing unit:
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bar.
•
Use the key
or
to align the cutter bar horizontally.
12
•
•
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
158
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (1) of about 2900 mV to 3100 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen).
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Sensor wert (2) für Neigung 0° s peichern Bil d @ 114\mod_1338545168949_78.doc @ 1003936 @ @ 1
1
B44
2888 mV
2901 mV
0.2 °
2
Fig. 131
Pos : 14.19.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Sensor wert (2) für Neigung 0° s peichern Seitenmähwer k li nks @ 114\mod_1338545325813_78.doc @ 1003965 @ @ 1
Saving sensor value (2) for inclination 0° (cutting height)
•
•
•
•
•
Jump into the input field (2) by turning on the rotary potentiometer (the input field is
highlighted in colour)
Press the rotary potentiometer (the input field is highlighted in colour)
By pressing the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the inclination 0° (cutting
height) is taken over into the input field (2)
Set the inclination (cutting height) to approx. -2° by using the keys
or
(due to
this, damages to the machine are avoided when folding up in transport position)
Bring up the next page of the menu „Calibration lateral mowing unit left” by pressing the
key
C
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
159
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Menü 3- 4 Sens or wert Ar beits- Aussc hwenkstell ung kali brieren BiG M 500 @ 28\mod_1251094949776_78.doc @ 278574 @ @ 1
Calibrating the sensor value working/pivoted-out position
1
2
5
6
7
8
3
4
B
C
D
BM 500 0031
Fig. 132
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (1) für di e Arbeitsstellung s peic hern @ 28\mod_1251094780979_78.doc @ 278545 @ @ 1
The description below assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in the working position and that
the pendulum stop is released.
Saving sensor value (1) for the working position
•
•
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour.)
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the working position is
applied in the input field (2).
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Sensor wert (3 ) für die Aussc hwenks tell ung eins tell en und s peic hern @ 29\mod_1251103035510_78.doc @ 278854 @ @ 1
Setting and saving the sensor value (3) for the pivoted-out position
The sensor value for the pivoted-out position must be between 4000 mV and 5000 mV. Check
the sensor value (3) and set it if necessary.
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (3) of about 4500 mV to 4800 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen).
•
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
Then
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (4) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
•
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour).
•
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) for the pivoted-out position
is applied in the input field (4).
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
160
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Menü 3- 4 Sens or wert (1) für Einsc hwenk- und Trans por tstellung ei nstellen und s peichern Bi G M 500 @ 28\mod_1251095454291_78.doc @ 278649 @ @ 1
Setting and saving the sensor value (1) for the pivoted-in and transport position
4
3
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0032
Fig. 133
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Sensor wert (1) für di e Einsc hwenksstellung ei nstellen und speic her n @ 29\mod_1251103113166_78.doc @ 279199 @ @ 1
The description below assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in the working position and that
the pendulum stop is released.
Setting and saving the sensor value (1 ) for the pivoted-in position
•
Use the key
for softkey
to lift out the lateral mowing unit inch by inch so that
contact with the ground cannot occur when the lateral mowing unit is pivoted in.
•
Use the key
for softkey
to pivot in the lateral mowing unit completely (the
pendulum stop is activated in this case).
The sensor value for the pivoted-in position must be between 1000 mV and 2000 mV.
If this is not the case, please proceed as follows:
•
Loosen the angle of rotation sensors on the lateral mowing unit and move them up and
down in the oblong hole until a value (1) of about 1200 mV to 1500 mV appears in the
display (calibration screen) (if necessary, adjust the coupling rod of the angle of rotation
sensor).
Screw the angle of rotation sensors tightly into place.
•
Then
•
Turn the rotary potentiometer to jump to the appropriate input field (2) (the input field is
highlighted in colour).
•
Press the rotary potentiometer. (The input box is highlighted in colour).
•
When you press the rotary potentiometer again, the value (1) for the pivoted-in position is
applied in the input field (2).
Note
If the angle of rotation sensor for the pivoted-in position has been changed, you must
recalibrate the sensor value for the pivoted-out position.
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
161
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Sensor wert (3) für di e Tr ans portstellung speic her n Ü S @ 114\mod_1338542910912_78.doc @ 1003810 @ @ 1
Saving the sensor value (3) for transport position
Pos : 14.19.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Pos : 14.19.16.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-4/BM 500/Sensor wert (3) für di e Tr ans portstellung s peic her n @ 114\mod_1338544949512_78.doc @ 1003907 @ @ 1
The following description assumes that the lateral mowing unit is in swivelling in position, the
inclination (cutting height) is set to approx. -2 degrees and the pendulum stop is activated.
•
•
•
•
Pos : 14.19.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
162
Bring the lateral mowing unit inching cpl. into transport position by using the key
softkey
Jump into the input field (4) by turning on the rotary potentiometer (the input field is
highlighted in colour)
Press the rotary potentiometer (the input field is highlighted in colour)
By pressing the rotary potentiometer again, the value (3) for the transport position is
taken over into the input field (2)
for
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.18 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K- O/Menü 3-5 „ hydraulische Ac hsfederung @ 29\mod_1251103543432_78.doc @ 279279 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.5
Menu 3-5 Hydraulic axle suspension
Pos : 14.19.19 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.19.20 /BA/Sic her hei t/Gefahrenhi nweis e/Warnung Quetschg efahr @ 29\mod_1251121356557_78.doc @ 280219 @ @ 1
Warning! – Crush hazard!
Effect: severe injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Before making adjustments, instruct people to leave the danger zone.
Pos : 14.19.21 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-5/Menü 3- 5 "H ydraulisc he Ac hsfeder ung" BM 500 @ 28\mod_1250766595804_78.doc @ 277539 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0024
Fig. 134
The height of the hydraulic axle suspension can be adjusted. The axle suspension is set to the
middle position at the factory (plunger rod must be extended about 100 mm).
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
•
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select the menu 3-5 "Hydraulic axle suspension" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Hydraulic axle suspension" menu appears.
•
Press the key
or
•
Press the key
5
or
•
Press the key
D
to display the basic screen.
•
Pressing the
6
for
to raise the axle suspension (inching).
for
to lower the axle suspension (inching).
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.19.22 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
163
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.23 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K- O/Menü 3-6 „ Kabinenfederung“ @ 29\mod_1251106650135_78.doc @ 279304 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.6
Menu 3-6 Cabin suspension
Pos : 14.19.24 /BA/Sic her hei t/Gefahrenhi nweis e/Warnung Quetschg efahr @ 29\mod_1251121356557_78.doc @ 280219 @ @ 1
Warning! – Crush hazard!
Effect: severe injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Before making adjustments, instruct people to leave the danger zone.
Pos : 14.19.25 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-6/Menü 3- 6 " Kabinenfederung" BM 500 @ 28\mod_1250767747241_78.doc @ 277592 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0026
Fig. 135
The height of the cabin suspension can be adjusted. The cabin suspension is set to the middle
position at the factory (plunger rod extended about 50 mm).
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
•
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select the menu 3-6 "Cabin suspension" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The submenu "Cabin suspension" appears.
Pos : 14.19.26 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
164
•
Press the key
or
•
Press the key
5
or
•
Press the key
D
to display the basic screen.
•
Pressing the
6
for
to raise the cabin suspension. (inching)
for
to lower the cabin suspension. (inching)
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.27 /BA/Di es e Seite is t bewuss t fr eigelas sen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.doc @ 54443 @ @ 1
This page has been left blank deliberately!!
Pos : 14.19.28 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
165
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Menü 3-8 „H andbetrieb“ @ 29\mod_1251188436768_78.doc @ 280938 @ 3 @ 1
6.8.7
Menu 3-8 Manual mode
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - H andbetri eb Sc hwenken der M ähwer ke @ 29\mod_1251188626799_78.doc @ 280962 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Swivelling the mowing units
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Travelling gear release switch must be switched off.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Before swivelling the mowing units, ensure that nobody is within the swivel range.
•
Instruct persons to leave the danger zone.
•
If required, switch off the machine immediately.
•
Carelessness when you use manual mode can cause damage to the machine (watch out
for possible collisions when swivelling the mowing units in and out).
Pos : 14.19.29.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Menü 3- 8 „H andbetri eb“ BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251107100698_78.doc @ 279623 @ 4 @ 1
Fig. 136
6.8.7.1
Manual mode- mowing units
You can use the manual mode to make inching adjustments to the mowing units in the display if
the multi-function lever or sensors are faulty.
You can also set the cutting heights of the mowing units in this menu item.
Note
Lifting/lowering the mowing units is inching, which means there is no float position for lower
mowing units.
•
•
•
•
•
Press the key
on the rotary potentiometer to open the menu level.
Select the main menu 3 "Maintenance" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Select the menu 3-8 "Manual mode" with the rotary potentiometer.
Press the rotary potentiometer (the display shows the manual mode on screen 1).
The manual mode is divided into 4 pages
Page 1: Manual mode front mowing unit
Page 2: Manual mode right lateral mowing unit
Page 3: Manual mode left lateral mowing unit
Page 4: Manual mode cutting height
Pos : 14.19.29.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
166
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/M enüs teuerung der Seiten 1 bi s 4 @ 29\mod_1251119894338_78.doc @ 280143 @ @ 1
Menu control of pages 1 to 4
Pos : 14.19.29.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/näc hste_vor herige M enüebene z urüc k @ 29\mod_1251107696463_78.doc @ 279672 @ @ 1
•
Press the key
•
Press the key
•
Press the key
•
Pressing the
C
to open the next page of the menu.
B
to open the previous page of the menu.
D
to display the basic screen.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.19.29.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.19.29.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 1/Frontmähwer k ( Sei te1/4) @ 29\mod_1251113308198_78.doc @ 279835 @ @ 1
Front mowing unit (page 1/4)
Explanation of symbols:
= raise front mowing unit inching with the
key.
= lower front mowing unit inching with the
key.
= use the key
to fold back the front mowing unit inching.
= use the key
to fold down the front mowing unit inching.
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Sensor übersicht @ 29\mod_1251119423573_78.doc @ 280119 @ @ 1
Sensor overview:
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 1/Sensor B 22 T abelle @ 29\mod_1251116800073_78.doc @ 280069 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B22
Description
Position of lifting height
mV
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 1/Sensor en Frontmähwer k B 26_27 @ 29\mod_1251115209135_78.doc @ 279863 @ @ 1
= Sensor B26 position front mowing unit folded out.
= Sensor B27 position front mowing unit folded back.
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
167
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Seitenmähwer k rec hts (Seite 2/4) @ 29\mod_1251175603815_78.doc @ 280297 @ @ 1
Right lateral mowing unit (page 2/4)
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/ACHTUN G! Pendelstop nic ht g elös t @ 103\mod_1332166692142_78.doc @ 939747 @ @ 1
CAUTION! Pendulum stop not released
Damage to the lateral mowing unit
•
Release the pendulum stop before setting the lateral mowing unit on the ground.
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Pos : 14.19.29.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Seitenmähwer k rec hts (Seite 2/4) Bild @ 29\mod_1251175641486_78.doc @ 280321 @ @ 1
Fig. 137
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Seitenmähwer k rec hts Symboler klär ung ( Sei te2/4) @ 29\mod_1251120407401_78.doc @ 280194 @ @ 1
Explanation of symbols:
= Press the key
to inch the right mowing unit upwards.
= Press the key
to inch the right mowing unit downwards.
= Press the key
to fold up the right mowing unit inching .
= Press the key
to fold down the right mowing unit inching.
= Press the key
5
to swivel in the right mowing unit inching.
= Press the key
6
to fold out the right mowing unit inching.
= Press the key
7
to fold in the right mowing unit and activate the pendulum stop.
= Press the key
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
168
to release the pendulum stop.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Sensor übersicht @ 29\mod_1251119423573_78.doc @ 280119 @ @ 1
Sensor overview:
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Sensor B 32/33 Tabelle @ 29\mod_1251176710643_78.doc @ 280345 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B32
Position of lifting height
B33
mV
Description
Position of folding in/out position
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Sensor en B36 Seitenmähwer k rec hts @ 29\mod_1251178556643_78.doc @ 280507 @ @ 1
= Sensor B36 position transport position mowing unit right
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
169
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Seitenmähwer k links (Seite 3/4) @ 29\mod_1251178685705_78.doc @ 280529 @ @ 1
Left lateral mowing unit (page 3/4)
Pos : 14.19.29.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/ACHTUN G! Pendelstop nic ht g elös t @ 103\mod_1332166692142_78.doc @ 939747 @ @ 1
CAUTION! Pendulum stop not released
Damage to the lateral mowing unit
•
Release the pendulum stop before setting the lateral mowing unit on the ground.
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-3/Ac htung Neigung (Sc hnitthög he) muss auf 2 Grad eing estellt s ein @ 114\mod_1338537238713_78.doc @ 1003632 @ @ 1
CAUTION! The inclination (cutting height) is not set to -2 degrees
Damages to the machine
•
To avoid damages to the machine, the inclination (cutting height) must be set to
approx. -2° before folding up from the swivelling in position to the transport position
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Seitenmähwer k links (Seite 3/4) Bild @ 29\mod_1251178739533_78.doc @ 280554 @ @ 1
2
5
6
7
8
1
B
C
D
BM 500 0036
Fig. 138
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Seitenmähwer k links Symbol er klär ung ( Sei te3/4) @ 29\mod_1251184810361_78.doc @ 280631 @ @ 1
Explanation of symbols:
= Press the key
to inch the left mowing unit upwards.
= Press the key
to inch the left mowing unit downwards.
= Press the key
to fold up the left mowing unit inching .
= Press the key
to fold down the left mowing unit inching .
= Press the key
5
to swivel out the left mowing unit inching.
= Press the key
6
to swivel in the left mowing unit inching.
= Press the key
7
to release the pendulum stop.
= Press the key
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
170
to swivel in the left mowing unit and activate the pendulum stop.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Sensor übersicht @ 29\mod_1251119423573_78.doc @ 280119 @ @ 1
Sensor overview:
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Sensor B 42/33 Tabelle @ 29\mod_1251185357721_78.doc @ 280682 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B42
Position of lifting height
B43
mV
Description
Position of folding in/out position
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Sensor en B46 Seitenmähwer k links @ 29\mod_1251185953846_78.doc @ 280841 @ @ 1
= Sensor B46 position transport position mowing unit left.
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.19.29.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
171
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.19.29.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 4/H ydraulisch ei nstellbare Sc hnitthöhe (Seite 4/4) @ 29\mod_1251187772940_78.doc @ 280892 @ @ 1
Hydraulically adjustable cutting height (page 4/4)
1
Fig. 139
Activating keys 1-6 sets the inclination of the mowing units.
Inclination
Left lateral mowing
unit
Front mowing unit
Right lateral
mowing unit
reduce
Key
5
Key
Key
increase
Key
6
Key
Key
Pos : 14.19.29.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Sensor übersicht @ 29\mod_1251119423573_78.doc @ 280119 @ @ 1
Sensor overview:
Pos : 14.19.29.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 4/Sensor B 23/34/44 T abell e @ 29\mod_1251188113252_78.doc @ 280913 @ @ 1
Sensor
B23
B34
B44
Pos : 14.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
172
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
Description
Cutting height – front mowing unit
Cutting height – right lateral mowing unit
Cutting height – left lateral mowing unit
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.1 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vice/Menü 4-1-1/Hauptmenü 4 Ser vic e @ 0\mod_1197557899632_78.doc @ 26358 @ 2 @ 1
6.9
Main Menu 4 Service
Fig. 140
•
You can bring up a menu level with the
key on the rotary potentiometer.
•
Select main menu 4 "Service" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level 4 "Service".
The main menu "Service" is divided up into four menus:
= Menu 4-1 "Diagnostics"
= Menu 4-2 "Error list"
= Menü 4-3 "Fitter's section (password-protected")
= Menu 4-4 "Information"
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
173
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.3 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vice/Menü 4-1-1/Menü 4-1 „Di agnose“ BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322210718245_78.doc @ 762916 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.1
Menu 4-1 Diagnostics
Fig. 141
Main menu level 4 "Service" is called.
•
Use the rotary potentiometer
to select the main menu 4-1.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level 4-1 "Diagnostics".
The main menu "Diagnostics" is divided into sixteen menus:
= Menu 4-1-1 "Front axle" *)
= Menu 4-1-12 "Travelling gear"
= Menu 4-1-2 "Cabin suspension" *)
= Menu 4-1-13 "Electronics"
= Menu 4-1-4 "Cutting height"
= Menu 4-1-14 "Diesel engine"
= Menu 4-1-5 "Swath height"
= Menu 4-1-15 "Joystick"
= Menu 4-1-7 "Front mowing unit"
= Menu 4-1-16 "Control unit console"
= Menu 4-1-8 "Right mowing unit"
= Menu 4-1-17 "Terminal"
= Menu 4-1-9 "Left mowing unit"
= Menu 4-1-18 "Steering"
= Menu 4-1-10 "Work"
= Menu 4-1-11 "CAN bus"
•
Pos : 14.21.4 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/*) Nur für Monteur e z ugänglich @ 89\mod_1322219813759_78.doc @ 763002 @ @ 1
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
*) Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
174
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.6 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vice/Menü 4-1-1/Menü 4-1 Anzeige nic ht erfüllter Freigabebedi ngungen für die Diagnos e @ 0\mod_1197560595085_78.doc @ 26530 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.2
Display of Release Conditions Not Met for Diagnostics
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0120
Fig. 142
Menu field (I) shows conditions that have not yet been met but which must be met to be able to
perform diagnostics. An appropriate remedy must be found in each case.
2000
RPM
Diesel engine speed not at 2000 rpm
Diesel engine has not been started
GO
Diesel engine is not off
STOP
Speed of vehicle is not correct
V>0
Switch the axle separation release switch on or off
Switch the release switch autopilot on or off
Switch the travelling gear release switch on or off
Switch the road/field release switch on or off
Turn release switch for parking brake on or off
Seat switch (driver's seat is unoccupied)
Open or close door
Pos : 14.21.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
175
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.8 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/Hauptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vice/Menü 4-1-1/Menü 4-1 Anzeige möglicher Störungen für die Di agnos e BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251292460750_78.doc @ 283433 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.3
Display of possible faults for diagnostics
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0121
Fig. 143
The faults listed below may appear in menu field (I).
Error CAN* to motor controller
BEK
DIOM
Error CAN* to CU (CU= Control Unit Console)
Error CAN* to DIOM
Error CAN* to joystick
KMC1
Error CAN* to KMC1 (KMC = Krone Machine Controller)
KMC2
Error CAN* to KMC2 (KMC = Krone Machine Controller)
SD
SLC
Error CAN* to SD (SD = SmartDrive)
Error CAN* to SLC (SLC = Safety Control Computer)
*) CAN = Controller Area Network
Pos : 14.21.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
176
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.10.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-1/M enü 4-1- 1 „Diag nose Ac hsfeder ung“ Ü S @ 89\mod_1322132145748_78.doc @ 762105 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.4
Menu 4-1-1 Diagnostics of axle suspension
Pos : 14.21.10.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.10.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-1/M enü 4-1- 1 „Diag nose Ac hsfeder ung“ BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322132425553_78.doc @ 762163 @ @ 1
4-1-1
2
B
C
D
5
6
5
6
7
8
7
8
BM 500 0040
1
B
C
D
BM 500 0041
Fig. 144
Menu 4-1 "Diagnostics" is called.
Select the menu 4-1-1 "Diagnostics axle suspension" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Axle suspension diagnostics appears.
Page 1: Actuator test
Pos : 14.21.10.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.10.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Mit Dr ehpoti M enüebene zur üc k @ 29\mod_1251353619073_78.doc @ 283963 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.10.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
177
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.10.7 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.10.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.10.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.10.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-1/Aktorentest Ac hs feder ung BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251354414480_78.doc @ 284038 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the “Axle
suspension” function.
(2) Shows required voltage for the actuators.
Pos : 14.21.10.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.10.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-1/T abell e Achs federung BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322202703125_78.doc @ 762661 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y55
Function valve front 1
Y56
Function valve front 2
Y42
Axle suspension
Switch on
the
actuator
5
mA
Pos : 14.21.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
178
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-2/M enü 4-1- 2 „Diag nose Kabi nenfeder ung“ BM 500 Ü S @ 89\mod_1322220181116_78.doc @ 763030 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.5
Menu 4-1-2 Diagnostics cabin suspension
Pos : 14.21.12.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.12.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-2/M enü 4-1- 2 „Diag nose Kabi nenfeder ung“ BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251358172730_78.doc @ 284337 @ @ 1
4-1-2
2
B
C
D
5
6
5
6
7
8
7
8
BM 500 0042
1
B
C
D
BM 500 0043
Abb. 145
Menu 4-1 "Diagnostics" is called.
Select the menu 4-1-2 "Diagnostics cabin suspension" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
The diagnostics cabin suspension is displayed.
Page 1: Actuator test
Pos : 14.21.12.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.12.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.12.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Mit Dr ehpoti M enüebene zur üc k @ 29\mod_1251353619073_78.doc @ 283963 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.12.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
179
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.12.8 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.12.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-2/Aktorentest Kabinenfederung BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251358213105_78.doc @ 284462 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
"Cabin suspension" function.
(2) Shows required voltage for the actuators.
Pos : 14.21.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.12.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-2/T abell e Kabinenfederung BM 500 @ 29\mod_1251358243448_78.doc @ 284487 @ @ 1
Valve
Pos : 14.21.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
180
Icon
Description
Y44
Raise cabin
Y45
Lower cabin
Switch
on the
actuator
Switch
off the
actuator
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/M enü 4-1- 4 Di agnose Sc hnitthöhe BM 500 Bild @ 29\mod_1251359578745_78.doc @ 284614 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.6
Menu 4-1-4 Diagnostics of cutting height
4-1-4
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
1
BM 500 0044
Fig. 146
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/M enü 4-1- 4 Di agnose Sc hnitthöhe T ext BM 400/500 @ 30\mod_1251361156886_78.doc @ 284896 @ @ 1
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-4 "Diagnostics of cutting height" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Cutting height diagnostics appears.
The "Cutting height" diagnostics menu is divided into 4 pages.
Page 1: Sensor test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Page 4: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 4
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.14.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.14.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
181
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Sens ortest Sc hni tthöhe (2) ( Seite 1/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251362180542_78.doc @ 284996 @ @ 1
Sensor test cutting height (2) (page 1/4)
2
1
Fig. 147
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the function
of the cutting height.
Sensor
182
Sensor inactive
transparent
Sensor not OK
red
Description
B23
Cutting height – front
mowing unit
B34
Cutting height – right
lateral mowing unit
B44
Cutting height – left
lateral mowing unit
mA
Pos : 14.21.14.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Sensor OK
green
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/4) @ 0\mod_1197622785056_78.doc @ 28464 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/4)
Pos : 14.21.14.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
183
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/D er Aktortest dient zum Testen, der an der M asc hine für die Funkti on „Sc hnitthöhe“, verbauten Aktore @ 30\mod_1251366727948_78.doc @ 285519 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Cutting height” function.
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Aktorentest Sc hnitthöhe (2/4) BM 500 Bild @ 30\mod_1251364725120_78.doc @ 285216 @ @ 1
Y55
D1007 DIOS Uc
12 V
1
0 mA
Y56
0 mA
5
6
7
8
Y32
0 mA
Y33
0 mA
B
C
D
BM 420 0046
Fig. 148
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/T abell e Aktoren Schnitthöhe 2/4 BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322202486987_78.doc @ 762605 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y55
Function valve front 1
Y56
Function valve front 2
Y32
Cutting height of front mowing unit 1
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Y33
Cutting height of front mowing unit 2
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.14.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
184
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/4) @ 0\mod_1197622875243_78.doc @ 28484 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/4)
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
185
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/D er Aktortest dient zum Testen, der an der M asc hine für die Funkti on „Sc hnitthöhe“, verbauten Aktore @ 30\mod_1251366727948_78.doc @ 285519 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Cutting height” function.
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Aktorentest Sc hnitthöhe (3/4) Bild BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251367725261_78.doc @ 285569 @ @ 1
Y30
D1007 DIOS Uc
12 V
1
0 mA
Y31
0 mA
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 420 0046
Fig. 149
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.14.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/T abell e Aktoren Schnitthöhe 3/4 BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322202592346_78.doc @ 762633 @ @ 1
Valve
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
186
Symbol
Description
Y30
Function valve right/ left 1
Y31
Function valve right/ left 2
mA
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch on
the
actuator
Switch off
the actuator
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 4/4) @ 0\mod_1197622923400_78.doc @ 28504 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 4/4)
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
187
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/D er Aktortest dient zum Testen, der an der M asc hine für die Funkti on „Sc hnitthöhe“, verbauten Aktore @ 30\mod_1251366727948_78.doc @ 285519 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Cutting height” function.
Pos : 14.21.14.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Aktorentest Sc hnitthöhe (4/4) Bild BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251367931042_78.doc @ 285594 @ @ 1
D1003 DIOS Uc
12 V
1
Y34
0 mA
Y35
0 mA
2
Y37
0 mA
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
Y36
0 mA
BM 420 0048
Fig. 150
Pos : 14.21.14.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.14.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.14.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/T abell e Aktoren Schnitthöhe 4/4 BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251363760136_78.doc @ 285191 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y34
Cutting height right lateral mowing unit 1
Y35
Cutting height right lateral mowing unit 2
Y36
Cutting height – left lateral mowing unit 1
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Y37
Cutting height – left lateral mowing unit 2
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
188
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/M enü 4-1- 5 Di agnose hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhaube Bild @ 30\mod_1251376811611_78.doc @ 287092 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.7
Menu 4-1-5 Diagnostics of hydraulic auger hood
4-1-5
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0049
B
1
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0050
fig. 151
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/M enü 4-1- 5 Di agnose hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhaube Text BM 400/500 @ 30\mod_1251376875502_78.doc @ 287117 @ @ 1
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-5 "Diagnostics of hydraulic auger hood" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Diagnostics for the hydraulic auger hood appears.
The "Diagnostics of hydraulic auger hood" diagnostics menu is divided into 3 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 3
Pos : 14.21.16.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.16.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.16.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
189
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/Sens ortest hydraulisc he Sc hnec kenhauben (2) ( Seite 1/3) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251377731299_78.doc @ 287367 @ @ 1
Sensor test - hydraulic auger hoods (2) (page 1/3)
2
B
1
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0050
Fig. 152
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the function
of the hydraulic auger hoods.
Switch
S2
S5
S8
Pos : 14.21.16.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
190
Switch activated
green
Switch not activated
transparent
Description
Hydraulic auger hoods left
Hydraulic auger hoods right
Hydraulic auger hoods front
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/3) @ 0\mod_1197618444025_78.doc @ 28286 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/3)
Pos : 14.21.16.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
191
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/D er Aktortest /Tes ten, Funkti on „hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhauben“ @ 30\mod_1251378341908_78.doc @ 288297 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
"Hydraulic auger hoods" function.
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/Aktorentest hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhaube (2/3) Bild BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251378183908_78.doc @ 288272 @ @ 1
2
1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0051
Fig. 153
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/T abell e Aktoren hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhaube 2/4 BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322203021155_78.doc @ 762717 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y55
Function valve front 1
Y56
Function valve front 2
Y38
Hydraulic auger hood front mowing unit
Switch on
the
actuator
5
mA
Pos : 14.21.16.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
192
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/3) @ 0\mod_1197620396431_78.doc @ 28345 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/3)
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
193
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/D er Aktortest /Tes ten, Funkti on „hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhauben“ @ 30\mod_1251378341908_78.doc @ 288297 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
"Hydraulic auger hoods" function.
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/Aktorentest hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhauben ( 3/3) Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251378644940_78.doc @ 288822 @ @ 1
2
1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0052
Fig. 154
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.16.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.16.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-5/T abell e Aktoren hydr aulisc he Schnec kenhauben ( Sei te 3/3) BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322203093687_78.doc @ 762745 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y30
Function valve right/ left 1
Y31
Function valve right/ left 2
Y39
Hydraulic auger hood right mowing unit
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Y40
Hydraulic auger hood left mowing unit
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
194
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/M enü 4- 1-7 „Di agnose Frontmähwer k“ Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251381148283_78.doc @ 289749 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.8
Menu 4-1-7 Diagnostics front mowing unit
4-1-7
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0053
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0054
Fig. 155
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
Select the menu 4-1-7 "Diagnostics front mowing unit" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The diagnostics front mowing unit is displayed.
The diagnostic menu "Front mowing unit" is divided into 3 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 3:
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.18.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.18.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
195
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/Sens ortest Frontmähwer k (2) (Sei te 1/3) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251435979338_78.doc @ 290612 @ @ 1
Sensor test front mowing unit (2) (page 1/3)
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0054
Fig. 156
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the function
of the front mowing unit.
Pos : 14.21.18.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 1/Sensor B 22 T abelle @ 29\mod_1251116800073_78.doc @ 280069 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B22
Position of lifting height
mV
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.21.18.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 1/Sensor en Frontmähwer k B 26_27 @ 29\mod_1251115209135_78.doc @ 279863 @ @ 1
= Sensor B26 position front mowing unit folded out.
= Sensor B27 position front mowing unit folded back.
Pos : 14.21.18.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.21.18.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
196
Description
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/3) @ 0\mod_1197618444025_78.doc @ 28286 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/3)
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
197
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Frontmähwer k“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251435861853_78.doc @ 290587 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/Aktorentest Frontmähwer k ( 2/3) BM 500 Bil d @ 30\mod_1251381156815_78.doc @ 289774 @ @ 1
2
1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0055
Fig. 157
Pos : 14.21.18.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/T abell e Frontmähwer k (2/3) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251437838338_78.doc @ 290637 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y12
Raise front mowing unit
Y16
Lower front mowing unit
Y15
Raise front mowing unit 2
Switch
on the
actuator
5
mA
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
198
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch
off the
actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/3) @ 0\mod_1197620396431_78.doc @ 28345 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/3)
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
199
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.18.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Frontmähwer k“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251435861853_78.doc @ 290587 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.18.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/Aktorentest Frontmähwer k ( 3/3) BM 500 Bil d @ 30\mod_1251438285947_78.doc @ 290662 @ @ 1
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0056
Fig. 158
Pos : 14.21.18.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.18.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.18.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-7/BM 500/T abell e Frontmähwer k (3/3) BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322204608100_78.doc @ 762832 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y55
Function valve front 1
Y56
Function valve front 2
Y41
Fold front mowing unit 1 up/down
Switch
on the
actuator
5
Y43
Fold front mowing unit 2 up/down
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
200
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch
off the
actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/M enü 4-1- 8 „Diag nose Mähwer k rec hts“ Bild BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251442213588_78.doc @ 292394 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.9
Menu 4-1-8 Diagnostics right lateral mowing unit
4-1-8
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0057
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0058
Fig. 159
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
Select the menu 4-1-8 "Diagnostics right lateral mowing unit" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The diagnostics right lateral mowing unit is displayed.
The diagnostics menu "Right lateral mowing unit" is divided into 4 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Page 4: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 4:
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.20.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
201
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/Sens ortest Seitenmähwer k r echts ( 2) (Seite 1/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251442368338_78.doc @ 292569 @ @ 1
Sensor test right lateral mowing unit (2) (page 1/4)
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0058
Fig. 160
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the function
of the right lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.21.20.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Sensor B 32/33 Tabelle @ 29\mod_1251176710643_78.doc @ 280345 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B32
Position of lifting height
B33
mV
Description
Position of folding in/out position
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.21.20.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 2/Sensor en B36 Seitenmähwer k rec hts @ 29\mod_1251178556643_78.doc @ 280507 @ @ 1
= Sensor B36 position transport position mowing unit right
Pos : 14.21.20.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.21.20.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
202
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/4) @ 0\mod_1197622785056_78.doc @ 28464 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/4)
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
203
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Seitenmähwer k r echts“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251443944556_78.doc @ 293194 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/Aktorentest Seitenmähwer k r ec hts ( 2/4) BM 500 Bild @ 30\mod_1251443978666_78.doc @ 293219 @ @ 1
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0059
Fig. 161
Pos : 14.21.20.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/T abell e Seitenmähwer k rec hts (2/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251444047525_78.doc @ 293244 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y25
Right pressure control valve
Y13
Raise right lateral mowing unit
Y19
Lower right lateral mowing unit
Switch
on the
actuator
5
Y18
Right lateral mowing unit float position
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
204
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch
off the
actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/4) (Seite 4/4) @ 89\mod_1322119292166_78.doc @ 760479 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/4) / (page 4/4)
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
205
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.20.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Seitenmähwer k r echts“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251443944556_78.doc @ 293194 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/Aktorentest Seitenmähwer k r ec hts ( 3/4) (4/4) BM 500 Bild @ 30\mod_1251444948713_78.doc @ 293323 @ @ 1
1
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0060
2
B
C
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0061
D
Fig. 162
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/T abell e Seitenmähwer k rec hts (3/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251445026994_78.doc @ 293348 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y20
Lateral mowing unit right fold down
Y26
Swivel out right lateral mowing unit
Y27
Swivel in right lateral mowing unit
Switch
on the
actuator
Switch
off the
actuator
5
Y48
mA
Release/lock pendulum stop for right lateral mowing
unit
6
7
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.20.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-8/T abell e Seitenmähwer k rec hts (4/4) BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322120799050_78.doc @ 760507 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y52
Right final-position shock absorber
Y31
Function valve right/ left 2
Y57
Transport interlock right
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Pos : 14.21.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
206
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/M enü 4-1- 9 „Diag nose Mähwer k links“ Bild BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251452194760_78.doc @ 293687 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.10 Menu 4-1-9 Diagnostics left lateral mowing unit
4-1-9
CAN
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0062
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0063
Fig. 163
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
Select the menu 4-1-9 "Diagnostics left lateral mowing unit“ with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The diagnostics left lateral mowing unit is displayed.
The diagnostics menu "Left lateral mowing unit" is divided into 4 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Page 4: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 4:
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.22.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
207
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/Sens ortest Seitenmähwer k li nks ( 2) (Seite 1/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251452427213_78.doc @ 293712 @ @ 1
Sensor test left lateral mowing unit (2) (page 1/4)
2
B
C
1
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0063
Fig. 164
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the function
of the left lateral mowing unit.
Pos : 14.21.22.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Sensor B 42/33 Tabelle @ 29\mod_1251185357721_78.doc @ 280682 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor not OK red
B42
Position of lifting height
B43
mV
Description
Position of folding in/out position
Display the signal voltage (sensor)
Pos : 14.21.22.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/M enü 3-8/Seite 3/Sensor en B46 Seitenmähwer k links @ 29\mod_1251185953846_78.doc @ 280841 @ @ 1
= Sensor B46 position transport position mowing unit left.
Pos : 14.21.22.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.21.22.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
208
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/4) @ 0\mod_1197622785056_78.doc @ 28464 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/4)
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
209
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Seitenmähwer k links“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251452624916_78.doc @ 293737 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/Aktorentest Seitenmähwer k li nks ( 2/4) BM 500 Bild @ 30\mod_1251452659228_78.doc @ 293762 @ @ 1
1
5
6
7
8
2
B
C
D
BM 500 0064
Fig. 165
Pos : 14.21.22.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/T abell e Seitenmähwer k links (2/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251452714978_78.doc @ 293787 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y24
Left pressure control valve
Y14
Raise left lateral mowing unit
Y22
Lower left lateral mowing unit
Switch
on the
actuator
5
Y21
Left lateral mowing unit float position
7
mA
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
210
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Switch
off the
actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/4) (Seite 4/4) @ 89\mod_1322119292166_78.doc @ 760479 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/4) / (page 4/4)
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
211
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.22.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/Aktortest zum Tes ten, „Seitenmähwer k links“, verbauter Aktor en BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251452624916_78.doc @ 293737 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the "Front
mowing unit" function.
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/Aktorentest Seitenmähwer k li nks ( 3/4) (4/4) BM 500 Bild @ 30\mod_1251452956260_78.doc @ 293812 @ @ 1
1
1
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0065
2
B
C
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0066
D
Fig. 166
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung/Stromfluss @ 30\mod_1251367035870_78.doc @ 285544 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
2. Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/T abell e Seitenmähwer k links (3/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251453026822_78.doc @ 293837 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y23
Fold down left lateral mowing unit
Y28
Swivel out left lateral mowing unit
Y29
Swivel in left lateral mowing unit
Switch
on the
actuator
Switch
off the
actuator
5
Y49
mA
Release/lock pendulum stop for left lateral mowing
unit
6
7
Shows current flow with the actuator activated.
Pos : 14.21.22.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-9/T abell e Seitenmähwer k links (4/4) BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322121431425_78.doc @ 760853 @ @ 1
Valve
Symbol
Description
Y51
Left final-position shock absorber
Y30
Function valve right/ left 1
Y58
Transport interlock left
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Pos : 14.21.23 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
212
Switch off
the actuator
6
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/M enü 4-1- 10 Di agnos e Arbeit BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251455200947_78.doc @ 294095 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.11 Menu 4-1-10 Diagnostics work
4-1-10
5
6
7
8
CAN
B
C
D
BM 500 0067
Fig. 167
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select the menu 4-1-10 "Diagnostics work" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Work diagnostics appears.
The diagnostic menu "Work" is divided into 3 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Sensor Test
Page 3: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 3
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.24.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.24.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
213
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.24.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Sens ortes t Arbeit ( 2) (Seite 1/3) BM 500 @ 89\mod_1322124382148_78.doc @ 761105 @ @ 1
Sensor test work (2) (page 1/3)
2
B
1
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0068_1
Fig. 168
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the work
function.
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor
inactive
transparent
B6
Sensor not
OK red
Description
Suction return air filter
B10
Fill level hydraulic tank (1)
B11
Fill level hydraulic tank (2)
B54
Gear oil pressure
BM9
Central lubrication
Pos : 14.21.24.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Sens ortes t Arbeit ( 2) ( Seite 1) Zusatz Sens oren B57 @ 89\mod_1322123297610_78.doc @ 760919 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK
green
Sensor
inactive
transparent
B57
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.21.24.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Sens or B19 Aufs tiegsl eiter @ 30\mod_1251696816507_78.doc @ 294390 @ @ 1
= Sensor B19 ladder to driver's cab
Pos : 14.21.24.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
214
Description
Steering hydraulics
pressure filter and work
hydraulics pressure filter
Pos : 14.21.24.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Sensor not OK
red
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Sens ortes t Arbeit ( 2) (Seite 2/3) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251697427304_78.doc @ 294418 @ @ 1
Sensor test work (2) (page 2/3)
2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0069
Fig. 169
Sensor designation:
Sensor
Icon
Description
B21
Front mowing unit speed
B24
Speed of front mowing unit right infeed auger
B25
Speed of front mowing unit left infeed auger
B41
Speed of left lateral mowing unit
B45
Speed of left infeed auger
B31
Speed of right lateral mowing unit
B35
Speed of right infeed auger
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Ü bersc hrift Status anzeige der allgemei nen Sens oren ( 2) @ 0\mod_1197884083518_78.doc @ 29633 @ @ 1
Status display of general sensors (2)
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Status anz eige der allgemei nen Sens oren @ 0\mod_1197556322007_78.doc @ 26073 @ @ 1
= Broken cable sensor
= Sensor alive
= Sensor not alive
= Sensor short circuit
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
215
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/6) @ 0\mod_1197884281565_78.doc @ 29671 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/6)
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.24.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
216
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Aktortes t dient zum Tes ten, der an der M aschi ne für die F unkti on „Arbeit“, ver bauten Aktoren. @ 30\mod_1251699222163_78.doc @ 294469 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
"Work" function.
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/Aktorentest Arbeit ( 3/6) Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251699346241_78.doc @ 294494 @ @ 1
D715 KMC1 Lastspg. 12V212387 mV
Y8
1
Y9
STOP
5
6
7
8
Y10
B
C
D
BM 500 0070
Fig. 170
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-4/Anzeige Spannung @ 30\mod_1251373725917_78.doc @ 286274 @ @ 1
1.
Shows required voltage for the actuators.
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.24.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-10/T abelle Aktor en Ar beit (3/6) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251699587616_78.doc @ 294549 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y8
Front mowing unit drive
Y9
Lateral mowing unit drive, right
Y10
Lateral mowing unit drive left
Switch on
the
actuator
5
Switch off
the actuator
6
Pos : 14.21.25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
217
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.26 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-11/M enü 4-1- 11 „CAN-Bus“ BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251701251851_78.doc @ 294624 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.12 Menu 4-1-11 CAN Bus
4-1-10
CAN
B
C
5
6
5
6
7
8
7
8
BM 500 0071
D
B
C
D
BM 500 0072
Fig. 171
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select the menu 4-1-11 "CAN-Bus" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Diagnostics CAN bus appears.
CAN bus user:
active
inactive or disconnected from CAN
bus
Designation
Joystick
CU
SmartDrive
DIOM
Terminal
KMC1
KMC2
•
Pos : 14.21.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
218
KMC2
MFR
MFR
SLC
SLC
Pressing the key
KMC2
MFR
SLC
on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/M enü 4-1- 12 Fahrantrieb Ü berschrift @ 81\mod_1316154190621_78.doc @ 715190 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.13 Menu 4-1-12 Travelling gear
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/M enü 4-1- 12 Fahrantrieb Bild BM 500 @ 81\mod_1316154913379_78.doc @ 715246 @ @ 1
Fig. 172
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/M enü 4-1- 12 Fahrantrieb M enü aufr ufen @ 81\mod_1316154489538_78.doc @ 715218 @ @ 1
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-12 "Drive" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Drive diagnostics appears.
The "Travelling Gear" diagnostics menu is divided into 4 pages.
Page 1: Sensor Test
Page 2: Actuator test
Page 3: Actuator test
Page 4: Actuator test
Menu control for pages 1 to 4
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/nächste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.28.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
219
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/F ahr antrieb-Sc halter ( 1) (Seite 1/4) @ 30\mod_1251718644413_78.doc @ 295583 @ @ 1
Travelling gear switch (1) (page 1/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/F ahr antrieb-Sc halter ( 1) Bil d BM 500 @ 46\mod_1283421994093_78.doc @ 450182 @ @ 1
Fig. 173
Pos : 14.21.28.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/F ahr antrieb-Sc halter ( 1) BM 400/420/500 @ 0\mod_1197893098455_78.doc @ 30395 @ @ 1
= Road/Field release switch not activated
= Road/Field release switch activated
= Release switch travelling gear not activated.
= Travelling gear release switch activated
= Parking brake release switch not activated.
= Parking brake release switch activated
= Key axle separation not activated.
= Key axle separation activated
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
220
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/F ahr antrieb (2) ( Seite 1/4) @ 30\mod_1251720587648_78.doc @ 295633 @ @ 1
Travelling gear (2) (page 1/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/F ahr antrieb-Sc halter ( 1) Bil d BM 500 @ 46\mod_1283421994093_78.doc @ 450182 @ @ 1
Fig. 174
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/F ahr antrieb (2) BM 400/ BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271236251527_78.doc @ 368967 @ @ 1
•
Direction of travel; the number after the symbol is the current travel speed.
=
Forward travel
=
Neutral (stopped)
=
Reverse travel
=
Cruise control active; the number after the icon is the saved speed for Tempomat
operation in km/h.
=
Cruise control inactive
Type of drive
=
Axle separation active (only possible in Field mode)
=
Parking brake is applied
=
Emergency mode; allows the driver to drive the vehicle out of the danger zone even
if there are serious drive problems..
Green active
D 025
Transparent inactive
Description
Downhill mode
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
221
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (3) ( Sei te1/4) @ 30\mod_1251716592773_78.doc @ 295533 @ @ 1
Drive sensor test (3) (page1/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (3) Bild BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271235791465_78.doc @ 368917 @ @ 1
Fig. 175
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Sens ortes t dient zum Tes ten der Sensor en Fahrantri eb @ 60\mod_1297929188908_78.doc @ 562388 @ @ 1
The sensor test is used to test sensors that have been attached to the machine for the travelling
gear function.
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (3_1) T abellen BM 500 @ 60\mod_1297928998847_78.doc @ 562331 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor
OK
green
Sensor
not OK
red
Sensor
unknown
transparent
Description
B13
Brake tank pressure
B14
Flush valve temperature
B15
High pressure
B16
Pivoting angle pump front axle
B17
Pivoting angle pump, rear axle
B18
Braking pressure
B56
Wheel motor return (pressure)
Pos : 14.21.28.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (3_2 B40/K43) T abellen BM 500 @ 60\mod_1297928941508_78.doc @ 562304 @ @ 1
Sensor
Switch
activated
green
Switch not
activated
yellow
Switch
unknown
transparent
Description
B40
Brake pedal switch
K43
Travelling gear switch
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (3_3 D 017) T abellen BM 500 @ 60\mod_1297928866436_78.doc @ 562217 @ @ 1
Green active
D 017
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
222
Transparent
inactive
Description
Power limitation
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Sens ortes t F ahr antrieb (4) ( Sei te1/4) @ 30\mod_1251721794976_78.doc @ 295683 @ @ 1
Drive sensor test (4) (page1/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/F ahr antrieb-Sc halter ( 1) Bil d BM 500 @ 46\mod_1283421994093_78.doc @ 450182 @ @ 1
Fig. 176
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Besc hrei bung der Zeil e (4) @ 41\mod_1271234519480_78.doc @ 368865 @ @ 1
D018 = SD transmiss. Status (1 OK) (2 not OK)
D019 = drive level (1= drive level 1) (2=drive level 2)
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
D023 = Safety signal (
OK) (
not OK)
D700 = Saf. IO Toggle analogue val. to digital
223
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 2/4) @ 0\mod_1197622785056_78.doc @ 28464 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 2/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.28.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
224
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Aktortes t dient zum Tes ten, für die Funkti on „Fahrantrieb“, ver bauten Aktoren @ 30\mod_1251713178148_78.doc @ 295483 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Travelling gear” function.
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/Aktorentest Fahrantrieb ( 2/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251706794429_78.doc @ 294945 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0073
Fig. 177
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Hinweis Status anzi ege Gültigkeit Fahrantri eb @ 30\mod_1251708457351_78.doc @ 295123 @ @ 1
Note
The status displays described above are valid for all actuators related to the travelling gear.
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/T abelle Aktor en Fahrantri eb (2/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251707534991_78.doc @ 295073 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y5
Axle Separation
Y6
1/2 absorption volume front axle
Switch on the
actuator
Switch off the
actuator
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
225
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 3/4) @ 0\mod_1197622875243_78.doc @ 28484 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 3/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
226
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Aktortes t dient zum Tes ten, für die Funkti on „Fahrantrieb“, ver bauten Aktoren @ 30\mod_1251713178148_78.doc @ 295483 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Travelling gear” function.
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/Aktorentest Fahrantrieb ( 3/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251707949976_78.doc @ 295098 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0074
Fig. 178
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Hinweis Status anzi ege Gültigkeit Fahrantri eb @ 30\mod_1251708457351_78.doc @ 295123 @ @ 1
Note
The status displays described above are valid for all actuators related to the travelling gear.
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/T abelle Aktor en Fahrantri eb (3/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251709707179_78.doc @ 295178 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Switch on the
actuator
Switch off the
actuator
Brake light
Reversing lights
Y68
Adjusting motor left rear axle
5
Y69
6
Adjusting motor right rear axle
7
Pos : 14.21.28.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
227
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Aktorentest ( Sei te 4/4) @ 0\mod_1197622923400_78.doc @ 28504 @ @ 1
Actuator test (page 4/4)
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 3 Wartung/N ur für Monteure zugänglich @ 41\mod_1271770571352_78.doc @ 373115 @ @ 1
Access restricted to service engineers
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.doc @ 455729 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test
•
The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating
the actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against
unintentional lowering
•
The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is
affected by machine parts moved by the actuators
•
Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/Ac htung: Vor dem Aktortest Masc hi ne gegen Wegrollen sic her n, und di e M ähwer ke auf den Boden absenken @ 47\mod_1285136923281_78.doc @ 455755 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Secure the machine against rolling and lower the mowing units to the ground prior to the
actuator test.
Release conditions which have not been met (display in menu field (1)), but are necessary for
the actuator test, need to be realised.
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Hinweis zu Aktor en @ 0\mod_1197611086806_78.doc @ 26722 @ @ 1
Note
If an actuator is turned on, the next or previous page cannot be called. (If necessary, turn the
actuator off and repeat the process)
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
228
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Aktortes t dient zum Tes ten, für die Funkti on „Fahrantrieb“, ver bauten Aktoren @ 30\mod_1251713178148_78.doc @ 295483 @ @ 1
The actuator test is used to test actuators that have been attached to the machine for the
“Travelling gear” function.
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/Aktorentest Fahrantrieb ( 4/4) BM 500 Bil d @ 30\mod_1251711459585_78.doc @ 295229 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0075
Fig. 179
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/M ögliche Status anzeige des angewählten Aktors @ 0\mod_1197611486993_78.doc @ 26760 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the selected actuator
Actuator turned off
Actuator turned on
Pos : 14.21.28.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/Hinweis Status anzi ege Gültigkeit Fahrantri eb @ 30\mod_1251708457351_78.doc @ 295123 @ @ 1
Note
The status displays described above are valid for all actuators related to the travelling gear.
Pos : 14.21.28.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-12/BM 500/T abelle Aktor en Fahrantri eb (4/4) BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251711529320_78.doc @ 295254 @ @ 1
Valve
Icon
Description
Y1
Front axle forward
Y2
Front axle backward
Y3
Rear axle forward
Switch on the
actuator
5
Y4
Switch off the
actuator
6
Rear axle backward
7
Pos : 14.21.29 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
229
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.30.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-13/M enü 4-1- 13 „ Elektroni k“ Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251724390601_78.doc @ 295834 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.14 Menu 4-1-13 Electronics
Fig. 180
Pos : 14.21.30.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-13/M enü 4-1- 13 „ Elektroni k“ T ext @ 0\mod_1197903920096_78.doc @ 31372 @ @ 1
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-13 "Electronics" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Electronics diagnostics appears.
Pos : 14.21.30.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/Fr eigabebedi ngungen nic ht erfüllt @ 0\mod_1197561545538_78.doc @ 26549 @ @ 1
Note
For release conditions (1) not met see Section "Display of Release Conditions Not Met for
Diagnostics"
For faults (1) see Section "Display of Possible Faults for Diagnostics"
Pos : 14.21.30.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-13/M enü 4-1- 13 El ektroni k Bild Seite 2 und 3 BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251724520960_78.doc @ 295859 @ @ 1
1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0076
Fig. 181
Pos : 14.21.30.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-13/M enü 4-1- 13 El ektroni k T ext blätter n @ 0\mod_1197904126361_78.doc @ 31410 @ @ 1
•
The
symbol identifies diagnostic values that lie within a valid range.
•
The
•
To scroll forward, use the
symbol identifies diagnostic values that do not lie within a valid range.
key. To scroll backward, use the
B
key.
Pos : 14.21.30.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Mit Dr ehpoti M enüebene zur üc k @ 29\mod_1251353619073_78.doc @ 283963 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.31 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
230
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/M enü 4-1- 14 Di es el motor ( 1/3) BM 500 Bil d @ 60\mod_1297923829227_78.doc @ 562063 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.15 Menu 4-1-14 Diesel Engine
Fig. 182
Pos : 14.21.32.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/M enü 4-1- 14 Di es el motor ( 1/3) BM 400/420/500 T ext @ 30\mod_1251727027851_78.doc @ 296193 @ @ 1
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-14 "Diesel engine" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
"Diesel engine diagnostics" appears.
Pos : 14.21.32.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor (Seite 1/3) BM 420/500 @ 30\mod_1251781350349_78.doc @ 296265 @ @ 1
Diesel engine page 1
= Engine speed
= Engine cooling water temperature
= Engine oil pressure
= Cooling water level
Pos : 14.21.32.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/M enüs teuerung der Seiten 1 bi s 3 @ 30\mod_1251782549208_78.doc @ 296311 @ @ 1
Menu control of pages 1 to 3
Pos : 14.21.32.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/M enüsteuer ung ( 1/2) BM 400/420/500 @ 30\mod_1251781668115_78.doc @ 296290 @ @ 1
•
Activating the
key for
•
Activating the
key for
•
Activating the
C
•
Activating the
B
•
Pressing the
key for
B
key for
causes the next maintenance interval to be displayed.
causes diesel engine diagnostics to be displayed.
causes the next page to be displayed.
causes the previous page to be displayed.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.32.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
231
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.32.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor (Seite 2u3) Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251782672130_78.doc @ 296340 @ @ 1
Diesel engine pages 2 and 3
D210
13.2 bar
V
32.00
D208
1
89 °C
D209
l/h
790 °C
5
6
7
8
1
70 %
70 %
B2
4603 mV
D202 Motorauslastung Max.
97 %
B
2
2.10 bar
1.01 bar
P
D203 Motorauslastung Drz.
B7
16 °C
13,35 V
D
BM 500 0079
Fig. 183
Page 2
B
C
D
Page 3
= Current fuel consumption
= Charge air temperature
= Charge air pressure
Pos : 14.21.32.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor Seite 2 M otor auslas tung @ 51\mod_1288171090031_78.doc @ 478802 @ @ 1
•
•
Engine capacity, speed
Maximum engine capacity
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor Seite 2 Sens oren B2 B7 BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251784901849_78.doc @ 296390 @ @ 1
Sensor
Sensor OK green
Description
Diesel tank fuel level
B7
Air intake
= Fuel pressure
V
= Electrical voltage
= Exhaust temperature
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor Seite 3 Symboler kl ärung T2 BM 500 @ 60\mod_1297924686229_78.doc @ 562090 @ @ 1
1
2
Ambient temperature
Atmospheric pressure
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/H arnstofflös ung AdBl ue @ 41\mod_1271238591840_78.doc @ 369019 @ @ 1
Filling level
Urea solution
Temperature
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/M enü Di esel motor Wartungsinter vall @ 30\mod_1251790172458_78.doc @ 296638 @ @ 1
232
Sensor not OK red
B2
Pos : 14.21.32.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor Seite 3 Symboler kl ärung @ 30\mod_1251787777771_78.doc @ 296525 @ @ 1
7
8
BM 500 0080
Pos : 14.21.32.8 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 1-14/Diesel motor Seite 2 Symboler kl ärung BM 420/500 @ 30\mod_1251784530161_78.doc @ 296365 @ @ 1
P
6
55 °C
16 %
C
5
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Fig.184
•
Activating the
key for
causes diesel engine diagnostics to be displayed.
Pos : 14.21.33 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
233
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.34 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-15/M enü 4-1- 15 Joystic k ( 1/2) F endt @ 41\mod_1271397831477_78.doc @ 371180 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.16 Menu 4-1-15 Joystick
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 136
Fig.185
The key functions of the joystick can be checked in the Joystick Diagnostics menu.
Note
When bringing up the "Joystick" Diagnostics menu, the diesel engine must be stopped. No
functions are performed when the joystick is activated in the "Joystick" Diagnostics menu.
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-15 "Joystick" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
"Joystick Diagnostics" appears.
Pos : 14.21.35 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
234
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.36 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-15/M enü 4-1- 15 Joystic k ( 2/2) F ENDT @ 41\mod_1271397833149_78.doc @ 371205 @ @ 1
Menu control:
B
C
D
5
6
5
6
7
8
7
8
BM 500 136
B
C
D
BM 500 137
Fig.186
•
Pressing the
•
Press the
menu.
C
key under the
key under the
softkey brings up the "Work" menu.
softkey to bring up the next page of the "Joystick"
Press the C key under the
softkey to bring up the previous page of the
"Joystick" menu.
A representation of the joystick appears in the display. If a function is activated on the joystick,
the status of the function that is performed appears in the display.
•
Possible status display of the activated key
Key not activated
Key activated
Broken cable
Pos : 14.21.37 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Short circuit
235
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.38 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/M enü 4-1- 16 „Bedi eneinheit Kons ole“ ( 1/2) Bil d BM 500 @ 30\mod_1251793372490_78.doc @ 296716 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.17 Menu 4-1-16 Control unit console
4-1-16
1
Spg. Zündstufe 1
5
6
2
Spg. Elektronik 12V
Spg. 5V
7
B
C
D
12.4 V
Spg. Zündstufe 2
12.4 V
6
7
8
5.0 V
8
BM 500 0081
5
12.4 V
B
C
D
BM 500 0082
Fig. 187
Pos : 14.21.39 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/M enü 4-1- 16 „Bedi eneinheit Kons ole“ ( 1/2) @ 0\mod_1197963604168_78.doc @ 31756 @ @ 1
Both the release switches and the keys on the console can be checked for their functionality in
the "Control unit console" Diagnostics menu.
Note
When bringing up the "Control unit console" Diagnostics menu, the diesel engine must be
stopped. No functions are performed in the "Control unit console" Diagnostics menu when the
release switches or keys are activated.
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-16 "Control unit console" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
Control unit console diagnostics appears.
Pos : 14.21.40 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/M enüer kär ung für Seite 1 bis 2 @ 51\mod_1288100713546_78.doc @ 478278 @ @ 1
Explanation of menu for pages 1 to 2:
Pos : 14.21.41 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/näc hste_vorherige M enüebene zur üc k @ 0\mod_1197561687804_78.doc @ 26587 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
236
C
•
Press the
•
Press the
•
Pressing the
B
key to bring up the next page of the menu.
key to bring up the previous page of the menu.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.43 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/M enü 4-1- 16 Bedienkons ol e Freigabesc halter ( 2/2) BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251794543927_78.doc @ 297203 @ @ 1
1
Spg. Zündstufe 1
12.4 V
Spg. Zündstufe 2
2
Spg. Elektronik 12V
Spg. 5V
12.4 V
5
6
7
8
12.4 V
5.0 V
B
C
D
BM 500 0082
Fig. 188
Release switch (1)
Activated
inactive
Release switch
Road / field
Autopilot
Parking Brake
Travelling gear
Axle Separation
Swath hood
Seat switch
Door switch
Pos : 14.21.44 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/Anz eige der Spannungen Kons ole @ 30\mod_1251791240708_78.doc @ 296666 @ @ 1
Display of voltages (2)
Display (voltage – ignition stage 1)
Display (voltage – ignition stage 2)
Display (voltage – electronics)
Display (fixed voltage regulator)
237
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.45 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/Diag nose Sitz schalter @ 60\mod_1298014175977_78.doc @ 563611 @ @ 1
Diagnostics seat switch
Pos : 14.21.46 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-16/Bedieneinheit Konsol e Sei te 2 Bild @ 60\mod_1298009283470_78.doc @ 563585 @ @ 1
mV
KMC1
1864
KMC2
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0200
Fig. 189
Pos : 14.21.47 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/M ögliche Statusanz eige der betätigten Tas te @ 60\mod_1298014581071_78.doc @ 563637 @ @ 1
Possible status display of the activated key
Key not activated
Key activated
Broken cable
Short circuit
Pos : 14.21.48 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
238
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.49 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-17 /M enü 4-1- 17 „Displ ay“ @ 0\mod_1197973595090_78.doc @ 31795 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.18 Menu 4-1-17 Display
The "Display" diagnostics menu is used to check key functions , the rotary potentiometer and
the key next to the rotary potentiometer.
Fig. 190
Note
When bringing up the "Display" Diagnostics menu, the diesel engine must be stopped. No
functions are performed when keys are activated in the "Display" Diagnostics menu.
Call the "Diagnostics" main menu 4.
•
Select menu 4-1-17 "Display" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
"Display diagnostics" appears.
A representation of the display appears in the display. If a function is activated on the display,
the status of the function that is performed appears in the display.
Possible status display of the activated key
Key not activated
Key activated
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Pos : 14.21.50 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
239
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.51 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/M enü 4-1- 18 Lenkung Übersc hrift @ 57\mod_1295957622843_78.doc @ 548301 @ 3 @ 1
6.9.19 Menu 4-1-18 Steering
Pos : 14.21.52 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/Gefahr Lenkung @ 59\mod_1297257846520_78.doc @ 556207 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Handling the steering system
Death or serious injuries
•
•
Installation, start-up and maintenance work must be carried out by authorised
professionals
No modifications may be made to the steering system
Pos : 14.21.53 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/Lenks ystem allgemeiner T ext @ 57\mod_1295957917281_78.doc @ 548327 @ @ 1
The word "READY" appears in the display to indicate that the steering system is in an error-free
state. As long as the hydraulic supply to the steering system is not available (e.g. engine not
running), this status is indicated by the word "standby" in the display.
Pos : 14.21.54 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/M enü 4-1- 18 „Lenkung“ @ 31\mod_1251795583302_78.doc @ 297279 @ @ 1
4-1-18
B
C
D
5
6
5
6
7
8
7
8
BM 500 0191
B
C
D
BM 500 0083
Fig.191
Call the 4-1 "Diagnostics" menu level.
•
Select the menu 4-1-18 "Steering" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Diagnostics steering" is displayed.
Pos : 14.21.55 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/Hinweis Bezüglic h der Lenkung sind die Hinweise von M obil-Elektroni k z u beac hten @ 57\mod_1295963174375_78.doc @ 548546 @ @ 1
Note
The information and notes from Mobil-Elektronik regarding the steering must be observed
(separate operating instructions!).
Pos : 14.21.56 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 1-18/Hinweis Ser vice infor mier en @ 59\mod_1297257940071_78.doc @ 556233 @ @ 1
Note
If a fault occurs in the steering, inform your authorised workshop and have the steering system
checked.
Pos : 14.21.57 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
240
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Menü 4-2 „F ehlerliste“ @ 31\mod_1251804579052_78.doc @ 298124 @ 2 @ 1
6.10 Menu 4-2 Error list
Fig. 192
The main menu level is active.
•
Select main menu 4-2 with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Error list" appears.
= Current error
= Fault storage
= Current error, diesel engine
= Error storage, diesel engine
Current errors
The display shows the fault list with the current faults. The time, status, error number and
designation are shown.
•
Status
C = Error has come (Come)
G = Error has gone (Gone)
A = Error acknowledged
Pos : 14.21.58.2 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/D urch Dr üc ken der T aste 7 bz w. 8 für Softkey di e allgemei nen Infomeldungen aufr ufen. @ 31\mod_1251798076490_78.doc @ 297679 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 14.21.58.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
The general information messages are displayed by pressing the key
7
or
for
softkey
241
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.58.4 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/F ehl erspeic her @ 31\mod_1251804762302_78.doc @ 298179 @ @ 1
Error Storage
Fig. 193
•
To display error storage, activate the B key under the
softkey.
Error storage is arranged chronologically. The date, time, status, error numbers, and
designation are shown.
•
Status
C = Error has come (Come)
G = Error has gone (Gone)
A = Error acknowledged
Pos : 14.21.58.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Menüsteuer ung Pfeile er klär en @ 31\mod_1251803909068_78.doc @ 298009 @ @ 1
Menu control:
Pos : 14.21.58.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
242
=
Activating the
key allows you to scroll up.
=
Activating the
key allows you to scroll up one line at a time.
=
Activating the
=
Activating the
6
key allows you to scroll down one line at a time.
key allows you to scroll down one page at a time.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.58.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/aktuell e F ehl er Diesel motor @ 31\mod_1251804983474_78.doc @ 298224 @ @ 1
Current diesel engine errors
Fig. 194
•
To display current errors of the diesel engine, press the C key under the softkey.
The display shows the error list with the current errors of the diesel engine. Error codes are
displayed with a sequential number.
Menu field (1) indicates the number of alarms present.
Pos : 14.21.58.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
243
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.58.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/F ehl erspeic her Di es elmotor @ 89\mod_1322125824811_78.doc @ 761183 @ @ 1
Diesel engine error storage
Fig. 195
To display diesel engine error storage, activate the D key under the
softkey.
The display shows error storage for the diesel engine (in chronological order). Error codes, the
status, date and time are indicated with a sequential number.
•
Menu field (1) indicates the number of alarms present.
Status
1 = Error set
2 = Error deleted
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
244
7
•
You can use the
scroll up.
key
down to the end of the list and the
•
To display current errors, use the
•
Pressing the
key
A key under the softkey.
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
to
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Infomel dungen Allgemei n/Ser vic e Bild @ 31\mod_1251805475755_78.doc @ 298888 @ @ 1
Fig. 196
General information messages
Service information messages
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Status der Allgemei nen-Infomel dungen @ 31\mod_1251808882552_78.doc @ 298912 @ @ 1
General information messages
The general information message is arranged chronologically. The date, time, status, error
numbers, and designation are shown.
Status:
C = Error has come
G = Error has gone
A = Error acknowledged
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Status der Ser vic e-Infomel dungen @ 31\mod_1251809979693_78.doc @ 299120 @ @ 1
Service information messages
Service information messages are arranged chronologically. The date, time, error number and
designation are shown.
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Menüsteuer ung Pfeile er klär en @ 31\mod_1251803909068_78.doc @ 298009 @ @ 1
Menu control:
=
Activating the
key allows you to scroll up.
=
Activating the
key allows you to scroll up one line at a time.
=
Activating the
=
Activating the
6
key allows you to scroll down one line at a time.
key allows you to scroll down one page at a time.
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 2/Bl ätern über di e T asten A bis D @ 31\mod_1251809467021_78.doc @ 298956 @ @ 1
•
Activating the key
•
By pressing the key
•
By pressing key
C
the next page “Service information message” will be displayed
•
By pressing key
D
the previous page “General information message” will be displayed
•
Pressing the
Pos : 14.21.58.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Mit Dr ehpoti M enüebene zur üc k @ 29\mod_1251353619073_78.doc @ 283963 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.59 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
brings up the basic screen
B
you get back to menu “Error list”
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
245
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.60 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Servic e/M enü 4- 3/M enü 4-3 „ Ser vic eebene“ @ 0\mod_1197981326387_78.doc @ 32370 @ 2 @ 1
6.11 Menu 4-3 "Service level"
Fig. 197
The main menu level is active.
•
Select main menu 4-3 with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Service level" is protected by a password and is accessible only to the Krone service staff.
•
Pos : 14.21.61 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
246
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4 „Infor mation“ @ 0\mod_1197981647856_78.doc @ 32390 @ 2 @ 1
6.12 Menu 4-4 Information
Fig. 198
The main menu level is active.
•
Select main menu 4-4 with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The display shows menu level 4-4 "Information".
The main menu, "Settings", is divided up into three menus:
= Menu 4-4-1 "Joystick"
= Menu 4-4-2 "Software"
= Menu 4-4-3 "Machine"
Pos : 14.21.62.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
247
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.62.3 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4-1 „Joystic k“ F endt @ 41\mod_1271398876524_78.doc @ 371280 @ 3 @ 1
6.12.1 Menu 4-4-1 Joystick
Fig.199
The main menu "Information" is active.
•
Select menu 4-4-1 "Joystick" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
"Joystick information" appears.
•
Pos : 14.21.62.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
248
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.62.5 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4-2 „Software“ Bild BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251872753681_78.doc @ 299832 @ 3 @ 1
6.12.2 Menu 4-4-2 "Software"
Fig. 200
Pos : 14.21.62.6 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4-2 „Software“ Text BM 400/500 @ 31\mod_1251872307697_78.doc @ 299807 @ @ 1
The main menu "Information" is active.
•
Select menu 4-4-2 "Software" with the rotary potentiometer
•
Press the rotary potentiometer
"Software information" appears. The display shows the software versions of the various
controllers.
Pos : 14.21.62.7 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Seite 1 BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251872947635_78.doc @ 299857 @ @ 1
Page 1
= Terminal
Note
If the versions of resources and DLLs do not match for the terminal, the version numbers
appear in red.
= SmartDrive
= KMC1
KMC2
= KMC2
Note
If the software from KMC1/KMC2 is not designed for your machine model, the version number
is highlighted in red.
•
Press the key
B
or turn the rotary potentiometer to display the second page.
Pos : 14.21.62.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
249
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.62.9 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4-2 Seite ( 1/2/3/4) Bild BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251873431416_78.doc @ 299977 @ @ 1
5
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
7
6
8
BM 400 0094
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0087
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0096
Fig. 201
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Seite 2 BM 400/500 @ 31\mod_1251868059010_78.doc @ 299677 @ @ 1
Page 2
= Joystick
= CU
•
Activating the C key or turning the rotary potentiometer causes the third page to be
displayed on the rotary potentiometer.
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Seite 3 BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251873283072_78.doc @ 299952 @ @ 1
Page 3
MFR
= MFR
SLC
•
= SLC
Activating the D key or turning the rotary potentiometer causes the fourth page to be displayed
on the rotary potentiometer.
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Seite 4 BM 400/500 @ 31\mod_1251868464775_78.doc @ 299727 @ @ 1
Page 4
= DIOM
•
Activating the
key or turning the rotary potentiometer causes the first page to be
displayed on the rotary potentiometer.
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/Mit Dr ehpoti M enüebene zur üc k @ 29\mod_1251353619073_78.doc @ 283963 @ @ 1
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
250
•
Pressing the
key on the rotary potentiometer takes you one menu level back.
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.21.62.1 /BA/Info-C enter/BiG M 400 / Bi G M 500/H auptmenüs/H auptmenü 4 Ser vic e/M enü 4- 4/Menü 4-4-3 Maschi ne @ 0\mod_1197985621606_78.doc @ 32485 @ 3 @ 1
6.12.3 Menu 4-4-3 Machine
Fig. 202
The main menu "Information" is active.
•
Select menu 4-4-3 "Machine" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
"Machine information" appears. The display shows machine information.
Pos : 14.22 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
251
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.23 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/H auptmenüs/M enü 5 Grundbil d/M enü 5 „Gr undbild“ BM 500 @ 31\mod_1251877307791_78.doc @ 300268 @ 2 @ 1
6.13 Menu 5 Basic Screen
14:46
1
UPM
0.0
1990
4
100
75
0
20 40
km/h
0.0
60 80 100
N
50
70 °C
25
0
B
Fig. 203
The main menu is active.
•
Select menu 5 "Machine" with the rotary potentiometer.
•
Press the rotary potentiometer.
The "Basic screen" is displayed.
Pos : 14.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
252
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 500 0003
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.25 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Fehler meldung en @ 39\mod_1268635505910_78.doc @ 360426 @ 3 @ 1
6.13.1 Error Messages
Pos : 14.26 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/H auptmenüs/M enü 5 Grundbil d/F ehl er mel dung @ 39\mod_1268635725222_78.doc @ 360450 @ @ 1
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0113_1
Fig. 204
If an error occurs on the machine, the error message appears in the display. The error message
and the fault code are displayed.
•
The error message can be confirmed with the
•
The acoustic signal can be turned off with the
B
key under softkey
.
key under the softkey
.
Note
For a list of error messages, error description and possible cause of error and remedy of error,
see Appendix A – Error Messages.
Pos : 14.27 /BA/Bedienung /F alsc her U mgang mi t F ehl ermel dungen @ 39\mod_1268149789980_78.doc @ 358355 @ @ 1
CAUTION! –Wrong handling with error messages, identification of faults and defects on
the machine
Effect: serious subsequent damages to the machine
•
•
If an error message occurs or if a fault or a defect is recognized on the machine, the
machine has to be stopped and gears and motor have to be switched off
Before continuing with work, eliminate the cause of the problem immediately
Pos : 14.28 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
253
Info centre "EasyTouch"
Pos : 14.29 /BA/Info-Center/Bi G M 400 / BiG M 500/H auptmenüs/M enü 5 Grundbil d/Infomel dung @ 0\mod_1197986377200_78.doc @ 32543 @ 3 @ 1
6.13.2 Information message
Fig. 205
If one or several conditions are not met to carry out an action, the information message will be
displayed in the information section of settings (IV). The information message and the
information code are displayed.
Acknowledging the information message
The error message can be confirmed with the
Pos : 15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
254
key under softkey
.
Commissioning
Pos : 16.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/A-E/Ers tinbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196314201498_78.doc @ 5855 @ 1 @ 1
7
Commissioning
Pos : 16.2 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Gefahr - F ehl ende Schutz tücher @ 0\mod_1196314289764_78.doc @ 5874 @ @ 1
Danger! - Missing guard cloths
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
The machine may be taken into operation only after all the safety devices have been
installed.
Pos : 16.3 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Sc hutztücher montier en @ 35\mod_1257494335719_78.doc @ 329260 @ 2 @ 1
7.1
Fitting the guard cloths
Pos : 16.4 /BA/Ersti nbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Sc hutztüc her montier en @ 0\mod_1196314517108_78.doc @ 5913 @ @ 1
The lateral mowing units must be folded down to be able to install the guard cloths.
Pos : 16.5 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Sei tliche M ähwer ke abkl appen @ 0\mod_1196407512074_78.doc @ 7929 @ 2 @ 1
7.2
Folding Down Lateral Mowing Units
Pos : 16.6 /BA/Ersti nbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Vorraussetzung M ähwer ke abkl appen BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272284555131_78.doc @ 375446 @ @ 1
Fig.206
Pos : 16.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Prerequisites:
•
The main battery switch (1) must be in position I (closed).
•
Release switch (3) "Parking brake" must be in position II (engaged).
•
Release switch (4) "Travelling gear" must be in position I (off).
•
Start the engine.
•
Release switch (1) "Road/Field" must be in position II (Field mode).
255
Commissioning
Pos : 16.8 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Abs enken des Mähwer ks i n Ar beitsstellung Bi GM400 @ 0\mod_1196315401623_78.doc @ 5993 @ @ 1
Danger! - Lowering mowing unit into working position
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Do not lower the mowing units until you are absolutely sure that neither persons, animals
nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing units.
Pos : 16.9 /BA/Ersti nbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/M ähwer ke absenken BM 420 Bild @ 49\mod_1287043334531_78.doc @ 464528 @ @ 1
6
4
12
BM 420 0013
Fig. 207
Pos : 16.10 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/M ähwer ke abs enken BM 400/420 T ext @ 49\mod_1287045101250_78.doc @ 464583 @ @ 1
•
•
•
Using the (4, 6) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower the lateral
mowing unit from transport position to headland position.
Press the (4,6) keys on the multi-function lever again to lower the lateral mowing units
from headland position to working position.
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Pos : 16.11.1 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/Neuer F ahr hebel/All e Mähwer ke von Tr ansports tellung i n di e Vorg ewendes tell ung absenken BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271323130846_78.doc @ 370287 @ 3 @ 1
7.2.1
Lowering All Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position
Fig.208
•
Using the (10) key with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower all mowing
units simultaneously from transport position to headland position.
Pos : 16.11.2 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Hinweis ents prec hende T asten sol ange gedrüc kt halten @ 31\mod_1252644434480_78.doc @ 306500 @ @ 1
Note
Hold the relevant keys down until small movements are no longer visible on the mowing units.
Pos : 16.11.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
256
Commissioning
Pos : 16.11.4 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/All e M ähwer ke von Vorgewendes tell ung i n die Ar beitsstellung abs enken BM 500 @ 70\mod_1305707958075_78.doc @ 639099 @ 3 @ 1
7.2.2
Lowering All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position
•
Using the (10) key without (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower all mowing
units simultaneously from headland position to working position.
The lateral mowing units are then lowered to the working position depending on the set mode
(time / distance control).
The mowing units are lowered in the following order.
•
Front mowing unit: always immediately (without delay)
•
lateral right/left mowing units: delayed according to the setting in the info centre
Settings can only be made in the info centre. See Info Centre chapter "Machine Setting"
Pos : 16.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
257
Commissioning
Pos : 16.13 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/M ontagebesc hr eibung @ 0\mod_1196317382342_78.doc @ 6137 @ 3 @ 1
7.2.3
Description of Installation
Pos : 16.14 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Inbetri ebnahme/Gefahr - Unvor hergesehene Inbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196317459889_78.doc @ 6156 @ @ 1
Danger! - Accidental start-up of machine and rolling.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back.
Pos : 16.15.1 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/D arstell ung Sc hutztuc hmontage Aufstellung Big M 500 @ 70\mod_1305123732038_78.doc @ 635337 @ @ 1
7
8
6
5
5
1
2
2
Fig. 209
1 20 014 205 0 Plastic sheet for front mowing unit outside right
2 20 014 202 0 Plastic sheet for front mowing unit inside
3 20 014 204 0 Plastic sheet for front mowing unit outside left
4 20 013 717 0 Plastic sheet for lateral mowing unit outside left
5 20 013 715 0 Plastic sheet for lateral mowing unit outside front
6 20 013 720 0 Plastic sheet for lateral mowing unit inside left
7 20 013 721 0 Plastic sheet for lateral mowing unit inside right
8 20 013 716 0 Plastic sheet for lateral mowing unit outside right
Pos : 16.15.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
258
3
4
BM 500 0224
Commissioning
Pos : 16.15.3 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Schutz tuchmontag e Big M 500 @ 70\mod_1305124075386_78.doc @ 635365 @ @ 1
Fig. 210
Fit the guard sheets (1 to 8) to the mowing units (5) using the strip (2), washer (3) and bolt (4)
supplied.
Note
The hem of the guard cloths should always face the inside.
Pos : 16.15.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
259
Commissioning
Pos : 16.15.5 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Rüc khaltefeder @ 78\mod_1314276561197_78.doc @ 695934 @ 2 @ 1
7.3
Retainer Spring
Pos : 16.15.6 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/WARNUN G! – Sc häden durc h Stei nsc hlag! @ 70\mod_1305122612980_78.doc @ 635282 @ @ 1
Warning! – Damage due to falling rocks!
Injuries or damage to the machine
•
The retainer springs are safety-relevant parts. They must be installed on the machine.
The retainer springs keep the guard cloths of the lateral mowing units and the guard
cloths of the front mowing unit in shape and reduce for this reason the danger of falling
rocks.
Pos : 16.15.7 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/R üc khaltefeder n Bil d Big M 500 @ 78\mod_1314276684403_78.doc @ 695961 @ @ 1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BM 500 0225_1
Fig. 211
Pos : 16.15.8 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/R üc khaltefeder n an den Seitenmähwer ken Big M 500 @ 78\mod_1314277529926_78.doc @ 696021 @ @ 1
Lateral mowing units:
In addition, three retainer springs (1) each must be assembled on the right and left machine
side on the lateral mowing units.
Pos : 16.15.9 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/R üc khaltefeder n an den Frontmähwer ken Big M 500 @ 78\mod_1314277619390_78.doc @ 696049 @ @ 1
Front mowing units:
In addition, three retainer springs (1) each must be assembled on the right and left machine
side on the lateral mowing units.
Pos : 16.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
260
Commissioning
Pos : 16.17 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Einbau der M ähkli ngen @ 0\mod_1196318620905_78.doc @ 6255 @ 2 @ 1
7.4
Installation of Cutter Blades
Pos : 16.18 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Inbetri ebnahme/Gefahr - Unvor hergesehene Inbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196317459889_78.doc @ 6156 @ @ 1
Danger! - Accidental start-up of machine and rolling.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back.
Pos : 16.19 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Einbau der Mähkling en @ 0\mod_1196318744030_78.doc @ 6274 @ @ 1
The lateral mowing units must be folded down to be able to install the cutter blades.
See chapter on initial start-up "Folding Down Lateral Mowing Units".
To install cutter blades:
See the chapter on maintenance of mowing units "Blade Changing on Cutting Discs with Blade
Screw Connection" and "Blade Changing on Cutting Discs with Quick Blade Release"
Pos : 17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
261
Start-up
Pos : 18.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/F-J/Inbetri ebnahme @ 0\mod_1196327075811_78.doc @ 6375 @ 1 @ 1
8
Start-up
Pos : 18.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Prüfungen vor Inbetri ebnahme @ 0\mod_1196327145451_78.doc @ 6394 @ 2 @ 1
8.1
Check before Start-up
Pos : 18.3 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Eins tell arbeiten / Eins tellungen/Gefahr - Eins tell arbeiten Selbs fahrer @ 0\mod_1196327276045_78.doc @ 6432 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected movement of the machine
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Setting tasks must only be performed when the drive is switched off and the engine is at
a standstill!
•
Switching off the engine
•
Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back
•
Remove the ignition key.
•
Switch off the main battery switch.
Pos : 18.4 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Big M 400/500/Tägliche Prüfungen @ 0\mod_1196327023811_78.doc @ 6451 @ 2 @ 1
8.2
Daily checks
To perform daily tests, the lateral mowing units and the front mowing unit must be in working
position.
Note - Daily checks
Effect: Ensures the safety of the machine and extends the machine’s service life
Regular performance of daily checks on the machine will ensure its safety and significantly
extend the machine’s service life.
Pos : 18.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
262
Start-up
Pos : 18.6 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Big M 400/500/An der Grundmasc hi ne @ 91\mod_1326187209992_78.doc @ 777317 @ 3 @ 1
8.2.1
On the Basic Machine
•
Before starting up the machine, lubricate thoroughly
•
Check the protective equipment and replace it, if necessary
•
Check the fuel level
•
Check the urea level
•
Make certain screws are in place and tight
•
Coolant check
•
Clean engine compartment and intake sieve
•
Check tyres visually for cuts and breaks
•
Check the tyre pressure
•
Pilot lamp test
•
Test of light function
•
Check the brakes for functionality
•
Check the oil level on
•
Hydraulic tank
•
Engine
•
Transfer gearbox
For further information about how tasks are designed, please refer to chapter
"Maintenance of Basic Machine" and "Maintenance – Engine".
Pos : 18.7 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Big M 400/500/An den M ähwer ken BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265363601417_78.doc @ 348714 @ 3 @ 1
8.2.2
On the mowing units
•
Before starting operation, always check the mowing units for damaged, missing or worn
blades, retaining bolts, leaf springs and cutting discs/blade drum; replace any parts that
are damaged, missing or worn!
•
Make certain screws are in place and tight.
•
Check safety devices and guard cloths for wear and damage and replace if necessary.
Check oil level on:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Input gearbox/lateral mower (right/left)
Speed gearbox/lateral mower (right/left)
Transfer gearbox/front mower
Input gearbox/front mower (right/left)
Speed gearbox/front mower (right/left)
Cutter bar/front mower (right/left)
Cutter bar/lateral mower (right/left)
For further information about how tasks are designed, please refer to chapter
"Maintenance – Mowing Units"
Pos : 19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
263
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/F-J/F ahr en und Trans port @ 0\mod_1196330049217_78.doc @ 6553 @ 1 @ 1
9
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Tr ansport Straßenfahr t @ 0\mod_1196330270405_78.doc @ 6572 @ 2 @ 1
9.1
Transport / Road Travel
Pos : 20.3 /BA/F ahren und Tr ans port/Sel bstfahrer/Z um Tr ansport müss en di e M ähwer ke hoc hgekl appt s ein. @ 0\mod_1196330402389_78.doc @ 6591 @ @ 1
The mowing units must be folded up for transport.
Pos : 20.4 /BA/Sicher heit/Fahren und Transport/Gefahr Str aßenfahrt,Mitfahren,F ahr verhalten BM 500 @ 97\mod_1329223007453_78.doc @ 829856 @ @ 1
DANGER! - Road travel, carrying passengers, driving conduct!
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
The following conditions must be met for road travel:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The mowing units must be in transport position
The “Road / Field” release switch must be in position I (road travel)
The "Travelling Gear" release switch must be in position II (travelling gear on)
When driving on public roads, the provisions of the Road Traffic Licensing Regulations
must be observed (lighting, identification)
To meet the requirements to maintain sufficient distance from overhead power lines the
total height of the machine must not exceed 4 m (13 ft).
Do not ride as a passenger on ladders or platform
When driving on public roads, always make certain that the ladder is folded in and that it
is protected by a cable
Never drive with an engaged parking brake
Always adapt the travelling speed of the machine on road and field to the given
conditions
When driving down hills, on inclines or through obstacles, adjust driving behaviour to
prevailing driving conditions
Note that the machine swings out when cornering
Pos : 20.5 /BA/F ahren und Tr ans port/Sel bstfahrer/Hi nweis Trans por tstellung des Fr ontmähwer ks ist ers erreic ht wenn... @ 55\mod_1294815488375_78.doc @ 535005 @ @ 1
Note
The front mowing unit only reaches its transport position if the upper suspension arm and the
lifting cylinder are fully retracted.
Pos : 20.6 /BA/F ahren und Tr ans port/Z us atz ac hse/Zusatzachs e @ 97\mod_1329224937144_78.doc @ 830603 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.1
Additional Axle (Optional)
Road Operation
If the machine drives forward with a speed of more than approx.10 km/h, the additional axle is
lowered if this has not already been done. The hydraulic pressure of the additional axle is
balanced afterwards.
If the machine drives backward in road operation with a speed of more than 0 km/h, the
additional axle is lifted.
If it is not possible to build up hydraulic pressure, an error message appears.
Field Operation
If the machine drives forward or backward in field mode with a speed of more than 0 km/h, the
additional axle is lifted.
Pos : 20.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
264
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.8 /BA/F ahren und Tr ans port/Sel bstfahrer/Verriegelung prüfen BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265364041151_78.doc @ 348764 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.2
Check lock
DANGER! - Check lock
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
In transport position the lateral mowing units (3) must be folded back and locked mechanically.
To do so, the mowing units must be raised as far as the stop device. Once folded back check
the position of the mowing units.
3
3
2
2
1
1
BM 500 0157
Fig. 212
The sensors (1) on the ratchets (2) (right and left-hand side of machine) detect whether the
mechanical locks of the lateral mowing units (3) are properly engaged in transport position.
If they are not, an error message appears when driving in Road mode, either "1414 Mowing unit
right not in transport position" or "1415 Mowing unit left not in transport position".
If one of the error messages above appears, stop the machine immediately and correct the
error (see also the list of errors in the Appendix).
Pos : 20.9 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/F-J/Freigabesc halter Straße/Fel d @ 0\mod_1196320452967_78.doc @ 6351 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.3
Release switch – road/field
Pos : 20.10 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/Fr eigabesc halter Str aße/Fel d i n Posi tion bringen @ 0\mod_1196333385858_78.doc @ 6851 @ @ 1
1
II
I
BM 400 0007
Fig. 213
•
Set the road safety switch to "Road travel" position. (Position I)
Pos : 20.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
265
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.12 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Freigabeschalter F ahr antrieb @ 0\mod_1196319179092_78.doc @ 6293 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.4
Release switch travelling gear
Pos : 20.13 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/Fr eigabesc halter F ahrantrieb i n Posi tion bringen @ 0\mod_1196333615201_78.doc @ 6870 @ @ 1
1
II
I
BM 400 0010
Fig. 214
Pos : 20.14 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M otor anl ass en @ 0\mod_1196338713030_78.doc @ 6889 @ 2 @ 1
9.2
•
Move the "Travelling gear" release switch to position (II) (travelling gear on).
Starting the engine
Pos : 20.15 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Motor nicht i n ges chl oss enen Räumen laufen lass en. @ 0\mod_1196343428061_78.doc @ 6915 @ @ 1
Danger! - Do not allow the engine to run in enclosed areas.
Effect: Danger, toxic exhaust!
•
Only start the engine from the driver's seat.
•
Always make certain there is no one in the danger zone of the machine.
•
Activate the horn.
•
Never allow the engine to run in closed rooms without an extraction unit.
•
Ensure sufficient ventilation.
Pos : 20.16 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/M otor starten Vorraussetz ung BM 500 Bild @ 41\mod_1271921823803_78.doc @ 373730 @ @ 1
Fig. 215
Pos : 20.17 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/M otor starten Vorraussetz ung BM 400/500 T ext @ 0\mod_1196344454826_78.doc @ 6976 @ @ 1
Prerequisites:
• The main battery switch must be in position I (closed).
•
Release switch (3) "Parking brake" must be in position II (engaged).
•
Release switch (1) "Road/Field" must be in position II (Field mode).
• Release switch (4) "Travelling gear" must be in position I (off).
Pos : 20.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
266
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.19 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/M otor anlassen @ 0\mod_1196344545436_78.doc @ 6995 @ @ 1
Starting the engine.
BMII-187
Fig. 216:
The following conditions must be met to start the machine:
•
The main battery switch must be in position I (closed).
•
•
"Parking brake" release switch must be in position II (engaged).
"Travelling gear" release switch must be in position I (off).
Note
Never activate the starter for longer than 20 seconds. Release the ignition key as soon as the
engine is running.
Pos : 20.20 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/Anl ass vorgang Motor wi ederholen @ 0\mod_1196344716561_78.doc @ 7014 @ @ 1
If the starting process needs to be repeated:
•
Switch off the ignition and wait for at least 2 minutes.
•
Repeat the starting process.
After the engine is started the "Engine fault" control light shines briefly. Check immediately
whether this pilot lamp goes out. If not, switch off the engine at once and remove the fault.
The job computer carries out internal system check.
After the ignition is switched on, depending on the position of the "Road / field" release switch,
the basic screen "Road travel" or "Field mode" appears in the display.
At lower temperatures:
•
•
In the cold season let the engine run at idling speed for a few minutes after starting.
Always use a so-called “winter diesel” fuel for operation in cold seasons at temperatures
below 10 °C (50 °F).
Pos : 20.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
267
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.22 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/Abwürgen des Motors @ 0\mod_1196345072451_78.doc @ 7033 @ 3 @ 1
9.2.1
Killing the engine
Caution! - Killing the engine
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
If an engine at operating heat stalls, immediately restart the engine to avoid an
excessive heat accumulation at functionally important parts. Allow the engine to run at
idle speed for approx. 1 to 2 minutes before finally turning it off.
Pos : 20.23 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Starten mit ei ner Hilfsbatterie @ 0\mod_1196345290139_78.doc @ 7052 @ 3 @ 1
9.2.2
Starting with an Auxiliary Battery
Pos : 20.24 /BA/Sic herheit/Batterie/Gefahr - Batteriegas e si nd hoc hexpl osi v Version 2 @ 0\mod_1196345356733_78.doc @ 7071 @ @ 1
Danger! - Battery gases are highly explosive
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Keep ignition sources and naked flames away from the battery.
•
Note the correct polarity when disconnecting and connecting the battery.
Pos : 20.25 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahrer/kalte J ahr esz eit @ 0\mod_1196345438248_78.doc @ 7090 @ @ 1
The machine can be started with an additional 12-V battery in the cold season. The auxiliary
battery must be connected in parallel with the machine batteries.
Pos : 20.26.1 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Anfahren @ 0\mod_1196345912842_78.doc @ 7109 @ 2 @ 1
9.3
Starting to Drive
Danger! - Starting to Drive
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Do not ride as a passenger on the ladders or platform.
•
Never drive with an engaged parking brake.
•
Always adapt the travelling speed of the machine on road and field to the given
conditions.
•
When driving down hills, on inclines or through obstacles, adjust driving behaviour to
prevailing driving conditions.
•
Note that the machine swings out when cornering.
Pos : 20.26.2 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
268
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.3 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Besc hl eunigungs ver halten eins tell en Fahrhebel N EU @ 41\mod_1271309857175_78.doc @ 369255 @ 3 @ 1
9.3.1
Setting the Acceleration Behaviour
Fig.217
Four different acceleration stages can be selected while driving with the selector switch
acceleration ramp (2) attached to the multi-function lever (1).
With constant operation of the multi-function lever (1) in a direction and at a constant engine
speed, the driving speed will increase slowest in acceleration stage I and fastest in acceleration
stage IV.
•
Pos : 20.26.4 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Allgemei nes zum Fahren Allradlenkung @ 38\mod_1265366835651_78.doc @ 348789 @ 3 @ 1
9.3.2
Move the selector switch (2) to the desired acceleration stage.
General on driving
BM 400 149
Fig. 218
Observe the following instructions when driving:
•
•
•
Pos : 20.26.5 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Allgemei nes zum Fahren abhängig vom Lenkprogramm BM 500 @ 32\mod_1253254046175_78.doc @ 313095 @ @ 1
•
Handling the machine requires a certain amount of practice because of the rear steering.
The machine handles differently in level I and II.
In the case of an error message in the Info centre immediately stop and remove the error.
If you cannot rectify the fault inform the customer service or your KRONE dealer.
Driving behaviour depends on the steering program
Pos : 20.26.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
269
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.7 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Ü ber hitz en des H ydr ostats ys tems vermeiden @ 0\mod_1196347119983_78.doc @ 7271 @ 3 @ 1
9.3.3
Preventing an overheating of the hydrostatic system
If the hydrostatic system is overheated, an acoustic warning signal occurs and an optical
warning symbol appears on the display. Switch off the engine and establish cause of
overheating.
Then improve the effectiveness of the hydrostatic travelling gear by selecting a lower speed,
which will reduce the oil temperature.
Note
When the travelling gear has been killed, never wait longer than 5 seconds to reset the driving
lever to “neutral”; subsequently select a lower speed.
The drive moment which acts on the drive wheels depends on the oil pressure in the
hydrostatic drive system. If the pressure requirement becomes higher than the pressure in the
hydrostatic system, the pressure relief valve will open and the self-propelled high performance
mower-conditioner will reduce speed or not move.
As soon as the required drive moment decreases (this is achieved by selecting a lower speed),
the self-propelled high performance mower-conditioner will drive on again.
Pos : 20.26.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
270
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.9 /BA/F ahr en und Trans port/Selbstfahr er/Vor wärtsfahr en F ahr hebel NEU @ 41\mod_1271311435596_78.doc @ 369305 @ 3 @ 1
9.3.4
Driving Forwards
Fig.219
Starting forwards from standstill
After the engine is started and the travelling gear is released, the gearbox is in the neutral
position.
•
•
•
•
Pos : 20.26.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Press the activation button for the travelling gear (2) and keep it pressed.
Move the multi-function lever (1) to the front, the machine starts to move forwards and
accelerates.
If you release the multi-function lever (1), it returns automatically to the central position
(0); the speed remains constant.
If you move the multi-function lever (1) to the rear while travelling, the machine
decelerates; it is braked until is comes to a stop by friction.
271
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.11 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Rüc kwärts fahren Fahrhebel N EU @ 41\mod_1271312002784_78.doc @ 369355 @ 3 @ 1
9.3.5
Reversing
Fig.220
Starting in reverse from standstill
After the engine is started and the travelling gear is released, the gearbox is in the neutral
position.
•
•
•
•
Press the activation button for the travelling gear (2) and keep it pressed.
Move the multi-function lever (1) to the rear; the machine starts to move in reverse and
accelerates.
If you release the multi-function lever (1), it returns automatically to the central position
(0); the speed remains constant.
If you move the multi-function lever (1) forward during travel, the machine decelerates. It
is braked until it comes to a stop by friction.
Note
An acoustic warning signal sounds when reversing.
Pos : 20.26.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
272
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.13 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Tempomat Fahr hebel NEU @ 41\mod_1271312183893_78.doc @ 369410 @ 2333 @ 1
9.4
Cruise Control
The cruise control can be activated only when travelling forwards. When the cruise control is
activated, the machine is accelerated or decelerated with the set acceleration stage to the
speed stored for the cruise control mode.
9.4.1
Saving the Speed for Cruise Control Mode
The speed is saved for the operating mode (road/field) the machine is currently in. One speed
can be saved for road and field mode each.
Fig.221
•
•
Accelerate the machine to the desired speed.
While travelling press the activation button for the travelling gear (2) and keep it pressed,
move the multi-function lever (1) to the right and back to the middle position.
The momentary travelling speed is stored.
The stored speed (1) is displayed in the display of the Info centre in the travelling gear data Info
area.
273
Driving and Transport
9.4.2
Activating Cruise Control
Fig.222
•
While driving, move the multi-function lever (2) to the right without the activation key. The
saved speed is reached and the
Centre display.
9.4.3
icon for cruise control becomes active in the Info
Deactivating Cruise Control
The cruise control is deactivated by overriding the multi-function lever, operating the operating
brake and switching off the travelling gear.
If you switch into "Road/field" mode, the display switches to the value that is saved for the
currently selected operating mode (field or road speed).
Pos : 20.26.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
274
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.15 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Anhalten F ahr hebel NEU @ 41\mod_1271312895643_78.doc @ 369460 @ 23 @ 1
9.5
Stopping
The machine can be brought to a stop either with the multi-function lever or with the foot brake.
9.5.1
Stopping with the Multi-Function Lever
Fig.223
Stopping from forward travel:
If you move the multi-function lever (1) to the rear during forward travel, the machine
decelerates. It is braked until is comes to a stop.
Note - Alternative
If you move the multi-function lever (1) to the left during forward travel, the machine
decelerates. It is braked until is comes to a stop.
Stopping from reverse travel:
Fig.224
If you move the multi-function lever (1) forward during reverse travel, the machine decelerates.
It is braked until is comes to a stop.
Pos : 20.26.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
275
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.17 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Anhalten mit F uß brems en @ 0\mod_1196350380076_78.doc @ 7512 @ 3 @ 1
9.5.2
Stopping with Foot Brakes
Danger!
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
The brake function must be checked before the start of every trip.
•
The footbrake must take effect beginning with the first third of pedal travel.
•
Check the brake linings regularly
BM 400 0228
Fig. 225:
Brake the machine slightly:
•
•
Depress the foot brake slightly
When you release the brake pedal, the machine accelerates and returns to its original
driving speed.
Brake the machine strongly (braking to avoid accident):
•
Pos : 20.26.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
276
Press the foot brake forcefully downwards.The machine immedialety comes to a
complete stop.
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.19 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/F-J/F ests tell brems e @ 6\mod_1214898864996_78.doc @ 96776 @ 2 @ 1
9.6
Parking Brake
Pos : 20.26.20 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Fes tstellbr emse @ 0\mod_1196350787826_78.doc @ 7531 @ @ 1
Danger! - Leaving the Cab
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Before leaving the cab, always apply the parking brake.
•
Release the parking brake each time before starting to drive.
Fig. 226:
Note - Parking brake engaged
Effect: Brake overheating
•
Do not drive with the parking brake engaged.
I - Parking brake released
II - Parking brake engaged
Pos : 20.26.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
277
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.22 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Motor abstellen @ 0\mod_1196351418608_78.doc @ 7571 @ 2 @ 1
9.7
Switch off the engine
Fig. 227:
Note - Effect: Longer service life
Before finally switching off allow the engine 1 - 2 min. to run in the lower idling range so all
important parts of the engine can cool down.
Pos : 20.26.23 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Mas chi ne abstellen @ 0\mod_1196352108780_78.doc @ 7590 @ 2 @ 1
9.8
•
Turn the ignition key (1) to position “0”.
Switch off the machine
Danger! - Leaving the machine
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
Move the mowing units into transport position.
•
Move the "Road/Field" release switch to the road position.
•
Apply the holding brake.
•
Move the "Travelling gear" release switch to position I (off).
•
Switch off the engine.
•
Remove the ignition key.
•
If necessary, fit wheel chocks in place.
Pos : 20.26.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
278
Driving and Transport
Pos : 20.26.25 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/A- E/Absc hl eppen @ 35\mod_1256130365838_78.doc @ 326611 @ 2 @ 1
9.9
Towing
Pos : 20.26.26 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Absc hleppen @ 0\mod_1196352293795_78.doc @ 7609 @ @ 1
Caution!
Only move machine out of the danger zone. Never tow over longer distances.
If the machine no longer builds up the oil pressure for releasing the parking brake, then the
parking brake must be released manually.
Pos : 20.26.27 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Hinweis - Abschl eppen @ 60\mod_1298015514326_78.doc @ 563663 @ @ 1
Note - Towing
•
•
•
Switch on the ignition, so that the indicator (hazard warning flasher) and brake lights
function.
Switch the road/field release switch into the road travel position.
Increased steering and braking forces must be applied with the engine switched off.
Pos : 20.26.28 /BA/Fahren und Tr ansport/Selbs tfahr er/Maxi male Zug kraft ( kl einer 8to.) der Anhängekupplung beac hten. @ 90\mod_1323695357349_78.doc @ 771966 @ @ 1
•
Attach towing rod to the trailer coupling
Note
Observe the maximum tensile force of the trailer coupling (less than 8 tons).
•
Pull the machine out of the danger area by using a suitable device
Pos : 21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
279
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/A-E/Bedienung- Mähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196403531183_78.doc @ 7808 @ 1 @ 1
10 Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.2.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Besti mmungsgemäß er Gebrauch (alt) @ 0\mod_1196401545090_78.doc @ 7728 @ 2 @ 1
10.1 Intended Use
Pos : 22.2.2 /BA/Einl eitung/Bes ti mmungsgemäßer Gebrauc h/Eas yCut/Bes timmungsgemäß er Gebrauc h (Mehrz ahl) @ 0\mod_1196403327543_78.doc @ 7789 @ @ 1
The disc mowers are designed solely for normal agricultural use (intended use).
Pos : 22.2.3 /BA/Einl eitung/Bes ti mmungsgemäßer Gebrauc h/Nic ht besti mmungs g emäss (2012-03- 19 16:41:15) @ 0\mod_1196401324340_78.doc @ 7690 @ @ 1
Any use of the machine for other purposes is deemed not to be in accordance with intended
use. The manufacturer shall not be liable for any resulting damage; the user alone shall bear
the risk.
Operation in accordance with intended use also includes observing the operating, maintenance
and service instructions specified by the manufacturer.
Unauthorised modifications to the machine may affect the properties of the machine or disrupt
proper operation. For this reason, unauthorised modifications shall exclude any liability of the
manufacturer for consequential damage.
Pos : 22.2.4 /BA/Einl eitung/Bes ti mmungsgemäßer Gebrauc h/Vertr aut mit Masc hi ne @ 0\mod_1196402755699_78.doc @ 7770 @ @ 1
The disc mower must be used, maintained and repaired only by personnel who are acquainted
with the machine and have been informed of the dangers involved.
The applicable accident prevention regulations and all other generally recognised safety, health
and road traffic regulations must be observed.
Pos : 22.3 /BA/Bedi enung /Fals cher U mgang mit F ehler mel dungen @ 39\mod_1268149789980_78.doc @ 358355 @ @ 1
CAUTION! –Wrong handling with error messages, identification of faults and defects on
the machine
Effect: serious subsequent damages to the machine
•
•
Pos : 22.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
280
If an error message occurs or if a fault or a defect is recognized on the machine, the
machine has to be stopped and gears and motor have to be switched off
Before continuing with work, eliminate the cause of the problem immediately
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.5 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Bedienung der M ähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196404785480_78.doc @ 7850 @ 2 @ 1
10.2 Operation of Mowing Units
Pos : 22.6 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Aus heben_Senken_Ankl appen der Mähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196404051855_78.doc @ 7827 @ @ 1
Danger!
No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up mowing units, or
when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
Pos : 22.7 /BA/Bedi enung /Mähwer ke Big M 400/Bedi enung der Mähwer ke Bild BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271766652336_78.doc @ 372975 @ @ 1
3
1
2
BM 500 0151
Fig.228
Pos : 22.8 /BA/Bedi enung /Mähwer ke Big M 400/Bedi enung der Mähwer ke Text @ 0\mod_1196406980386_78.doc @ 7910 @ @ 1
Operation of mowing units is divided into three areas.
1 Operating panel
The operating panel contains switches that are needed to operate the mowing units. (for
example "Road/Field" release switch)
2 Multi-function lever
The multi-function lever combines all functions needed to operate the mowing units. (this
includes lifting, lowering, folding up, switching to working position, transport position or headland
position and turning on the mowing unit drives)
3 Info Centre
All settings/specifications for automatic sequences are stored in the Info Centre. (for example
time/path control, overcut, automatic cleaning time)
For further information, please refer to the Chapter "Info Centre".
Pos : 22.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
281
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.10 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M ähwer ke abkl appen @ 31\mod_1252577545091_78.doc @ 306348 @ 2 @ 1
10.3 Folding Down the Mowing Units
Pos : 22.11 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196404051855_78.doc @ 7827 @ @ 1
Danger!
No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up mowing units, or
when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
Pos : 22.12 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Vorrauss etz ung Mähwer ke abklappen BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272284555131_78.doc @ 375446 @ @ 1
Fig.229
Pos : 22.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
282
Prerequisites:
•
The main battery switch (1) must be in position I (closed).
•
Release switch (3) "Parking brake" must be in position II (engaged).
•
Release switch (4) "Travelling gear" must be in position I (off).
•
Start the engine.
•
Release switch (1) "Road/Field" must be in position II (Field mode).
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.14.1 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/Neuer F ahr hebel/All e Mähwer ke von Tr ansports tellung i n di e Vorg ewendes tell ung absenken BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271323130846_78.doc @ 370287 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.1 Lowering All Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position
Fig.230
•
Using the (10) key with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower all mowing
units simultaneously from transport position to headland position.
Pos : 22.14.2 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Hinweis ents prec hende T asten sol ange gedrüc kt halten @ 31\mod_1252644434480_78.doc @ 306500 @ @ 1
Note
Hold the relevant keys down until small movements are no longer visible on the mowing units.
Pos : 22.14.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
283
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.14.4 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/All e M ähwer ke von Vorgewendes tell ung i n die Ar beitsstellung abs enken BM 500 @ 70\mod_1305707958075_78.doc @ 639099 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.2 Lowering All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position
•
Using the (10) key without (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower all mowing
units simultaneously from headland position to working position.
The lateral mowing units are then lowered to the working position depending on the set mode
(time / distance control).
The mowing units are lowered in the following order.
•
Front mowing unit: always immediately (without delay)
•
lateral right/left mowing units: delayed according to the setting in the info centre
Settings can only be made in the info centre. See Info Centre chapter "Machine Setting"
Pos : 22.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
284
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.16.1 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Seitlic he Mähwerke/N euer Fahrhebel/Sei tliche M ähwer ke von Transport- i n die Vorgewendes tell ung absenken BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271323535518_78.doc @ 370338 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.3 Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Transport Position to Headland Position
Fig.231
•
•
Pos : 22.16.2 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Hinweis ents prec hende T asten sol ange gedrüc kt halten @ 31\mod_1252644434480_78.doc @ 306500 @ @ 1
Using the (4) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower the left mowing
unit from transport position to headland position.
Using the (6) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower the right
mowing unit from transport position to headland position.
Note
Hold the relevant keys down until small movements are no longer visible on the mowing units.
Pos : 22.16.3 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Seitlic he Mähwerke/N euer Fahrhebel/Sei tliche M ähwer ke von Vorgewendestell ung i n die Ar beitsstellung abs enken @ 41\mod_1271323611862_78.doc @ 370363 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.4 Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland Position to Working Position
Fig.232
•
•
Using the (4) keys on the multi-function lever, lower the left mowing unit from headland
position to working position.
Using the (6) keys on the multi-function lever, lower the right mowing unit from headland
position to working position.
Pos : 22.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
285
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.18.1 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Frontmähwer k/N euer Fahrhebel/Fr ontmähwer ke von Tr ansportstellung in di e Vorgewendestellung abs enken BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271324333831_78.doc @ 370414 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.5 Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Transport Position to Headland Position
Fig.233
•
Using the (11) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, lower the front
mowing unit from transport position to headland position.
Pos : 22.18.2 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Hinweis ents prec hende T asten sol ange gedrüc kt halten @ 31\mod_1252644434480_78.doc @ 306500 @ @ 1
Note
Hold the relevant keys down until small movements are no longer visible on the mowing units.
Pos : 22.18.3 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Frontmähwer k/N euer Fahrhebel/Fr ontmähwer ke von Vorgewendestellung i n Ar bei tsstellung abs enken BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271324340612_78.doc @ 370439 @ 3 @ 1
10.3.6 Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Headland Position to Working Position
Fig.234
•
Pos : 22.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
286
Using the (11) key on the multi-function lever, lower the front mowing unit from headland
position to working position.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.20.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M ähwer ks antrieb @ 0\mod_1196415953651_78.doc @ 8154 @ 2 @ 1
10.4 Mowing Unit Drive
Pos : 22.20.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196404051855_78.doc @ 7827 @ @ 1
Danger!
No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up mowing units, or
when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
Pos : 22.20.3 /BA/Ers tinbetriebnahme/Big M 400 / 420 / 500/Vorrauss etz ung Mähwer ke abklappen BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272284555131_78.doc @ 375446 @ @ 1
Fig.235
Prerequisites:
•
The main battery switch (1) must be in position I (closed).
•
Release switch (3) "Parking brake" must be in position II (engaged).
•
Release switch (4) "Travelling gear" must be in position I (off).
•
Start the engine.
•
Release switch (1) "Road/Field" must be in position II (Field mode).
•
Move the mowing units at least to the headland position.
•
Move the "Travelling gear" release switch (4) to position (II) "Travelling gear on".
Pos : 22.20.4 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ksantir eb/Vorrauss etz ung en Teil 2_Mähwer ksantrieb @ 0\mod_1196416105979_78.doc @ 8173 @ @ 1
Pos : 22.20.5 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ksantir eb/Hinweis M ähen_M ähwer ks antrieb @ 0\mod_1196416325666_78.doc @ 8192 @ @ 1
Note - Mowing
To be able to switch on the mowing unit drives, the mowing units must be in at least the
headland position or lower.
Pos : 22.20.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
287
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.20.7 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ksantir eb/Mähwer ksantriebe ein- bz w. aussc halten @ 0\mod_1196416826651_78.doc @ 8230 @ 3 @ 1
10.4.1 Switching the Mowing Unit Drives On and Off
Note
The cross switch lever turns the mowing unit drives on and off.
It is important when activating the cross switch lever for it always to be activated beyond the
second resistor. If the (17) key is pressed in addition to the cross switch lever, make certain the
key remains activated during the entire search process. Do not release the key (17) until the
cross switch has moved back to the central position.
Pos : 22.20.8 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ksantir eb/Neuer Fahrhebel/M ähwer ks antrieb li nks ein-/ aussc halten @ 41\mod_1271324607675_78.doc @ 370490 @ 3 @ 1
10.4.2 Switching the Left Mowing Unit Drive On/Off
Fig.236
To switch on:
•
•
Press the (17) key on the cross switch lever (23).
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever to the left (G) beyond the second
resistor.
•
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever back to the central position (0).
•
Left mowing unit drive is turned on.
To switch off:
•
•
Pos : 22.20.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
288
Without the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever (23) to the left (G) beyond the
second resistor. The left mowing unit drive is turned off.
If the cross switch lever is released, it automatically returns to the central position (0). The
drive remains turned off.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.20.10 /BA/Bedi enung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ks antireb/N euer F ahrhebel/M ähwer ks antrieb rec hts ei n-/ aussc hal ten @ 41\mod_1271324625096_78.doc @ 370515 @ 3 @ 1
10.4.3 Switching the Right Mowing Unit Drive On/Off
Fig.237
To switch on:
•
•
Press the (17) key on the cross switch lever (23).
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever to the right (J) beyond the second
resistor.
•
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever back to the central position (0).
•
Right mowing unit drive is turned on.
To switch off:
•
•
Without the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever (23) to the right (J) beyond the
second resistor. The right mowing unit drive is turned off.
If the cross switch lever is released, it automatically returns to the central position (0). The
drive remains turned off.
Pos : 22.20.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
289
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.20.12 /BA/Bedi enung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ks antireb/N euer F ahrhebel/M ähwer ks antrieb fr ont ei n-/ aussc hal ten @ 41\mod_1271324640143_78.doc @ 370540 @ 3 @ 1
10.4.4 Switching the Front Mowing Unit Drive On/Off
Fig.238
To switch on:
•
•
Press the (17) key on the cross switch lever (23).
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever forward (K) beyond the second
resistor.
•
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever back to the central position (0).
•
Front mowing unit drive is turned on.
To switch off:
•
•
Pos : 22.20.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
290
Without the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever (23) forward (K) beyond the
second resistor. The front mowing unit drive is turned off.
If the cross switch lever is released, it automatically returns to the central position (0). The
drive remains turned off.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.20.14 /BA/Bedi enung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Mähwer ks antireb/N euer F ahrhebel/Alle M ähwer ks antriebe ei n-/ aussc halten @ 41\mod_1271324655909_78.doc @ 370565 @ 3 @ 1
10.4.5 Switching All Mowing Unit Drives On/Off
Fig.239
To switch on:
•
•
Press the (17) key on the cross switch lever (23).
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever back (M) beyond the second
resistor.
•
With the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever back to the central position (0).
•
All mowing unit drives are turned on.
To switch off:
•
•
Without the (17) key pressed, move the cross switch lever (23) back (M) beyond the
second resistor. All mowing unit drives are turned off.
If the cross switch lever is released, it automatically returns to the central position (0). The
drives remain turned off.
Note - switch off all mowing unit drives
•
Pressing the (1) key on the multi-function lever also turns off all mowing unit drives.
Pos : 22.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
291
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.22 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M ähwer ke ankl appen @ 31\mod_1252561666154_78.doc @ 305965 @ 2 @ 1
10.5 Folding up the Mowing Units
Pos : 22.23 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke Stillstand abwarten @ 0\mod_1196420841213_78.doc @ 8665 @ @ 1
Danger! - No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up
mowing units, or when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
•
•
Lateral mowing units may only be folded up when the mowing units have come to a
complete stop.
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
After the mowing units are folded up, move the safety switch "Road/Field" to position I
(Road travel).
Pos : 22.24 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Er kl ärung Vorgewendestellung / Tr ansportstellung @ 0\mod_1196421528916_78.doc @ 8685 @ @ 1
Note - Explanation of headland position / transport position
A distinction is made when lifting the mowing units between headland position and transport
position.
In the headland position, the mowing units are automatically raised to the headland position.
Pos : 22.25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
292
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.26.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Alle M ähwer ke von Arbeitsstellung in di e Vorgewendestellung aus heben @ 31\mod_1252658891198_78.doc @ 306824 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.1 Lifting All Mowing Units from Working Position to Headland Position
Pos : 22.26.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke Stillstand abwarten @ 0\mod_1196420841213_78.doc @ 8665 @ @ 1
Danger! - No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up
mowing units, or when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
•
•
Lateral mowing units may only be folded up when the mowing units have come to a
complete stop.
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
After the mowing units are folded up, move the safety switch "Road/Field" to position I
(Road travel).
Pos : 22.26.3 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/Neuer F ahr hebel/All e Mähwer ke in di e Vorgewendestellung aus heben Bil d @ 41\mod_1271325306221_78.doc @ 370615 @ @ 1
Fig.240
Pos : 22.26.4 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/All e M ähwer ke i n die Vorgewendes tell ung ausheben @ 31\mod_1252649418792_78.doc @ 306600 @ @ 1
Briefly pressing the (9) key on the multi-function lever automatically lifts all mowing units from
the working position to the headland position.
Note
The "Lift all mowers" function is designed for full engine speed. If the engine speed is slower,
the front mowing unit will not lift completely.
Pos : 22.26.5 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/All e M ähwer ke/All e M ähwer ke von Vorgewend- i n die Tr ansportstellung kl appen @ 31\mod_1252649758355_78.doc @ 306625 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.2 Folding All Mowing Units from Headland Position to Transport Position
•
The mowing unit drives must be turned off.
All mowing units can coast down after the mower drives are turned off. Wait for the
mowing unit to come to a complete stop.
•
Using the (9) key with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, move all mowing units
simultaneously from headland position to transport position.
Pos : 22.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
293
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.28.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitlic he Mähwer ke von Arbeitss tellung i n die Vorg ewendes tell ung ausheben @ 31\mod_1252659275448_78.doc @ 306873 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.3 Lifting the Lateral Mowing Units from Working Position to Headland Position
Pos : 22.28.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196404051855_78.doc @ 7827 @ @ 1
Danger!
No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up mowing units, or
when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
Pos : 22.28.3 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Seitlic he Mähwerke/N euer Fahrhebel/Sei tliche M ähwer ke von Ar beits- in Vorgewe in Tr ansports tellung ankl appen Bil d @ 41\mod_1271326036815_78.doc @ 370665 @ @ 1
Fig.241
Pos : 22.28.4 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Seitlic he Mähwerke/Seitliche M ähwer ke von Ar beits- Vorgewendestellung aus heben Big M 500 @ 31\mod_1252650991370_78.doc @ 306675 @ @ 1
•
•
Using the (5) keys on the multi-function lever, lift the left mowing unit from working
position to headland position.
Using the (7) keys on the multi-function lever, lift the right mowing unit from working
position to headland position.
Pos : 22.28.5 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/Hi nweis di e T asten (5,7 und 8) haben 2 Schaltstufen. @ 41\mod_1271319271175_78.doc @ 369966 @ @ 1
Note
The (5, 7 and 8) keys have 2 steps.
•
When the first step is pressed, the mowing unit is raised stepwise (as long as the key is
held down) from working position to headland position.
Pressing the second step one time lifts the mowing unit automatically from working
position to headland position.
•
Pos : 22.28.6 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitlic he Mähwer ke von Vorgewendestellung in di e Tr ans portstellung klappen @ 0\mod_1196423977651_78.doc @ 8763 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.4 Folding the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland Position to Transport Position
Pos : 22.28.7 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Seitlic he Mähwerke/seitl Mähwer ke von Vorgewendestellung in Trans ports tell ung BM 500 @ 31\mod_1252563652951_78.doc @ 306071 @ @ 1
•
The mowing unit drives must be turned off.
All mowing units can coast down after the mower drives are turned off. Wait for the
mowing unit to come to a complete stop.
•
•
Pos : 22.29 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
294
Using the (5) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, move the left mowing
unit from headland position to transport position.
Using the (7) keys with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, move the right
mowing unit from headland position to transport position.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.30 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/Frontmähwer k von Ar bei ts- in Vorgewendestell ung @ 49\mod_1287055454140_78.doc @ 464713 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.5 Lifting the Front Mowing Unit from Working Position to Headland Position
Pos : 22.31 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke Stillstand abwarten @ 0\mod_1196420841213_78.doc @ 8665 @ @ 1
Danger! - No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up
mowing units, or when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
•
•
Lateral mowing units may only be folded up when the mowing units have come to a
complete stop.
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
After the mowing units are folded up, move the safety switch "Road/Field" to position I
(Road travel).
Pos : 22.32 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Frontmähwer k/Neuer Fahrhebel/Fr ontmähwer k von Ar beits- in Vorgewendes tell ung @ 41\mod_1271326340425_78.doc @ 370740 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.6 Lifting the Front Mowing Unit from Working Position to Headland Position
Fig.242
•
Using the (8) key on the multi-function lever, lift the front mowing unit from working
position to headland position.
Pos : 22.33 /BA/Kabine/M ultifunktions hebel/NEU E Ausführ ung/Hi nweis di e T asten (5,7 und 8) haben 2 Schalts tufen. @ 41\mod_1271319271175_78.doc @ 369966 @ @ 1
Note
The (5, 7 and 8) keys have 2 steps.
•
•
When the first step is pressed, the mowing unit is raised stepwise (as long as the key is
held down) from working position to headland position.
Pressing the second step one time lifts the mowing unit automatically from working
position to headland position.
Pos : 22.34 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
295
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.35 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/Frontmähwer k von Vorgewende- in Transports tell ung anheben BM 500 @ 49\mod_1287051120093_78.doc @ 464687 @ 2 @ 1
10.6 Folding the Front Mowing Unit from Headland Position to Transport Position
Pos : 22.36 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - Ausheben_Senken_Anklappen der M ähwer ke Stillstand abwarten @ 0\mod_1196420841213_78.doc @ 8665 @ @ 1
Danger! - No one is permitted in the danger zone when lifting, lowering or folding up
mowing units, or when turning on drives.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine.
•
•
•
Lateral mowing units may only be folded up when the mowing units have come to a
complete stop.
Do not lift, lower or fold up the mowing unit until you are absolutely sure that neither
persons, animals nor objects are in the swivel range of the mowing unit.
After the mowing units are folded up, move the safety switch "Road/Field" to position I
(Road travel).
Pos : 22.37 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Frontmähwer k/Neuer Fahrhebel/Fr ontmähwer k von Vorgewende- in Tr ansportstellung anheben BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271326353003_78.doc @ 370765 @ @ 1
Fig.243
•
Pos : 22.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
296
Using the (8) key with (12) key pressed on the multi-function lever, move the front
mowing unit from headland position to transport position.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.39 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M ähen @ 0\mod_1196426120010_78.doc @ 8839 @ 2 @ 1
10.7 Mowing
Pos : 22.40 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Uner wartete Bewegung fortsc hleuder n von Stei nen @ 0\mod_1196425801338_78.doc @ 8820 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected motion of cutting tools or mowing units and forcibly ejected
stones during operation.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The mowing units are suitable for and intended for cutting crops growing on the ground!
To prevent any of the mowing units from overloading, when operating a single mowing
unit do not drive faster than you would if you were operating all mowing units
simultaneously.
The mowing units are not suitable for mowing embankments!
The support skids must rest on the ground before start-up and during work!
Always check the protective devices for damage before the machine is used. Replace
damaged protective devices immediately.
Move the protective devices into their protective positions.
Do not use the machine until you are absolutely sure that neither persons, animals nor
objects are in the danger zone of the mowing units.
Pos : 22.41 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - R epar atur_Wartung_R einigungs @ 0\mod_1196426193026_78.doc @ 8858 @ @ 1
Danger! - When performing repair, maintenance or cleaning work on the machine , or in
the case of technical intervention, drive elements may start moving.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Work on the cutter blades or their fastenings must only be performed with the drive
stopped and the cutting discs and drums stopped.
Switch off the mowing unit drives
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Wait until the cutting discs and/or drums have come to a complete stop
Remove the ignition key!
Secure the machine against accidental start-up and against rolling!
Support the lifted mower bed! Never step under suspended loads!
Safe operation is only guaranteed if the blades have been fitted according to the
instructions!
Always check the mowing unit for damaged, missing or worn blades, retaining bolts, leaf
springs and cutting discs/blade drum before starting operation; replace any parts that are
damaged, missing or worn!
Pos : 22.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
297
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.43 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwer ke/Gefahr - Einheit Z etter prallbl ec h bz w. Einheit Schnec kenq uerförderer nic ht angebaut. @ 14\mod_1227107737315_78.doc @ 168398 @ @ 1
Danger! - Tedder deflector plate unit or auger-type cross conveyor unit not fitted.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
The machine must not be placed in operation until the tedder deflector plate unit or auger-type
cross conveyor unit has been properly installed.
Pos : 22.44 /BA/Bedienung /Wil dsc hutz Sel bstfahrer @ 46\mod_1283864895734_78.doc @ 451321 @ 2 @ 1
10.8 Game animal protection
B
C
D
5
6
7
8
BM 400 0266
Pic. 244
After the first switching on of the mowing unit drive an information picture with the correct
mowing performance appears temporarily on the display.
When mowing from “outside to inside”, the animals are slowly forced from the safe boundary
area into the centre of the area, which makes the possibility for a life-saving escape for the
animal more difficult or takes it away.
A remedy for this issue is the mowing method from “inside to outside” of the area.
In doing so, you drive directly into the centre of the parcel without mowing the boundary area
and mow anticlockwise from “inside to outside”. Therefore the animal can leave the field in
compliance with its flight behaviour without any harm.
Pos : 22.45 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Vor aus setzung z um Mähen BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265367039448_78.doc @ 348814 @ @ 1
Precondition for mowing:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Starting the engine.
Move release switch for "Road/field" to position II (field mode).
Move the mowing units to the working position.
The guard cloths must be in the working position.
Move the "Travelling gear" release switch to position II (on).
Switch on the mowing unit drives.
Move the "Parking brake" release switch to position I (released).
Increase rpm to working speed.
Drive into the crop.
The travel speed during mowing is determined by usage conditions (soil conditions,
height, density and nature of the crop)
Note - Reverse travel in Field mode!
The disc mowers are designed to travel forwards. If the road safety switch is in field position,
the mowing units are automatically lifted out when the machine is reversed.
Pos : 22.46 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
298
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.47 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Hinweis absc halten der Sc hwi mmstellung während des Mähens @ 49\mod_1287055607937_78.doc @ 464739 @ @ 1
Note!
During mowing the mowing units are in “float position” so they can adapt to the ground
contours during mowing process. If the machine is switched off when the mowing units
are in working position, the float position will be deactivated. When starting again in
working position the float position will stay deactivated. Only after the key for the
function “lower all mowers” is shortly actuated, the mowing units will be in float position
again (alternately the float position can be individually activated with the accordant key
for each mowing unit).
Pos : 22.48 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
299
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.49 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Schutz e i n Arbeits position bringen BM 500 @ 31\mod_1252574315357_78.doc @ 306198 @ 3 @ 1
10.8.1 Moving the Guards into Working Position
Fig. 245
•
•
•
•
Switch off the engine. Remove the ignition key!
Secure the machine against accidental start-up and against rolling!
Check the guard cloths regularly.
Replace worn or damaged guard cloths.
Note
The protective equipment on the mowing units, e.g. cloths and hoods, protects against flying
stones and similar objects and also prevents access to dangerous parts.
Pos : 22.50 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/M ähwer ks antir eb/Mähen mi t einz elnen Mähwer ken @ 0\mod_1196428174510_78.doc @ 8956 @ 3 @ 1
10.8.2 Mowing with Individual Mowing Units
The following options are available for mowing remaining pieces.
•
•
Pos : 22.51 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
300
Lift the mowing units that are no longer required for mowing into headland position. To do
this, activate the appropriate keys on the multi-function lever.
The front mowing unit alone can be used to mow small parcels of crop or narrow sections
in open fields. The lateral mowing units then remain in transport position.
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.52 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Schnellstopp F ahr hebel NEU @ 41\mod_1271329582862_78.doc @ 370790 @ 3 @ 1
10.8.3 Quick Stop
Fig.246
Activating quick stop
•
Move the multi-function lever (1) to the left while driving.
The machine decelerates to a complete stop.
Pos : 22.53 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Schneller F ahrtric htungs wec hsel (Sc hnellreversier ung) F ahr hebel N EU @ 41\mod_1271329848065_78.doc @ 370815 @ 3 @ 1
10.8.4 Fast Direction Change (Fast Reversing)
Fig.247
Activating fast reversing
•
While travelling press the activation button for the travelling gear (2) and keep it pressed,
move the multi-function lever (1) to the left and back to the middle position.
The machine decelerates down to standstill and accelerates in the opposite direction to approx.
70% of the previous travelling speed.
Note
Fast reversing is possible only in the field mode.
Pos : 22.54 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
301
Operation – Mowing Units
Pos : 22.55 /BA/Bedienung /M ähwer ke Big M 400/Achs trennung ei n- /aussc halten @ 0\mod_1196428626854_78.doc @ 9055 @ 3 @ 1
10.8.5 Switching Axle Separation On and Off
Switch on axle separation to prevent the wheels from spinning on slippery surfaces. Axle
separation is only available in Field mode.
Prerequisites for activating the axle separation:
•
•
•
Road/field release switch must be in the field mode position
Travelling gear release switch must be switched on.
Travel speed must be less than 14 km/h.
Fig. 248:
Switching on the axle separation
Actuate the axle separation button (1) – axle separation is switched on
The symbol
(axle separation active) appears in the display of the Info centre.
Switching off the axle separation
•
The
Pos : 23 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
302
Actuate the axle separation button (1) again.
icon (axle separation active) appears in the display of the Info Centre.
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/A-E/Ei nstellungen der M ähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196660315463_78.doc @ 9095 @ 1 @ 1
11 Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Spezi elle Sic her heitshi nweis e @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.doc @ 9134 @ 2 @ 1
11.1
Special Safety Instructions
Pos : 24.3 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Reparatur_Wartung _Rei nigungs _3 @ 0\mod_1196660613260_78.doc @ 9153 @ @ 1
Danger! - When performing repair, maintenance or cleaning work on the machine , or in
the case of technical intervention, drive elements may start moving.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
Secure the machine against accidental start-up and against rolling!
•
The cutter blades can continue to rotate after the drive has been switched off. Only
approach the machine once the work tools have come to a complete standstill!
•
After completing maintenance work reattach all safety devices properly.
•
Avoid skin contact with oil and grease.
•
Seek medical help immediately should injuries caused by oil escaping under pressure
occur.
Pos : 24.4.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Ei nstellen der Sc hni tthöhe @ 0\mod_1196660879619_78.doc @ 9191 @ 2 @ 1
11.2 Adjusting the cutting height
Pos : 24.4.2 /BA/Eins tell ung en/Mähwer ke/Sc hnitthöhe/Allgemein Sc hnitthöhe Big M 500 @ 32\mod_1253255798768_78.doc @ 313245 @ @ 1
The cutting height can be adjusted to different soil conditions. To adjust the cutting height, press
the quick access keys from the basic screen "Field mode".
(see Info Centre chapter "Quick access hydraulically adjustable cutting height")
Note - Good cutting pattern
For a good cutting pattern, adjust the cutting height to the same height on all mowing units.
Pos : 24.5.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Ei nstellung der Entlas tungsfedern @ 0\mod_1196666659447_78.doc @ 10133 @ 2 @ 1
11.3 Adjusting the Compensation Springs
Pos : 24.5.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Eins tell arbeiten / Einstellungen/Gefahr - Eins tell ung an den Entlastungsfedern nur in Vorgewendestellung @ 91\mod_1326188105335_78.doc @ 777411 @ @ 1
DANGER! - Setting on the compensation springs
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries
•
The compensation springs should only be adjusted while the front mower is in headland
position. In the working position the compensation springs are subject to high tensile
stress.
•
Severe injury can be caused if the compensation springs are removed in the working
position
•
The lower threaded blocks on the compensation springs must be fully screwed in
Pos : 24.5.3 /BA/Eins tell ung en/Mähwer ke/Eas yCut/Bodendruc k/Bodendruc k allgemeiner T ext all e EC @ 0\mod_1196667271181_78.doc @ 10190 @ @ 1
The ground pressure for the cutter bar is adjusted to local conditions by means of the
compensation springs. In order to protect the sward the load on the mowing spar must be
relieved so that it does not jump when mowing, yet does not leave any skid marks on the
ground.
Pos : 24.5.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
303
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.5.5 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1196675077463_78.doc @ 10648 @ 3 @ 1
11.3.1 Front mowing unit
Pos : 24.5.6 /BA/Eins tell ung en/Mähwer ke/Entlas tungsfedern am Frontmähwer k BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326187965283_78.doc @ 777383 @ @ 1
3
a
1
2
b
BM 500 0152
Fig. 249
•
•
•
•
Before adjusting the spring rod (1), the front mowing unit must be brought to headland
position
Pull out spring cotter pin (2) and remove the bolt (3)
Push the spring rod (2) to the desired bore hole
Insert the bolt (3) and secure it with a spring clip (2)
Position „a“ = lowest compensation
Position "b" = highest compensation
Note
Adjust all four spring rods (1) evenly.
Pos : 24.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
304
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.7 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Ei nstellung der Z etter drehzahl @ 0\mod_1196668564463_78.doc @ 10266 @ 2 @ 1
11.4 Adjusting the Tedder Speed
Pos : 24.8 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Eins tell arbeiten / Eins tellungen/Gefahr - Eins tell ung en an der M asc hi ne @ 0\mod_1196668628056_78.doc @ 10285 @ @ 1
Danger! - Settings on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Setting tasks must only be performed when the drive is switched off and the engine is at
a standstill! Remove the ignition key!
Pos : 24.9 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/P-T/Sei tenmähwer k links / rec hts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
11.4.1 Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 24.10 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Z etterdr ehzahl/Z etterdr ehzahl Bild an den s eitlic hen M ähwer ken BiG M 500 @ 40\mod_1270564323325_78.doc @ 367294 @ @ 1
700
1000
2
1
BM 500 0103
Fig. 250
Pos : 24.11 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Z etterdr ehzahl/An den s eitlichen Mähwer ken BiG M 500 @ 40\mod_1270564478965_78.doc @ 367319 @ @ 1
Two tedder speeds can be set on the speed gearbox. This affects the conditioning effect and
the power consumption.
Minimum speed: 700 rpm
Maximum speed: 1000 rpm
•
•
•
Unscrew the wing screw (1) from the actuating lever (2).
Turn the actuating lever (2) 180 degrees. (in doing so turn the mower drum so that the
complete actuating lever can be turned.)
Secure the actuating lever (2) with the wing screw (1)
Pos : 24.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
305
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.13 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k rechts/links @ 40\mod_1270554876653_78.doc @ 367019 @ 3 @ 1
11.4.2 Front mowing unit right/left
Pos : 24.14 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Z etterdr ehzahl/Z etterdr ehzahl Bild Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1196670284744_78.doc @ 10361 @ @ 1
700
1000
EC-219-0
Fig. 251:
Pos : 24.15 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Z etterdr ehzahl/Z etterdr ehzahl eins tell en 700/1000 @ 0\mod_1196670462416_78.doc @ 10380 @ @ 1
Two conditioner speeds can be set on the speed gearbox. This affects the conditioning effect
and the power consumption.
Minimum speed: 700 rpm.
Maximum speed: 1000 rpm.
•
•
Pos : 24.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
306
•
Unscrew the wing screw (1) from the actuating lever (2).
Turn the actuating lever (2) 180 degrees. (in doing so turn the mower drum (3) so that the
complete actuating lever can be turned.
Secure the actuating lever (2) with the wing screw (1).
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.17.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Eins tell en des Aufber eitungs blec hs @ 0\mod_1196670615681_78.doc @ 10399 @ 2 @ 1
11.5 Adjusting the conditioner plate
Pos : 24.17.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Ac htung - gebroc hene Zi nken @ 0\mod_1196670786291_78.doc @ 10437 @ @ 1
Caution! - Damaged or missing tines
Effect: Damages to the machine.
•
Bent and broken prongs cause an imbalance.
•
Straighten any bent tines.
•
Replace any broken tines.
Pos : 24.17.3 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Ei nstellen Aufber eitungsbl ec h Bild ( BiG M C V)_1 @ 35\mod_1258634248392_78.doc @ 335275 @ @ 1
(Big M CV)
Fig. 252
Pos : 24.17.4 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Vorgehens weis e @ 0\mod_1196671026697_78.doc @ 10475 @ @ 1
The conditioning of the mowed crop can be influenced by adjusting the conditioning plate
through the crank (1). The adjustment depends on the desired degree of conditioning of the
crop:
Clockwise rotation: Degree of conditioning is increased
Anticlockwise rotation: Degree of conditioning is decreased
Pos : 24.17.5 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Kontroll e der Zetter walz e @ 0\mod_1196671110947_78.doc @ 10456 @ @ 1
Note - Checking the conditioner auger
Effect: Longer service life
•
Before putting into operation, always check the conditioner roller (1) for damaged V-tines
(2).
•
Straighten any bent tines.
•
Replace any broken tines.
•
Check the bearing bolts and bushes on the prong bearings. To prevent the loss of prongs,
always replace bearing bolts and bushes in good time.
Pos : 24.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
307
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.19 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Abs treiferbl ec h am Quer för der er opti onal ( BM 500) @ 0\mod_1196673648681_78.doc @ 10570 @ 2 @ 1
11.6 Setting of the Scraper on the Cross Conveyor (Optional)
Fig. 253
The scraper (1) on the cross conveyor (right and left) are used to scrape off crop and prevent
the cross conveyor from becoming clogged.
To achieve optimum working results, a dimension of X= 0-2 mm must be maintained.
To adjust the scraper:
Pos : 24.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
308
•
•
•
Loosen the screw (1)
Push the scraper into the oblong hole until a dimension of X= 0-2 mm is reached.
Tighten the screw (1) again.
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.21 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Einstell en Sc hwadbrei te @ 0\mod_1196673972744_78.doc @ 10589 @ 2 @ 1
11.7 Adjusting the swath width
Pos : 24.22 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1196675077463_78.doc @ 10648 @ 3 @ 1
11.7.1 Front mowing unit
Pos : 24.23 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Leitbl eche Fr ontmähwer k BM 500 @ 65\mod_1301405254450_78.doc @ 589256 @ @ 1
1
2
2
1
3
BM 500 0226
Fig. 254
For the front mowing unit, the swath width is set with the aid of the outer deflector plates (1).
The inner deflector plates (2) are used to adjust the form of the swath.
To do this:
•
Loosen the ring nut (3)
•
Set the swath width or swath form
•
Re-tighten the ring nut (3)
Note
If the swathing is uneven examine the deflector plates (1.2) for deformation, and straighten
them if necessary.
Pos : 24.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
309
Adjusting the mowing units
Pos : 24.25 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k links / r echts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
11.7.2 Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 24.26 /BA/Ei nstellungen/M ähwer ke/Leitbl eche Sei tenmähwer ke rec hts links BM 500 @ 65\mod_1301408352975_78.doc @ 589311 @ @ 1
1
2
BM 500 0227
Fig. 255
For the lateral mowing units, the swath width is set with the aid of the outer deflector plates (1)
on the right and left.
To do this:
•
Loosen the ring nut (2)
•
Set the swath width
•
Re-tighten the ring nut (2)
Note
If the swathing is uneven examine the deflector plates (1) for deformation, and straighten them
if necessary.
Pos : 25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
310
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung- Motor @ 0\mod_1196765008937_78.doc @ 13058 @ 1 @ 1
12 Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.2 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Gefahr - U nvor hergesehene Akti onen an der Maschi ne_1 @ 0\mod_1196765298062_78.doc @ 13096 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning. Remove the ignition key!
•
When working on the engine, always switch off the main battery switch!
•
Store lubricants and fuels in suitable containers and make certain they are disposed of
properly.
•
Exercise caution when draining hot oil or fluid - danger of burns!
Pos : 26.3 /BA/Wartung/M otor /Allgemei n Kühlflüssigkeit_Keilriemen_Sauber kei t @ 0\mod_1196765525515_78.doc @ 13115 @ @ 1
Cooling water and air intake hoses
Check the condition and fastening of cooling water and air intake hoses every 50 operating
hours. Replace cooling water hoses and non-metallic parts on the air intake system every 2
years.
Check the engine, water cooler and exhaust system daily to ensure it is clean. Clean it if
necessary.
Coolant
The engine cooling system is filled with a mixture of corrosion protection fluid and antifreeze in
the factory. The coolant consists of 50 % anti-corrosion antifreeze and 50 % water.
Protection against freezing is ensured to approximately -37° C. See also the engine
manufacturer's specifications.
Belts
All belts must be kept continuously under the proper tension.
For new belts, check the tension after the first 2 to 3 operating hours. If necessary, retighten.
Cleanliness
To protect against the danger of fire, clean the engine area and especially the exhaust system
as well as the areas surrounding the brakes and gearbox, etc.
If the crop is very dry and there is a lot of dust, check the spots listed above more frequently for
accumulations of dirt and clean if necessary.
Pos : 26.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
311
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.5 /BA/Wartung/M otor /War tungstabellen/Wartungstabelle Motor T eil 1 BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326188798459_78.doc @ 777523 @ 2 @ 1
12.1 Maintenance Table – Motor
As required
After every third season
Every 500 hours but at
least once a year
Every 250 hours but at
least once a year
Every 100 hours
Every 50 hours
Every 10 hours but at
least 1x per day
Before the beginning of
the season
Maintenance interval
Once after 10 hours
Maintenance work
Engine
1
Clean the engine compartment, radiator and radiator
screen
2
Engine oil level check
X
3
Engine oil change
See MAN engine operating instructions
4
Engine oil filter change
See MAN engine operating instructions
5
Replace urea filter inserts
See MAN engine operating instructions
6
Ribbed V-belt
X
7
Inspection of seal and general condition
X
8
Check valve play, adjust as needed
9
Drain water separator
X
X
See MAN engine operating instructions
X
X
Fuel system
1
Fuel filter change
X
2
Fuel filter insert
X
3
Fuel level
4
Add fuel
X
5
Vent the fuel system
X
X
Cooling system
1
Engine coolant control
2
Change engine coolant
3
Air filter - main cartridge
4
Air filter - safety cartridge
5
Check the anti-freeze in the cooling system; top up with
anti-freeze, if and when necessary.
X
X
X
X
X
Check hose connections
1
Check hoses and hose clamps of the air suction and
cooling system for tight fit.
X
2
Check the fuel injection pipes for loose connections.
X
3
Check the turbo charger screw connections and hose
connections for tight fit.
X
1
Have the starter checked
X
Have the three-phase generator checked
X
312
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
313
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.7 /BA/Wartung/M otor /War tungstabellen/Wartungstabelle Motor T eil 2 BM 420 / BM 500 @ 80\mod_1315485162066_78.doc @ 706081 @ @ 1
Compressed Air System
1 Check compressed air system for density and
corrosion
2
Check / clean drain valve
3
Check compressed air reservoir 1)
4
Drain condensation water
5
Tighten the tightening straps
6
Replace air dryer 1)
1) Every two years
Pos : 26.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
314
X
X
X
X
X
As required
After every third season
Every 500 hours but at
least 1x annually
Every 200 hours but at
least 1x annually
Every 100 hours
Every 50 hours
Every 10 hours but at
least 1x daily
Before the beginning of
the season
Maintenance interval
Once after 10 hours
Maintenance work
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.9 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Sc hmutzablag erung im Motorraum @ 0\mod_1196766936875_78.doc @ 13173 @ 2 @ 1
12.2 Contamination in the engine compartment
Pos : 26.10 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Ac htung Sc hmutz abl agerung i m M otorraum @ 0\mod_1196769316921_78.doc @ 13154 @ @ 1
Caution! - Contamination in the engine compartment
Effect: Danger of fire
•
•
The build-up of dust, oil and grass inside the engine compartment is combustible and
presents an increased fire hazard.
Keep the engine and the engine compartment clean at all times.
Pos : 26.11 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Bil d Motorr aum Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1272367071170_78.doc @ 376531 @ @ 1
Fig. 256
Pos : 26.12 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M otorraum mit Dr uc kl uft säuber n @ 0\mod_1196769980062_78.doc @ 13192 @ 2 @ 1
12.3 Cleaning the Engine Compartment with Compressed Air
Pos : 26.13 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/War nung - R einigung mit Dr uc kluft @ 0\mod_1196770018125_78.doc @ 13211 @ @ 1
Warning! - Cleaning with compressed air!
Effect: Loss of eyesight!
•
•
Keep people well away from the working area.
Wear suitable work clothes to perform cleaning jobs with compressed air (for example
eye protection).
Pos : 26.14 /BA/Wartung/Motor /ACHTUN G! Rei nigen der SCR-Anlage (SCR= s elekti ven katal ytischen R edukti on) @ 42\mod_1272463118378_78.doc @ 378213 @ @ 1
CAUTION! Cleaning the SCR (selective catalytic reduction) system
Property damage
•
Do not use a high-pressure cleaner to clean the SCR system
Pos : 26.15 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Versc hmutzungen mit Druc kl uft weg blas en @ 0\mod_1196770153625_78.doc @ 13230 @ @ 1
When necessary, blow away the dirt and contamination and wipe off oil deposits.
Pos : 26.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
315
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.17 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M otoröls tand @ 41\mod_1272372368436_78.doc @ 376890 @ 2 @ 1
12.4 Engine oil level
Pos : 26.18 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Motor ölstand Ac htung! - Ölstand zu ni edrig @ 41\mod_1272372487467_78.doc @ 376965 @ @ 1
Caution! - The oil level is too low.
Effect: Engine damage
•
It is absolutely essential for the life of the engine that you observe this oil level.
•
Check the oil level when the machine in at a horizontal position.
•
Do not start the engine if the level is below the bottom mark of the oil dipstick.
Pos : 26.19 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Motor ölstand Bild BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272375849795_78.doc @ 377178 @ @ 1
Fig. 257
Pos : 26.20 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Motor ölstand T ext @ 40\mod_1270034947332_78.doc @ 365736 @ @ 1
Pos : 26.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
316
•
•
•
Before pulling out the oil dip stick, its environment must be thoroughly wiped clean.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. marks.
After the oil level has been checked, reinsert the oil dipstick.
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.22.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M otoröl @ 60\mod_1298279141825_78.doc @ 564331 @ 2 @ 1
12.5 Engine oil
Pos : 26.22.2 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Hinweis Di e Angaben in der Betri ebs anleitung des M otorherstellers (M AN) sind z u beac hten @ 60\mod_1298279331043_78.doc @ 564384 @ @ 1
Note
The specifications in the operating instructions of the engine manufacturer (MAN) must be
observed.
Pos : 26.22.3 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Motor öl abl assen Ü berschrift @ 60\mod_1298038752745_78.doc @ 564158 @ @ 1
Drain engine oil
Pos : 26.22.4 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Hinweis M otoröl bei betri ebs war mem Motor s ofort nach dem Abstellen des Motors ablass en @ 60\mod_1298279591494_78.doc @ 564462 @ @ 1
Note
Drain engine oil while the engine is warm immediately after it has been switched off.
Pos : 26.22.5 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Motor öl abl assen Bild BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298279524073_78.doc @ 564436 @ @ 1
1
BM 500 0208
Fig. 258
Pos : 26.22.6 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Miotoröl ablassen T ext @ 60\mod_1298279433386_78.doc @ 564410 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
Switch off the vehicle safely
Place a container of sufficient size underneath the oil sump
Open the drain plug (1) and collect the used oil in the container
Tighten the drain plug (1)
Replace the oil filter insert (see Replacing the oil filter insert)
Pos : 26.22.7 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Ölfilterei ns atz wec hs eln D20/D 26 MAN-M otoren @ 40\mod_1270036055254_78.doc @ 365761 @ @ 1
Replacing the oil filter insert
Pos : 26.22.8 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Ölfilterei ns atz Bild D20/D 26 MAN-M otoren @ 60\mod_1298279807102_78.doc @ 564514 @ @ 1
(D20/D26 engines)
BM 500 0206
Fig. 259
Pos : 26.22.9 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor öl/Ölfilterei ns atz wec hs eln @ 60\mod_1298279730087_78.doc @ 564488 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unscrew the oil filter cover (4) from the oil module (3) until the sealing ring (1) is visible
Remove the oil filter with the oil filter insert (2) as soon as the used oil has drained from
the filter
Remove the oil filter insert from the oil filter cover
Replace the sealing ring (1)
Insert new filter element
Screw in the oil filter cover and tighten it with the special tool
317
Maintenance – Engine
Tightening torque: 50 Nm
Pos : 26.22.10 /BA/Wartung/M otor /M otoröl/M otoröl aufüllen Ü bersc hrift @ 60\mod_1298274025245_78.doc @ 564274 @ @ 1
Filling with engine oil
Pos : 26.22.11 /BA/Wartung/M otor /M otoröl/Ac htung Bei Überfüllung können M otorschäden auftr eten @ 60\mod_1298280088913_78.doc @ 564592 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Overfilling can lead to engine damage!
•
Therefore, do not fill engine oil above the max notch on the oil dipstick
Pos : 26.22.12 /BA/Wartung/M otor /M otoröl/M otoröl auffüllen Bild @ 60\mod_1298280031601_78.doc @ 564566 @ @ 1
1
BM 500 0207
Fig. 260
Pos : 26.22.13 /BA/Wartung/M otor /M otoröl/M otoröl auffüllen T ext @ 60\mod_1298279971414_78.doc @ 564540 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 26.23 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
318
Lift the cover (1) off the oil filling pipe
Slowly fill engine oil through the oil filling pipe up to the maximum mark on the oil dipstick
Screw the cover (1) onto the oil filling pipe
Allow the engine to run at low idle for a short time. Switch off the engine and check it,
including the oil filter to make sure there are no leaks
After about 5 minutes, check the oil level in the engine again and fill up with engine oil to
the maximum mark if necessary
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.24 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Kraftstoffvorfil ter / Wasser abscheider @ 41\mod_1272367873905_78.doc @ 376586 @ 2 @ 1
12.6 Fuel filter/water separator
Pos : 26.25 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Kr afts toffvorfilter / Wass erabsc hei der Bild BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272368734717_78.doc @ 376686 @ @ 1
3
1
2
4
BM 500 0172
Fig. 261
Pos : 26.26 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Kr afts toffvorfilter / Wass erabsc hei der Text @ 0\mod_1196777562765_78.doc @ 14618 @ 33 @ 1
12.6.1 Replacing the fuel filter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Close the fuel supply valve (2) (turn to the right).
Unscrew the filter pan (1).
Clean the filter pan and filter insert, if there is a heavy accumulation of dirt or damage,
replace the filter insert.
Check the seal ring for the filter pan and replace it if necessary.
Wet the seal ring with diesel fuel and set it in place.
Place the filter insert in the filter pan and screw the filter pan (1) on the filter housing.
Open the fuel supply valve (2) (turn to the left).
12.6.2 Empty the water separator
Pos : 26.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
•
The water that is present in the fuel is collected in the inspection glass (3).
Drain the collected water by loosening the drain screw (4) and capture it in a container.
319
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.28 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Kraftstoff-Filter eins atz ers etz en @ 57\mod_1295937605015_78.doc @ 547945 @ 2 @ 1
12.7 Replacing the fuel filter insert
Pos : 26.29 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Kr afts toff-Filter einsatz ersetzen Bild BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272441626175_78.doc @ 377770 @ @ 1
4
2
1
BM 500 0175
Fig. 262
Pos : 26.30 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Kr afts toff-Filter einsatz T ext allgemein @ 57\mod_1295883578484_78.doc @ 547885 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Open the cover to prevent excess pressure from forming in the fuel tank
Close the fuel return valve (2) at the fuel prefilter (1)
Unscrew the screw cap with the filter insert and unscrew a piece from the filter housing.
Allow the fuel to run out
Remove the screw cover with the filter insert. Replace filter insert and sealing ring.
Wet the sealing ring with diesel fuel and set it in place
Screw in and tighten the screw cap (4) with filter insert. Tightening torque 25 Nm
Open the fuel return valve (2) at the fuel prefilter
Vent the fuel system
Pos : 26.31 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Hinweis N ähere Informati on siehe BA des M otorherstellers @ 57\mod_1295937787078_78.doc @ 547997 @ @ 1
Note
For further information, please refer to the engine manufacturer’s operating instructions
included with delivery (chapter on maintenance).
Pos : 26.32 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
320
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.33 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Filter i n H andpumpe wechsel n @ 57\mod_1295940657968_78.doc @ 548130 @ 3 @ 1
12.7.1 Replacing the filter in the hand pump
2
2
3
1
BM 420 0033
Fig.263
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Screw on the handwheel for fuel supply (2)
To block the fuel supply, pull the handwheel (2) all the way up
Remove the filter pan (1).
Clean the filter pan and filter insert. If there is a heavy accumulation of dirt or damage,
replace the filter insert
Check the sealing ring for the filter pan and replace it if necessary
Wet the sealing ring with diesel fuel and set it in place
Place the filter insert in the filter pan and screw the filter pan (1) on the filter housing
Press the handwheel (2) down again to release the fuel supply
To vent, perform pump movements with the handwheel (2)
Screw handwheel (2) in again.
Pos : 26.34 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
321
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.35 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/H ar nstoff-Filterei nsatz wec hs eln @ 60\mod_1297752166282_78.doc @ 560277 @ 2 @ 1
12.8 Replacing Urea Filter Inserts
Pos : 26.36 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Hi nweis Bei Ver wendung von H arns tofflösung kann Ammoniak entstehen @ 60\mod_1297763415497_78.doc @ 560539 @ @ 1
Note
Ammonia may be produced when urea solution is used. Therefore whenever changing filters,
always wear globes and safety goggles and work in a well ventilated area. If the filters have
been opened, all seals must be replaced.
Pos : 26.37 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/H arnstoffilter Ei nführungstext @ 60\mod_1297763580418_78.doc @ 560565 @ @ 1
A total of three filters are installed: One main filter (1) and two pre-filters (in the feed module /
supply line)
Note
The filter inserts must be replaced every time the engine oil is changed. The two pre-filters must
also be replaced when necessary (if there are problems with clogging).
Pos : 26.38 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Hi nweis mindestens 2 Minuten warten @ 60\mod_1297763173171_78.doc @ 560487 @ @ 1
Note
After the engine is shut off, wait at least 2 minutes to ensure that suction of the urea solution
has stopped
Pos : 26.39 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Hi nweis Gebrauchte Har nstofffilter sind Sonder müll @ 60\mod_1297762624204_78.doc @ 560356 @ @ 1
Note
Used urea filters are special waste.
Pos : 26.40 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/H arstoff Vorfilterei nsatz wec hs eln T 1 @ 64\mod_1300185681235_78.doc @ 582428 @ @ 1
•
•
•
Switch off the engine and secure the machine from rolling away
Interrupt the machine’s power supply with the main battery switch.
Clean the area around the feeder module
Disconnecting the pre-filter from the supply line and replacing the pre-filter insert
2
3
1
4
BM 500 0220
Fig. 264
The pre-filter insert (1) is located directly in front of the feed module in the metal housing (2) of
the supply line.
•
To remove the filter, press the white release key (3) and remove the metal housing (2)
from the connection piece (4). Collect the escaping urea solution and dispose of it
properly.
•
Fix the metal housing above the level of the tank to prevent further urea solution from
escaping from the supply line.
•
Remove the pre-filter insert (1) from the metal housing (2) and replace it.
•
Replace the O-ring seal on the connection piece (4).
•
Disconnect the connection piece (4) from the feeder module.
Pos : 26.41 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/H arstoff Vorfilterei nsatz wec hs eln T 2 @ 64\mod_1300256256030_78.doc @ 582511 @ @ 1
322
Maintenance – Engine
5
6
7
10 9
11
8
BM 500 0221
Fig. 265
The pre-filter insert (5) is located in the supply connection on the bottom of the feeder module. It
can be unscrewed using a screwdriver.
•
Unscrew the old pre-filter insert anticlockwise using a screwdriver.
•
Insert a new pre-filter insert and tighten it with a screwdriver to 0.4 ±0.1 Nm.
•
Loosen the drain screw (6), collect the urea solution as it runs out and dispose of it
properly
•
Unscrew and remove the housing cover (7) .
Clean off crystalline deposits using clean, warm water.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Replace the upper compensating element (11), filter insert (8), half-moon seal (9), O-ring
seals (10) and the O-ring seal of the drain screw (6). (On no account should seals be
oiled or greased.)
Tighten the housing cover (25+5Nm)
Tighten the drain screw (4+1Nm)
Connect the connection piece (4) to the feeder module (the clips on the connecting piece
must engage).
Connect the metal housing (2) to the connection piece (4) (the clips on the connecting
piece must engage).
Check the system for leaks.
Rinse components which have come into contact with urea solution thoroughly with
water.
Switch on the power supply with the main battery switch.
Switch on the ignition.
Start the engine and if possible place it under a small amount of load, e.g. by test driving
it. When the exhaust gas temperature behind the catalytic converter is > 110°C (reached
after about 5 minutes), the pump starts to operate and builds up a corresponding
pressure. After 3 unsuccessful pump cycles an error message is issued. If 3 cycles
should prove not to be enough and an error message is issued, stop the engine, switch
off the ignition and repeat the process.
Pos : 26.42 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Hi nweis D en Vorgang des N eus tar ts maxi mal bis z u 3 mal wi ederholen @ 64\mod_1300256043865_78.doc @ 582485 @ @ 1
Note
Repeat the restart process no more than 3 times. If an error message is still issued, check the
system for leaks and if necessary contact customer support.
Pos : 26.43 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
323
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.44 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Kr afts toff @ 0\mod_1196779500703_78.doc @ 14656 @ 2 @ 1
12.9 Fuel
Warning! - Danger of explosion!
•
•
Never fill tank while the engine is running.
No smoking!
Handle fuel carefully. It is readily flammable. Do not smoke when adding fuel to the machine
and make certain there are no open flames or sources of sparks in the vicinity.
Fuel must only be added outdoors. Prevent fires by keeping the machine free of dirt and grease
residue. Always dispose of spilled fuel.
Quality and purity of fuel are very important for consistent performance and a long engine
service life.
For temperatures under 10°C (50°F), always use winter fuel.
Note
For further information please refer to:
•
Engine manufacturer’s operating instructions, included with delivery (chapter on fuels)
•
The engine manufacturer’s fuel specification, included with delivery
Pos : 26.45 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
324
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.46 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/T anken @ 41\mod_1271676291625_78.doc @ 372060 @ 2 @ 1
12.10 Tanks
Pos : 26.47 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Tanken Bil d BM 500 @ 97\mod_1329390593746_78.doc @ 877432 @ @ 1
Fig. 266
Pos : 26.48 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Dies el/T anken T ext @ 41\mod_1271676476609_78.doc @ 372085 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key, and secure the machine from rolling away.
Clean grass and dust from the area around the filler neck (1).
Open the tank cover.
Fill the fuel tank. (Use only clean fuel in the tank. If necessary, filter the fuel before adding
it to the tank.)
Monitor tank filling on the fuel gauge in the Info Centre display.
Seal the tank cover tightly.
Dispose of spilled fuel.
Note
Fill the fuel tank daily after finishing operation to prevent condensation water from forming and
freezing in cold weather.
Pos : 26.49 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Fassungs vermögen 970 Liter @ 41\mod_1271832395913_78.doc @ 373258 @ @ 1
•
Capacity: about 970 litres
Pos : 26.50 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
325
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.51 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/T anken von AdBl ue H arnstofflös ung @ 41\mod_1271679313562_78.doc @ 372210 @ 2 @ 1
12.11 Tanks of urea solution
Pos : 26.52 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Gefahr H arns tofflösung @ 53\mod_1289999067218_78.doc @ 508455 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Ammonia vapours
Irritation of the skin, eyes and mucous membranes
If the tank cover of the container for the urea solution is opened at high temperatures, ammonia
vapours may emerge. Ammonia vapours have a pungent smell and irritate the skin, eyes and
mucous membranes in particular. This can lead to burning of the eyes, nose and throat as well
as irritation of the throat and tearing eyes. Do not inhale ammonia vapours.
Pos : 26.53 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Ac htung H arnstoffl ösung @ 53\mod_1289999578671_78.doc @ 508501 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
Make certain that
•
children do not reach the area of urea solutions
•
the urea solution does not come in contact with the skin, eyes or clothing.
In case of eye contact, rinse the eyes immediately with large amounts of clear water
In case of skin contact, rinse the places on the skin immediately with large amounts of clear
water.
If urea solution is ingested, rinse out the mouth immediately with plenty of clear water and drink
large amounts of water.
Seek medical attention if necessary.
Pos : 26.54 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/H arnstoffl ösung (AdBlue) Informati onstext @ 41\mod_1271739758758_78.doc @ 372315 @ @ 1
The machine is equipped with a MAN exhaust gas treatment system ( MAN SCR system). This
is necessary to be able to observe the legally required exhaust gas limit values. In the MAN
SCR system, exhaust gas is cleaned with the aid of an injected urea solution in a downstream
controlled diesel catalytic converter (CD-cat).
The urea solution is a synthetic solution of urea and water. (32.5% urea, 67.5% water in
accordance with DIN V 70070). The urea solution is sold by the fuel dealer.
The urea solution is injected in a partial exhaust gas flow upstream from the mixer. It is
converted into ammonia, mixes with the rest of the exhaust gas and then goes into the SCR
catalytic converter (reduction catalytic converter) where the ammonia and the nitrogen oxides
(NOX) in the exhaust gas are converted into nitrogen and water vapour and are then expelled.
There is an additional tank on the machine for this synthetic urea water solution.
The filling level of the urea solution in the tank is indicated in the info centre display.
Pos : 26.55 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/H arnstoffl ösung Z us atztank Einfüllstutz en @ 52\mod_1289401368843_78.doc @ 504105 @ @ 1
The filler neck is on the left side of the machine. It is identified by a corresponding sticker.
Pos : 26.56 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
326
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.57 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/T anken Bild AdBl ue BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271678550265_78.doc @ 372160 @ @ 1
1
BM 500 0143
Fig.267
Pos : 26.58 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/T anken Har nstoffl ös ung ( AdBlue) T ext @ 41\mod_1271678707828_78.doc @ 372185 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key, and secure the machine from rolling away
Clean grass and dust from the area around the filler neck (1)
Open the tank cover
Fill with urea solution (DIN70070)
Fill only until the fuelling nozzle shuts off!
Seal the tank cover tightly
Eliminate spilt urea solution
Note
For further information please refer to:
•
Engine manufacturer’s operating instructions, included with delivery (chapter on
consumables).
Pos : 26.59 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Fassungs vermögen 70 Li ter @ 41\mod_1271831862695_78.doc @ 373209 @ @ 1
•
Capacity: about 70 litres
Pos : 26.60 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Tanken/Har nstofflös ung/Hi nweis: Bei leerem T ank wird ei ne Leistungsreduzi erung des Motors vorgenommen @ 65\mod_1300777972462_78.doc @ 586015 @ @ 1
Note
When the tank is empty, the power of the engine is reduced. Refill the tank with urea solution to
rectify the power reduction.
Pos : 26.61 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
327
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.62 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Kr afts toffanl age entlüften @ 0\mod_1196780180531_78.doc @ 14694 @ 2 @ 1
12.12 Venting the fuel system
Note
For further information please refer to :
•
Engine manufacturer’s operating instructions, included with delivery (chapter on venting
the fuel system).
The fuel system must be vented if necessary after a lengthy standstill.
Pos : 26.63 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor kühl mittel @ 85\mod_1319547224559_78.doc @ 739162 @ 2 @ 1
12.13 Engine Coolant
When the machine is first delivered the cooling system is filled with a special coolant. This
coolant protects against corrosion and provides frost protection up to –37° C
Note
The cooling system must always be filled with engine coolant, no matter what the season.
Replace the engine coolant every 3 years.
If no coolant is available, then depending on the season, you should use a mixture of 50 %
ethylene glycol antifreeze/anticorrosion agent and 50 % clear, soft water. This mixture also
provides corrosion and freezing protection up to –37 ° C.
Note
Follow the engine coolant regulations of the engine manufacturer. For further information
please refer to:
•
The engine manufacturer’s fuel specification
Filling quantity = approx. 70 litres
Warning!
Cooling system density additives may not be used.
Pos : 26.64 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
328
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.65 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/M otor kühl mittel – Kontr olle @ 57\mod_1295938314140_78.doc @ 548023 @ 2 @ 1
12.14 Engine coolant – checks and controls
Pos : 26.66 /BA/Wartung/Motor /War nung! - Heißer Verschl uss dec kel @ 57\mod_1295938377734_78.doc @ 548049 @ @ 1
Warning! - Hot cover
Effect: Hand burns
•
Never open the cover (1) while the engine is hot. Switch off the engine and wait until the
engine has cooled down.
Pos : 26.67 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor kühl mittel Kontrolle Bil d BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298038487017_78.doc @ 564131 @ @ 1
1
2
BM 500 0205
Fig. 268
Pos : 26.68 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Motor kühl mittel - Kontrolle Text allgemei n @ 57\mod_1295882421968_78.doc @ 547854 @ @ 1
Check:
Pos : 26.69 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
•
•
Fill:
Check the level of engine coolant every day.
The engine coolant level must reach up to the middle of the control eye (2)
If necessary, top up the engine coolant
•
•
Turn the cover (1) to the first notch and wait until the overpressure reduces
Open the cover (1) completely and fill with engine coolant up to the middle of the viewing
pane (2).
Close the cover (1) again.
•
329
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.70 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Luftfilter @ 41\mod_1271407012930_78.doc @ 371355 @ 2 @ 1
12.15 Air filter
Pos : 26.71 /BA/Wartung/Luftfilter/Luftfilter Bild BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271407417805_78.doc @ 371381 @ @ 1
3
1
2
4
BM 500 0139
Fig.269
Pos : 26.72 /BA/Wartung/Luftfilter/Luftfilter Text mit Sc hraubversc hl uss @ 0\mod_1196780781406_78.doc @ 14793 @ @ 1
Perform air filter maintenance regularly, but at least when the error message
filter appears in the Info Centre Display.
for a dirty air
Cleaning the Air Filter
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 26.73 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
330
•
•
•
Unscrew the nut (2) and remove the cover (1).
Unscrew the nut (4) and carefully remove the filter insert (3).
Clean the interior area and the seal surfaces of the filter housing.
Blow out the filter insert with compressed air (max. 5 bar) from the inside to the outside.
Replace filter inserts that are excessively dirty or damaged. Filter inserts that were
installed more than 4 years ago must also be replaced.
Install the filter insert again.
Mount the cover (1).
Close the air filter intake sieve.
Maintenance – Engine
Pos : 26.74 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Sic herheits patrone @ 0\mod_1196781597406_78.doc @ 14812 @ 3 @ 1
12.15.1 Safety cartridge
Pos : 26.75 /BA/Wartung/Luftfilter/Sic her heitspatr one Text BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271408027883_78.doc @ 371431 @ @ 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
BM 500 0140
Fig.270
Replacing the safety cartridge
Safety cartridge must not be cleaned and used again!
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unscrew the nut (2) and remove the cover (1).
Unscrew the nut (4) and carefully remove the filter insert (3).
Unscrew the nut (5) and carefully remove the safety cartridge (6).
Clean the interior area and the seal surfaces of the filter housing.
Insert a new safety cartridge
Clean the filter insert with compressed air (max. 5 bar), blowing out from the inside to the
outside.
Install the filter insert again.
Mount the cover (1).
Close the air filter intake sieve.
Pos : 27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
331
Maintenance – compressed air system
Pos : 28.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - Druc kl uftanlage @ 52\mod_1289386214984_78.doc @ 503224 @ 1 @ 1
13 Maintenance – compressed air system
Pos : 28.2 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftanl age/Gefahr Druc kluftanl age s teht unter Druc k @ 52\mod_1289379943171_78.doc @ 503146 @ @ 1
DANGER! – Compressed air system is under high pressure.
Death or serious injuries.
Before maintenance work on the compressed air system:
•
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
Decrease the pressure in the compressed air system
Pos : 28.3 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Druc kl uftbehälter @ 12\mod_1224144256075_78.doc @ 150965 @ 2 @ 1
13.1 Compressed-air reservoir
Pos : 28.4 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftbehäl ter/Dr uc kl uftbehälter Bil d Big M 500 @ 109\mod_1335258795928_78.doc @ 974529 @ @ 1
4
1
5
3
2
2
BM 500 0245
BM 500 0247
Fig.271
Pos : 28.5 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftbehäl ter/Dr uc kl uftbehälter Übersic ht @ 12\mod_1224144365668_78.doc @ 150989 @ @ 1
Overview:
1.
Compressed air reservoir
2.
Drain valve
Pos : 28.6 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftbehäl ter/Dr uc kl uftbehälter übersicht (Regenerati onsbehälter) @ 83\mod_1317298049156_78.doc @ 728824 @ @ 1
5.
Regeneration container
Pos : 28.7 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftanl age/Dr uc k abbauen @ 83\mod_1317301940569_78.doc @ 728962 @ @ 1
Release pressure
•
•
Set the vehicle securely down
Activate the drain valve (2) on the compressed air reservoir (1) until excess pressure is
built up
Pos : 28.8 /BA/Wartung/Druc kluftanl age/Dr uc kl uftbehälter kontr ollieren @ 52\mod_1289380276328_78.doc @ 503276 @ 3 @ 1
13.1.1 Checking the compressed air reservoir
DANGER! – Compressed air reservoir corroded or damaged
Death or serious injuries
•
•
Observe test intervals
Have damaged compressed air reservoirs replaced immediately by a specialist's
workshop
Have the interior area of the compressed air reservoir (1) checked in accordance with national
requirements. A check is recommended at intervals of 2 years.
Pos : 28.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
332
Maintenance – compressed air system
Pos : 28.10 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Entwässer ungs ventil kontrollier en @ 52\mod_1289391310593_78.doc @ 503391 @ 3 @ 1
13.1.2 Checking the drain valve
Pos : 28.11 /BA/Wartung/Druc kl uftbehälter/Entwäss er ungs ventil @ 83\mod_1317301026024_78.doc @ 728934 @ @ 1
Caution! - Water in the system
Damage due to corrosion
•
Check and clean drain valve (according to Maintenance Table - Engine)
•
Replace the defective drain valve immediately
•
•
•
Switch off and secure the machine
Open the drain valve and allow the condensation water to run out
Check the drain valve, clean it and screw it in again
Pos : 28.12 /BA/Wartung/Druc kl uftbehälter/Spannbänder nachziehen @ 52\mod_1289385925093_78.doc @ 503198 @ 3 @ 1
13.1.3 Retighten tensioning belts
•
•
Check the tensioning belts (3) of the compressed air reservoir to ensure they are properly
seated
If necessary, retighten the tensioning belts with the nuts (4)
Pos : 28.13 /BA/Wartung/Druc kl uftanlag e/Lufttr oc kner wec hsel n BM 500 @ 109\mod_1335259235666_78.doc @ 974562 @ 2 @ 1
13.2 Replace Air Dryer
1
BM 500 0246
Fig. 272
The container (1) must be replaced every 2 years. The container must be replaced earlier if the
dirt rate of the compressed air is too high.
Note
The container (1) must be disposed correctly.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 29 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
•
Switch off and secure the machine
Release pressure
Loosen and unscrew the container by using the band key
Clean the housing seat and the threaded journal of the air dryer and check for function
Grease the seal of the container and the threaded journal slightly
Unscrew the container manually onto the air dryer housing until the seal rests on the
housing. Tighten manually with half a turn afterwards (max. 15 Nm)
Vent the air dryer and check for density
Tighten container, if necessary (vent them before tightening)
333
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung- Mähwer ke @ 0\mod_1196781956937_78.doc @ 14832 @ 1 @ 1
14 Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/P-T/Spezi elle Sic her heitshi nweis e @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.doc @ 9134 @ 2 @ 1
14.1
Special Safety Instructions
Pos : 30.3 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Unvor herges ehene Aktionen an der Masc hi ne_1 @ 0\mod_1196782315875_78.doc @ 14851 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning.
•
The cutting discs continue to run!
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
Secure the machine against accidental start-up and against rolling!
Pos : 30.4 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Bei unr egel mäßiger Kontroll e der M ess er klingen und Haltebolz en @ 0\mod_1196782406281_78.doc @ 14870 @ @ 1
Danger! - When checking the cutter blades and retaining bolts only sporadically
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always check the mowing units for damaged, missing or worn blades, retaining bolts, leaf
springs and cutting discs/blade drum before starting operation; replace any parts that are
damaged, missing or worn!
•
Always replace missing and damaged blades in sets to prevent unbalanced rotation!
•
Never mount unevenly worn blades on a drum/disc!
•
Whenever a blade is changed, also inspect the fasteners and replace them, if necessary!
Pos : 30.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
334
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.6 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 3/P-T/Probel auf @ 0\mod_1196833698843_78.doc @ 15023 @ 3 @ 1
14.1.1 Test run
Pos : 30.7 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Pr obelauf Mehrzahll @ 0\mod_1196782825187_78.doc @ 14889 @ @ 1
Danger! - Testing the machine after repair, maintenance or cleaning work and after
technical intervention.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries
•
The mowing unit must be in working position
•
Do not switch on the drives until the mowing units are resting on the ground and you are
absolutely sure that neither persons, animals nor objects are in the danger zone.
•
Start a trial run of the machine only from the driver’s seat.
Pos : 30.8 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Ers atz teil e @ 0\mod_1196782991234_78.doc @ 14927 @ 2 @ 1
14.2 Spare Parts
Pos : 30.9 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Ver wendung von nic ht zug elass enen Ersatzteilen @ 0\mod_1196783037140_78.doc @ 14946 @ @ 1
Danger! - Using non-approved spare parts.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or loss of warranty claims as well as exclusion of liability
•
Use only authentic KRONE spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer.
The use of spare parts, accessories or additional equipment not manufactured, tested or
approved by KRONE will exclude any liability for consequential damage.
Pos : 30.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
335
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.11 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Wartungs tabell en/Wartungstabelle- M ähwer ke BIG M 500 @ 91\mod_1326189898822_78.doc @ 777579 @ 2 @ 1
14.3 Maintenance Table- Mowing Units
1
X
X
X
X
X
As required
After every third season
Every 1000 hours
Every 250 hours but at
least 1x annually
Every 100 hours
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Conditioner belt drive
X
V-shaped tines and retaining bolts
Check
Screw
Pos : 30.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
336
X
X
Clean
Screw
12
X
Rotary hub
Check
Screw
11
X
X
Mowing discs/mower drum
Check
Screw
10
X
X
X
Cutter blades
Check
Screw
9
X
X
Cutter bar lateral mowing units (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
8
X
X
X
Cutter bar front mower (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
7
X
X
Speed gearbox front mower (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
6
X
X
X
Input gearbox front mower (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
5
X
Transfer gearbox front mowing unit
Oil level check
Oil change
4
X
X
Speed gearbox lateral mowing unit (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
3
First time after 50 hours
Input gearbox lateral mowing unit (right/left)
Oil level check
Oil change
2
Before the beginning of
the season
Every 10 hours but at
least 1x daily
Maintenance interval
Once after 10 hours
Maintenance work
X
X
X
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.13 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/U-Z/Wer kz eug kasten @ 0\mod_1196832731327_78.doc @ 14985 @ 2 @ 1
14.4 Tool box
Pos : 30.14 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Wer kz eugkasten Bild Big M 500 @ 42\mod_1272460664737_78.doc @ 378160 @ @ 1
Fig. 273
Pos : 30.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
337
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.16 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Anzugs drehmomente @ 45\mod_1277103093968_78.doc @ 410970 @ 2 @ 1
14.5 Tightening Torques
Pos : 30.17 /BA/Wartung/Drehmomente / Anzugs momente/Dr ehmomente @ 45\mod_1277102920578_78.doc @ 410945 @ @ 1
The tightening torque MA is stated in Nm
(unless otherwise indicated).
A
Ø
5.6 6.8
8.8
10.9 12.9
MA (Nm)
M4
2.2
3
4.4
5.1
M5
4.5
5.9
8.7
10
M6
7.6
10
15
18
M8
18
25
36
43
M 10
29
37
49
72
84
M12
42
64
85
125
145
100 135
200
235
145
215
255
160 210
310
365
M16x1.5
225
330
390
M 20
425
610
710
M 24
730 1050 1220
M14
M14x1.5
M 16
M 24x1.5
A = Thread size
(The stability class can be seen on the head of the
screw.)
350
M 24x2
800 1150 1350
M 27
1100 1550 1800
M 27x2
1150 1650 1950
M30
1450 2100 2450
NOTE
The table above does not apply to countersunk screws with a hexagonal socket head if the
countersunk screw is tightened with the hexagonal socket head.
Pos : 30.18 /BA/Wartung/Muttern und Sc hrauben (50h) anzi ehen @ 0\mod_1196949864530_78.doc @ 15293 @ @ 1
Note
Regularly check that nuts and bolts are tightly in place (approx. every 50 hours) and tighten
them if necessary.
Pos : 30.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
338
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.20 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Anzugs drehmomente über Innensechs kant @ 45\mod_1277106415765_78.doc @ 411230 @ 2 @ 1
14.6 Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws)
Pos : 30.21 /BA/Wartung/Drehmomente / Anzugs momente/Dr ehmomente über Innens ec hs kant @ 45\mod_1277106232328_78.doc @ 411205 @ @ 1
The tightening torque MA is stated in Nm
(unless otherwise indicated).
5.6
A
Ø
8.8
A = Thread size
(The stability class can be seen on the head of the
screw.)
10.9 12.9
MA (Nm)
M4
2.5
3.5
4.1
M5
4.7
7
8
M6
8
12
15
M8
20
29
35
M 10
23
39
58
67
M 12
34
68
100
116
M 14
108
160
188
M 16
168
248
292
M 20
340
488
568
A
BM 400 0234
NOTE
The table above applies only to countersunk screws with hexagonal socket heads and metric
threading that are tightened by the hexagonal socket head.
Pos : 30.22 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Abweic hendes Drehmoment @ 0\mod_1196950054171_78.doc @ 15312 @ 3 @ 1
14.6.1 Deviating Torque
Pos : 30.23 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Abweic hendes Drehmoment Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1196949184374_78.doc @ 15274 @ @ 1
Screws / nuts
MA [Nm]
Nut for shear protection (rotary hub)
300
Bearing housing for cutting disc
42
Bearing housing for blade drum
42
Pos : 30.24 /BA/Wartung/Muttern und Sc hrauben (50h) anzi ehen @ 0\mod_1196949864530_78.doc @ 15293 @ @ 1
Note
Regularly check that nuts and bolts are tightly in place (approx. every 50 hours) and tighten
them if necessary.
Pos : 30.25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
339
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.26 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/Frontsc hutz öffnen @ 40\mod_1270558849981_78.doc @ 367142 @ 2 @ 1
14.7 Opening the Front Guard
Pos : 30.27 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k links / r echts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
14.7.1 Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 30.28 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Frontschutz an den sei tlichen Mähwer ken öffnen BiG M 500 @ 40\mod_1270557507575_78.doc @ 367067 @ @ 1
EC-0-044
Fig. 274
The front guard (2) on the lateral mowing units can be folded up for maintenance and repair
work on the cutter bar.
A screw driver is used to open the front guards. Use the screwdriver to push in the ratchet
mechanism.
Note
On completion of the maintenance or repair work, fold down the front guard (2) and make sure
that the latch engages properly.
Pos : 30.29 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frontmähwer k rechts/links @ 40\mod_1270554876653_78.doc @ 367019 @ 3 @ 1
14.7.2 Front mowing unit right/left
Pos : 30.30 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Frontschutz an Fr ontmähwer ken öffnen Bi G M 500 @ 40\mod_1270559218231_78.doc @ 367167 @ @ 1
4
3
2
1
BM 500 0102
Fig. 275
The front guard (1) on the front mowing units can be folded up on the right and left side for
maintenance and repair work on the cutter bar.
To do this:
•
•
Remove the bolts (2) from the suspension arm (3)
Fold up the front guard and secure it with the retaining bar (4) to prevent it from folding
down
Note
On completion of the maintenance or repair work, fold down the front guard (1) again, fit the
suspension arm (3) to the front guard and secure it with bolts (2).
Pos : 30.31 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
340
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.32 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/U-Z/Verstopfungen am Quer för der er bes eitigen @ 13\mod_1226557103071_78.doc @ 166210 @ 2 @ 1
14.8 Eliminating Blockages on the Cross Conveyor
Pos : 30.33 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Inbetri ebnahme/Gefahr - Unvor hergesehene Inbetriebnahme_2 @ 13\mod_1226501654990_78.doc @ 166160 @ @ 1
Danger! - Accidental start-up of the machine, moving parts of the machine and / or
unexpected movement of the machine.
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Switch off the engine, apply the parking brake and remove the ignition key.
•
Wait until machine parts that are still in motion have coasted down to a stop.
•
Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back by means of wheel chocks.
Pos : 30.34 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Verstopfungen am Querförderer besei tigen BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272455605190_78.doc @ 378013 @ @ 1
Pos.II
Pos.I
2
1
2
BM 500 0182
Fig. 276
The hydraulic auger hood (1) must be secured against folding down during maintenance,
cleaning and repair work on the augers by means of the spring cotter pins (2).
To do this:
•
•
•
Lower all mowing units to the ground
Open the hydraulic auger hoods (1)
Secure the hydraulic auger hood (1) by moving the spring cotter pins (2) from pos. I to
pos. II
For the front mowing unit, move one spring cotter pin on the right and left side of the
machine respectively.
For the lateral mowing unit, move three spring cotter pins (on the right and left side of
the machine) respectively.
•
•
After you have eliminated the malfunction, close the hydraulic auger hoods
Replace the spring cotter pins (2) (from pos. II to pos. I)
Pos : 30.35 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
341
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.36 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Scherbolz en am Querförderer @ 65\mod_1300946647683_78.doc @ 587071 @ 2 @ 1
14.9 Shearing pins on cross conveyor
Pos : 30.37 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Scherbolz en am Querföder antrieb @ 65\mod_1300376729227_78.doc @ 584046 @ @ 1
4
3
5
2
10
6
9
1
7
8
BM 500 0222
Fig. 277
The cross conveyor drives on the front mowing unit and on the lateral mowing units (right/left)
on the BiG M 420 / BiG M 500 are each secured by means of a shearing pin. The shearing pin
(1) shears immediately when overloaded. The shearing pin is located in the V-belt pulley (2)
behind the tab washer (10).
Replacing the shearing pins
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
342
•
The front mowing unit and the lateral mowing units (right/left) must be parked on the
ground.
Switch off the engine, apply the parking brake and remove the ignition key. Wait until any
machine parts still running have come to a stop; secure the machine against rolling by
inserting wheel chocks.
Remove guard (3)
Remove the protective strut (4) and signal disc (5).
Reduce the tension of the tension spring (6), raise the tensioning roller (8) using an
assembly lever (7) and remove the V-belt from the V-belt pulley (9).
Now turn the V-belt pulley (2) so that you can remove the tab washer (10) and knock out
the remains of the shearing pin from the V-belt pulley (2) with the aid of a pin.
Install a new shearing pin (order number 912 555 0) with washer, detent edged washer
and nut.
Install the tab washer (10) with the detent edged washer and screw.
Install the signal disc (5) and protective strut (4).
Using the assembly lever (7), raise the tensioning roller (8) and put the V-belt onto the Vbelt pulley (9).
Slowly lower the tensioning roller (8), remove the assembly lever and set the V-belt
tension (see Section Maintenance Basic Machine "Cross conveyor drive")
Mount guard (3)
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.39 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/Füll mengen und Sc hmier mittel bez eic hnungen der Getriebe @ 0\mod_1196951094046_78.doc @ 15335 @ 2 @ 1
14.10 Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for Gearboxes
Pos : 30.40 /BA/Wartung/Tabellen_F üll mengen/M ähwer ke/T abelle Füll mengen BiG M 500 @ 40\mod_1270539352106_78.doc @ 366765 @ @ 1
Filling
quantity
Refined Oils
Bio-Degradable
Lubricants
[litres]
Brand Name
Brand Name
SAE 90
On request
Input gearbox/lateral mowing unit
2 x 0.9 l
Speed gearbox/lateral mowing unit
2 x 6.8 l
Transfer gearbox/front mower
0.75 l
Input gearbox/front mower
2 x 0.7 l
Speed gearbox/front mower
2 x 1.7 l
Cutter bar/front mower
2 x 6.0 l
Cutter bar/lateral mowing unit
2 x 10.0 l
Pos : 30.41 /BA/Wartung/Zei tinter valle an den Getri eben 200 h @ 0\mod_1196951919921_78.doc @ 15373 @ 3 @ 1
14.10.1 Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)
Note - Oil level check and oil change (gearboxes) and lubricating the machine
Effect: Long expected service life of machine
•
First oil change on all gearboxes after 50 operating hours, then every 200 operating
hours (but at least once a year).
•
Before using the machine always check the oil level.
•
With bio-degradable oils the changing intervals must be complied with absolutely
because of ageing of the oils.
Pos : 30.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
343
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Eing angsgetriebe @ 0\mod_1197005979596_78.doc @ 15454 @ 2 @ 1
14.11 Input gearbox
Pos : 30.43.2 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k links / r echts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
14.11.1 Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 30.43.3 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontrolle_Wechsel/M ähwer ke/Bild Eing angsgetriebe Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1197009824221_78.doc @ 15727 @ @ 1
EC-0-040
Fig. 278:
Pos : 30.43.4 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontrolle_Wechsel/Öl kontr olle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.doc @ 15649 @ @ 1
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.43.5 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontrolle_Wechsel/Öl wechs el Versi on1 ( Bel üftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.doc @ 15747 @ @ 1
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw the check screw (1) back in.
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Screw out the screw plug (2).
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the screw plug (2)
Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.
Pos : 30.43.6 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontrolle_Wechsel/Ölqualität /Ölmenge: siehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.7 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontrolle_Wechsel/Altöl ordnungsgemäß entsorgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.43.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
344
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.9 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Schaltgetriebe @ 0\mod_1197010889455_78.doc @ 15766 @ 2 @ 1
14.12 Speed gearbox
Pos : 30.43.10 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/P-T/Seitenmähwer k li nks / rec hts @ 14\mod_1231774559868_78.doc @ 172537 @ 3 @ 1
14.12.1 Lateral mowing unit left / right
Pos : 30.43.11 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Bil d Schaltgetriebe seitl . M äher Big M 500 @ 40\mod_1270553034481_78.doc @ 366940 @ @ 1
3
1
2
BM 500 0101
Fig. 279
Pos : 30.43.12 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Hinweis hinter e und ober e Bl ec h demontier en @ 40\mod_1270554225231_78.doc @ 366995 @ @ 1
Note
The rear plate must be removed to carry out the oil check.
The rear and top plates must be removed for the oil change.
Replace the relevant plates after checking or changing the oil.
Pos : 30.43.13 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl kontroll e SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.doc @ 15649 @ @ 1
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.43.14 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl wec hs el Version1 (Belüftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.doc @ 15747 @ @ 1
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw the check screw (1) back in.
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Screw out the screw plug (2).
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the screw plug (2)
Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.
Pos : 30.43.15 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Ölq ualität /Öl meng e: si ehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.16 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Altöl or dnungsg emäß ents orgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.43.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
345
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.18 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/U-Z/Verteilergetriebe @ 2\mod_1202991526780_78.doc @ 64104 @ 2 @ 1
14.13 Transfer gearbox
Pos : 30.43.19 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Bil d Verteilergetriebe Fr ontmähwer k Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1271664712906_78.doc @ 371575 @ @ 1
3
4 5
1
2
BM 500 0141
Fig. 280
Pos : 30.43.20 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl kontroll e SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.doc @ 15649 @ @ 1
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.43.21 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl wec hs el Version1 (Belüftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.doc @ 15747 @ @ 1
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw the check screw (1) back in.
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Screw out the screw plug (2).
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the screw plug (2)
Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.
Pos : 30.43.22 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Hinweis ober es und unter es Blech demonti eren @ 41\mod_1271664834875_78.doc @ 371600 @ @ 1
Note
The upper and lower plates (4,5) must be removed for the oil change.
Replace the relevant plates after checking or the oil.
Pos : 30.43.23 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Ölq ualität /Öl meng e: si ehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.24 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Altöl or dnungsg emäß ents orgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.43.25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
346
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.26 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/A- E/Ei ngangsgetriebe @ 0\mod_1197005979596_78.doc @ 15454 @ 2 @ 1
14.14 Input gearbox
Pos : 30.43.27 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/F-J/Fr ontmähwer k rec hts /links @ 40\mod_1270554876653_78.doc @ 367019 @ 3 @ 1
14.14.1 Front mowing unit right/left
Pos : 30.43.28 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Bil d Eingangsgetri ebe Fr ontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1197009824221_78.doc @ 15727 @ @ 1
EC-0-040
Fig. 281:
Pos : 30.43.29 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl kontroll e SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.doc @ 15649 @ @ 1
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.43.30 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl wec hs el Version1 (Belüftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.doc @ 15747 @ @ 1
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw the check screw (1) back in.
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Screw out the screw plug (2).
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the screw plug (2)
Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.
Pos : 30.43.31 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Ölq ualität /Öl meng e: si ehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.32 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Altöl or dnungsg emäß ents orgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.43.33 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
347
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.34 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/P-T/Sc hal tgetriebe @ 0\mod_1197010889455_78.doc @ 15766 @ 2 @ 1
14.15 Speed gearbox
Pos : 30.43.35 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/F-J/Fr ontmähwer k rec hts /links @ 40\mod_1270554876653_78.doc @ 367019 @ 3 @ 1
14.15.1 Front mowing unit right/left
Pos : 30.43.36 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/M ähwer ke/Bil d Schaltgetriebe CV-Frontmähwer k @ 0\mod_1197012856815_78.doc @ 15805 @ @ 1
EC-1-041
Fig. 282:
Pos : 30.43.37 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl kontroll e SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.doc @ 15649 @ @ 1
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.43.38 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Öl wec hs el Version1 (Belüftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.doc @ 15747 @ @ 1
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw the check screw (1) back in.
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)".
Screw out the screw plug (2).
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the screw plug (2)
Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.
Pos : 30.43.39 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Ölq ualität /Öl meng e: si ehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.40 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Altöl or dnungsg emäß ents orgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.43.41 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
348
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/K-O/Öls tands kontr olle und Öl wechsel am M ähhol m @ 0\mod_1197017549815_78.doc @ 15963 @ 2 @ 1
14.16 Oil level check and oil change on the cutter bar
Pos : 30.43.42.2 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schnell roti erende M ess erteller/M ess ertrommeln_1 @ 0\mod_1197017696736_78.doc @ 16001 @ @ 1
Danger! - Rapidly rotating cutting discs/blade drums.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
The cutting discs/blade drums continue to run!
•
Do not leave the driver’s cab until the cutting discs/blade drums have come to a complete
stop.
Pos : 30.43.42.3 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Mähhol m ausrichten @ 0\mod_1197017956815_78.doc @ 16042 @ 3 @ 1
14.16.1 Aligning the Cutter Bar
Pos : 30.43.42.4 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/Vorrauss etz ung Ausrichten M ähhol m Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1197018894471_78.doc @ 16061 @ @ 1
Prerequisite:
•
•
Switch off the travelling gear release switch
Use the multi-function lever to move the 3 mowing units into working position (float
setting).
Pos : 30.43.42.5 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/M ähhol m ausrichten Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1271665576687_78.doc @ 371625 @ @ 1
Fig.283
Aligning the mowing units crosswise
•
Place a manual spirit level centred on the cutter bars.
•
Align the cutter bars horizontally (See Info Centre chapter "Aligning the Mowing Units").
Lengthwise
Pos : 30.43.42.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
•
Place manual spirit level (1) on two cutting discs.
Use wedges to align the cutter bar horizontally.
349
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.42.7 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Öl kontroll e @ 0\mod_1197021908190_78.doc @ 16120 @ 3 @ 1
14.16.2 Checking the oil level
Pos : 30.43.42.8 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schnell roti erende M ess erteller/M ess ertrommel_2 @ 0\mod_1197022569252_78.doc @ 16165 @ @ 1
Danger! - Rapidly rotating cutting discs/blade drums.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
Lower guards. Nobody should be in the danger zone around the machine.
Pos : 30.43.42.9 /BA/Sic her heit/Gefahr enhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schnell roti erende M ess erteller/M ess ertrommeln_1 @ 0\mod_1197017696736_78.doc @ 16001 @ @ 1
Danger! - Rapidly rotating cutting discs/blade drums.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
The cutting discs/blade drums continue to run!
•
Do not leave the driver’s cab until the cutting discs/blade drums have come to a complete
stop.
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/Öl kontroll e M ähholm Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1197026101830_78.doc @ 16184 @ @ 1
Allow the machine to run briefly. Do not leave the driver’s cab until the cutting discs/blade drums
have come to a complete stop.
2
BMII-362
Fig. 284:
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
350
•
•
•
Unscrew one of the two oil level inspection screws (2) on the cutter bar.
The oil level must be up to the bore hole. If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw in the oil level inspection screw (2) again and tighten in securely.
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K-O/Öl wec hsel @ 0\mod_1197021941955_78.doc @ 16139 @ 3 @ 1
14.16.3 Oil change
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/Öl wec hs el Mähhol m Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1197026735955_78.doc @ 16203 @ @ 1
2
1
BMII-363
Fig. 285:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Lift the mowing unit slightly and set a wooden beam underneath on the opposite side of
the cover (2).
Lower the mowing unit so that the cutter bar is resting on the wooden beam.
Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key, and secure the machine from rolling away.
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan.
Remove cover (2) at the cutter bar end
Drain the oil.
Reinstall cover (2) with new seal.
Unscrew one of the two oil level inspection screws (2) on the cutter bar and add oil.
Screw in the oil level inspection screw (2) again and tighten in securely.
To check the oil level, align the cutter bar crosswise and lengthwise (see chapter
"Aligning the Cutter Bar").
Note
•
Always check the oil level after repair work on the cutter bar.
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Ölq ualität /Öl meng e: si ehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.doc @ 15531 @ @ 1
Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for
Gearboxes"
Pos : 30.43.42.1 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontr olle_Wec hs el/Altöl or dnungsgemäß ents orgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 30.44 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
351
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.45 /BA/Diese Seite ist bewusst freigel ass en wor den. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.doc @ 54443 @ @ 1
This page has been left blank deliberately!!
Pos : 30.46 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
352
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Kontr olle der Mähkling en und Messer hal ter ung @ 0\mod_1197265641329_78.doc @ 16323 @ 2 @ 1
14.17 Checking the Cutter Blades and Blade Holder
Pos : 30.47.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - F ehlende und besc hädigte Mähkli ngen und M ähkli ngenhalterungen @ 0\mod_1197265722813_78.doc @ 16342 @ @ 1
Warning! - Missing and damaged cutter blades and cutter blade retainers.
Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or damage to the machine
•
Check cutter blades at least once per day and check retaining bolts every time you
change the blades or after contact with foreign objects.
•
Immediately replace missing or damaged cutter blades and cutter blade retainers
Pos : 30.47.3 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/K-O/M ähkli ngen @ 0\mod_1197265959110_78.doc @ 16361 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.1 Cutter Blades
Pos : 30.47.4 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Di e Bohrung der M ähklingen kann sich durc h Versc hleiß aufweiten. @ 10\mod_1221048982715_78.doc @ 131675 @ @ 1
The borehole on the cutter blades may spread due to wear.
Pos : 30.47.5 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Z u g eringe M aterials tär ke an den Mähkli ngen_neu @ 3\mod_1204727167898_78.doc @ 72588 @ @ 1
Danger! - Insufficient thickness of material on the cutter blades.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
The cutter blades must be replaced at the latest when the wear limit is reached (see
mark (1) on the cutter blade; dimension a less than or equal to 7 mm).
Pos : 30.47.6 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/M ähklingen beids eitig verwenbar_neu @ 3\mod_1204728012601_78.doc @ 72608 @ @ 1
a
1
EC 253 0
Fig. 286
Note - The cutter blades can be turned around and used on both sides.
•
When cutter blades are missing or damaged, they must be replaced as a complete set.
This prevents dangerous unbalanced rotation
Pos : 30.47.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
353
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.8 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/M ess ersc hraub / M ess ersc hnell versc hl uss/M ess erschr aubversc hlus s Hal tebolzen 14 mm @ 0\mod_1197267907375_78.doc @ 16425 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.2 Blade screw connection
Danger! - Insufficient thickness of material on the retaining bolts.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
At every blade changing check the thickness of the holding bolts material.
•
Damage or worn retaining bolts must always be replaced by sets on each cutting
disc/blade drum!
•
The material thickness of the retaining bolts must not be less than 14 mm at the weakest
point.
min. 14 mm
Fig. 287
Pos : 30.47.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
354
EC-240-0
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.10 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/M ess erschr aub / Messers chnell versc hlus s/Messersc hnell versc hluss Hal tebolz en 14mm @ 0\mod_1197268087875_78.doc @ 16444 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.3 Blade Quick-Fit Device
Danger! - Insufficient thickness of material on the retaining bolts.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
At every blade changing check the thickness of the holding bolts material.
•
Damage or worn retaining bolts must always be replaced by sets on each cutting
disc/blade drum!
•
The material thickness of the retaining bolts must not be less than 14 mm at the weakest
point.
•
The material thickness of the leaf spring must not be less than 3 mm at the weakest
point.
min. 14 mm
EC-239-0
Fig. 288
Pos : 30.47.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
355
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.12 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/R egel mäßig e Kontroll e der Blattfeder n @ 0\mod_1197268274609_78.doc @ 16464 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.4 Periodical Inspection of the Leaf Springs
Danger! - Worn application seam on the leaf springs.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Check the leaf springs for damages at least once a day or after contact with foreign
objects.
•
The abrasion limit of the leaf springs will be achieved if the application seam (1) is worn
on one point.
1
1
EC 225 0
Fig. 289
Note
Use only original Krone spare parts to replace the leaf springs.
Pos : 30.47.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
356
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.14 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/R egel mäßig e Kontroll e der M ess erteller bz w. -trommeln @ 0\mod_1197268487390_78.doc @ 16483 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.5 Periodical Inspection of the Cutting Discs / Blade Drums
Danger! - Deformed Cutting Discs / Blade Drums
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Check the cutting discs or blade drums for damages at least once per day or after
contact with foreign objects.
•
In case of deformed cuttings discs or drums, the dimension of A = 48 mm must never be
exceeded.
1
A
EC-0-211
Fig. 290
Note
The cutting discs or drums must be replaced by Original Krone spare parts only.
Pos : 30.47.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
357
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.16 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/Versc hleis sgrenz e für Aus waschungen @ 0\mod_1197268738875_78.doc @ 16502 @ 3 @ 1
14.17.6 Abrasion Limit
Danger! - Abrasion on the cutting discs / blade drums
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
The abrasion limit (2) will be achieved if the min. material thickness of 3 mm is no longer
given.
2
2
EC-226-0
Fig. 291
Note
If cutting discs or blade drums show deformations or wear in form of abrasions (2) or similar,
these components have to be replaced by Original Krone spare parts .
Pos : 30.47.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
358
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.18 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 2/K- O/Messer wec hsel an M ess ertell ern @ 0\mod_1197269068562_78.doc @ 16521 @ 2 @ 1
14.18 Blade Changing on Cutting Discs
Pos : 30.47.19 /BA/Sic her hei t/Gefahrenhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Schnell roti erende M ess erteller/M ess ertrommeln_1 @ 0\mod_1197017696736_78.doc @ 16001 @ @ 1
Danger! - Rapidly rotating cutting discs/blade drums.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
The cutting discs/blade drums continue to run!
•
Do not leave the driver’s cab until the cutting discs/blade drums have come to a complete
stop.
Pos : 30.47.20 /BA/Sic her hei t/Gefahrenhi nweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Si ch l ös ende M ähkli ngen @ 0\mod_1197269483265_78.doc @ 16540 @ @ 1
Danger! - Cutter blades coming loose
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
After changing the blades check that they fit perfectly and that they can move freely.
•
Whenever a blade is changed, also inspect the fasteners and replace them, if necessary!
•
Always replace missing and damaged blades in sets to prevent unbalanced rotation!
•
Never mount unevenly worn blades on a drum/disc!
Pos : 30.47.21 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
359
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.22 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K- O/Messersc hr aubverschl uß @ 0\mod_1197270941296_78.doc @ 16578 @ 3 @ 1
14.18.1 Blade Screw Connection
Pos : 30.47.23 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/M ess erschr aub / Messers chnell versc hlus s/Besc hrei bung M ess erwec hs el Messersc hr aubverschl uss @ 47\mod_1285661949953_78.doc @ 456898 @ @ 1
EC-0-250
Pic. 292
•
•
•
•
•
Fold up safety device
Clean the area
Remove damaged or worn blades
To fit the blades, insert the blade (5) between the wear skid (2) and the cutting disc (1)
Insert the retaining bolt (3) from below through the wear skid, the blade and the cutting
disc
Place the locknut (4) on the retaining bolt from above and tighten it firmly (tightening
torque refer to chapter “Torques”)
Repeat the process for all blades
After fitting the blades, fold the safety device down again
•
•
•
Note
•
•
•
The cutter blades of anticlockwise rotating cutting discs / blade drums are different to
those of clockwise rotating ones. Make certain the direction of rotation is correct when
installing!
The arrow on the cutter blades must match the direction of rotation of the corresponding
cutting discs / blade drums
The locknut (4) used to secure the retaining bolts must not be used more than once
Order No. for clockwise rotating blade: 139-889
Order No. for anticlockwise rotating blade: 139-888
Pos : 30.47.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
360
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.25 /Ü bersc hriften/Ü bersc hriften 3/K- O/Messersc hnell versc hluß @ 0\mod_1197271019859_78.doc @ 16597 @ 3 @ 1
14.18.2 Blade Quick-Fit Device
Pos : 30.47.26 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/M ess erschr aub / Messers chnell versc hlus s/Besc hrei bung M ess erwec hs el Messersc hnell versc hluss @ 0\mod_1197271100500_78.doc @ 16616 @ @ 1
2
3
5
4
EC-251-0
Fig. 293
•
•
•
Clean the area.
Remove damaged or worn blades.
Push the special tool (1) {blade key} between the cutter disc (4) and leaf spring (3) and
press down with one hand.
Guide a new blade (2) onto the retaining bolt and allow the blade key to return upwards.
After fitting the blades, fold the protective device down again.
•
•
Note
•
•
•
The cutter blades of anticlockwise rotating cutting discs / blade drums are different than
those of clockwise rotating ones. Make certain the direction of rotation is correct when
installing!
The arrow on the cutter blades must match the direction of rotation of the corresponding
cutting discs / blade drums.
The hex nut (4) used to secure the retaining bolts must not be used more than once.
Order No. for clockwise rotating blade: 139-889
Order No. for anticlockwise rotating blade: 139-888
Pos : 30.47.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
361
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.47.28 /BA/Wartung/M ähwer ke/Stoß kanten erneuern @ 0\mod_1197271320468_78.doc @ 16636 @ 2 @ 1
14.19 Replacing the linings
Caution! - If the linings are checked irregularly.
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
Always check the mowing unit for damaged linings prior to start-up and replace linings, if
necessary!
•
Adjust the welding current and the welding material to the cutter bar material and to the
lining or carry out a trial welding if necessary.•
EC-0-012
Fig. 294
•
•
•
Open the welding seams of the old lining.
Remove the lining
Deburr the contact surface.
EC-252-0
Fig. 295
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 30.48 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
362
Adapt the new lining (3).
Weld short I seams on the upper surface of the cutter bar in the areas marked (1) (each
should be approx. 30 mm).
Do not weld the edges (2).
On the lower surface of the cutter bar, weld the lining (3) to the cutter bar along the
whole length in area (5).
Do not weld the edges (4).
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.49 /BA/Diese Seite ist bewusst freigel ass en wor den. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.doc @ 54443 @ @ 1
This page has been left blank deliberately!!
Pos : 30.50 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
363
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.51.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/K-O/Kreis elnabe mi t Schersic her ung @ 0\mod_1197272352468_78.doc @ 16655 @ 2 @ 1
14.20 Rotary hub with shear protection
Pos : 30.51.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Sc hnell rotier ende Mes serteller/M ess ertrommeln_1 @ 0\mod_1197017696736_78.doc @ 16001 @ @ 1
Danger! - Rapidly rotating cutting discs/blade drums.
Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries.
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
The cutting discs/blade drums continue to run!
•
Do not leave the driver’s cab until the cutting discs/blade drums have come to a complete
stop.
Pos : 30.51.3 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Sc hersic herung/Besc hrei bung Schersicherung Bild BM 500 @ 71\mod_1306155254632_78.doc @ 643800 @ @ 1
BiG M 500
4
2
b
3
a
1
BM 500 0233
Fig. 296
Pos : 30.51.4 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Sc hersic herung/Besc hrei bung Schersicherung T ext BM 400/420/500 @ 71\mod_1306154580281_78.doc @ 643772 @ @ 1
For protection against overload on the mowing units, the rotary hubs (1) are secured with nuts
(2) and shear pins (3).
If the machine strikes obstacles (for example stones), the 2 shear pins in the rotary hub will be
sheared off. The rotary hub and nut turn upward on the pinion shaft.
•
The cutting discs or drums which move the crop to the left (in direction of travel) have lefthanded threading.
•
The cutting discs or drums which move the crop to the right (in direction of travel) have
right-handed threading.
To distinguish between right-hand (clockwise) rotation (RH) and left-hand (anti-clockwise)
rotation (LH), the nuts (2) and pinion shaft (4) for left-hand rotation (LH) have a distinctive grove
(a, b).
Pos : 30.51.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
364
•
•
Left-handed (LH) nuts (2) have distinctive grooves (a) on the bevel.
Left-handed (LH) pinion shafts (4) have a distinctive groove (b) on the face.
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.51.6 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Sc hersic herung/Hinweis F orts etz en der Arbeit nach Ans prec hen der Sc hersicherung Bi G M 500 @ 71\mod_1306213782854_78.doc @ 643896 @ @ 1
Note - Continuation of work.
To be able to work again as quickly as possible after a shear fuse engages, you should order
two left and two right bearing units from your dealer.
BiG M CV
Bearing housing, left
Bearing housing, right
Order No. 20 030 789 0
Order No. 20 030 790 0
Pos : 30.51.7 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Sc hersic herung/Nac h dem Absc heren @ 4\mod_1211951454110_78.doc @ 84095 @ 3 @ 1
14.20.1 After Shearing Off
Caution! - Correct installation position of the bearing housing not observed.
Effect: Damage to the machine
•
Right-hand (RH) cutting discs and drums always have right-handed pinion shafts and
nuts (no groove mark on the pinion shaft and nut).
•
Left-hand (LH) cutting discs and drums always have left-handed pinion shafts and nuts
(with groove mark on the pinion shaft and nut).
•
•
•
•
Remove the cutting disc or drum.
Completely remove the sheared off bearing housing.
Install the replacement bearing housing after the cutter disc (BM 400 0141) is set up
Install the cutting disc or mower drum.
Pos : 30.51.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
365
Maintenance – Mowing Units
Pos : 30.51.9 /BA/Wartung/Mähwerke/Sc hersic herung/Reparatur der abgesc her ten Lag erei nheit @ 4\mod_1211954689922_78.doc @ 84138 @ 3 @ 1
14.20.2 Repairing the Sheared Off Bearing Unit
7
8
a
9
2
3
3
1
d
b
4
c
10
BM 400 0170
Fig. 297
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove retaining ring (7).
Unscrew the hexagon head bolt (8).
Use the special key (10) included with delivery to remove the nut (2).
Remove the hub (1).
Remove the damaged shear pins (3).
Check the nut and hub for damage.
Fill the space above the taper roller bearing with grease (c).
Place the hub on the pinion shaft.
Drive the new shear pins (3) through the hub (1) and shaft (4).
Note - Note the position of the shear pins!
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 31 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
366
Drive the shear pins (3) into the hole from outside until the end of the pin reaches the
surface of the hub (d).
The slots of the shear pins (3) must be mounted facing each other horizontally (see detail
(I)).
Install the nut (2) using the special key (10) included with delivery (tighten to a tightening
torque of 300 Nm).
Install and tighten the hexagon head bolts (8) with detent edges.
Install the retaining ring (7).
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - Grundmas chi ne @ 0\mod_1197277779213_78.doc @ 16847 @ 1 @ 1
15 Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.2 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/M ähwer ke/Gefahr - Unvor herges ehene Aktionen an der Masc hi ne_2 @ 0\mod_1197278033978_78.doc @ 16866 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning. Remove the ignition key!
•
Maintenance and repair work on safety-related components such as steering or brakes
must only be performed by authorised workshops.
Pos : 32.3 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Br emsen @ 0\mod_1197278385463_78.doc @ 16886 @ 2 @ 1
15.1 Brakes
Pos : 32.4 /BA/Sicher heit/Br emsen/Brems en nicht in Or dnung @ 0\mod_1197279276510_78.doc @ 17044 @ @ 1
Danger! - Problem with brakes
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
The brake function must be checked before the start of every trip.
•
The footbrake must take effect beginning with the first third of pedal travel.
•
Check the brake linings regularly.
•
Adjustment and repair work on the brake system must only be performed by professional
workshops or recognised brake services!
Pos : 32.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
367
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.6 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/F-J/H ydrauli kanlag e @ 0\mod_1197278455041_78.doc @ 16905 @ 2 @ 1
15.2 Hydraulic system
Pos : 32.7 /BA/Sicher heit/H ydr auli k/Gefahr - Ar beiten an der H ydrauli kanlag e @ 0\mod_1197279394885_78.doc @ 17063 @ @ 1
Danger! - Caution with leaking lines
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 32.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
368
When searching for leaks, use suitable aids, always use suitable tools and wear
protective goggles to avoid the risk of injury!
Escaping high-pressure fluids can penetrate the skin and cause serious injury. Therefore,
you must depressurise the system before disconnecting lines.
Hydraulic oil escaping from a small opening can barely be seen. Because of this you
should use a piece of cardboard or something similar when searching for leaks. Protect
your hands and body.
If any fluid penetrates the skin, it must be removed immediately by a doctor who is
familiar with this kind of injury; serious infections could otherwise result. Physicians who
are not familiar with this area should consult appropriate information from a competent
medical source.
Check the hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals and replace them if damaged or worn!
The replacement lines must comply with the requirements of the device manufacturer.
Ensure that all line connections are tight before the pressure in the system builds up
again.
Repair work on the hydraulic system must only be performed by authorised KRONE
professional workshops.
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.9 /BA/Wartung/M otor /War tungstabellen/Wartungstabelle - Gr undmaschi ne (Seite 1/2) BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326191666989_78.doc @ 777747 @ @ 1
As required
After every third season
Every 250 hours but at least
1x annually
Every 500 hours but at least
1x annually
Every 100 hours
Maintenance interval
Once
After 10 hours
Before the beginning of the
season
Every 10 hours but at least
1x daily
For the first time
After 50 hours
Maintenance work
Hydraulic system
Hydraulic oil level check
X
X
Changing the hydraulic oil
X
Replacing the hydraulic oil filter
X
X
X
X
Transfer gearbox
Oil level check
X
X
Oil change
Cab
X
Replace fresh air filter
X
Clean fresh air filter
X
Replace circulation filter
X
Clean circulation filter
X
Windshield wiper system
Pilot lamp test
X
Light function test
X
X
X
Check the foot brake setting.
Air conditioning system/heating
Collector/dryer
X
Refrigerant condition and filling quantity
X
Checking the capacitor
Wheel hub drives
Oil level check
Oil change
X
X
X
X
Pos : 32.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
369
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.11 /BA/Wartung/Motor /Wartungs tabell en/Wartungstabelle - Grundmasc hi ne (Sei te 2/2) BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326192016457_78.doc @ 777803 @ @ 1
Belt drives
Fan wheel drive
X
X
X
Cross Conveyor Drive
X
X
X
X
Tyres
Check tyres for cuts and breaks visually
X
Inspect tyre air pressure visually
X
Measure tyre air pressure with instrument: weekly
Tighten wheel nuts for front/rear wheel to 630 Nm
(466 lb-ft).
Tighten bolts
X
X
Tighten the fastening screws on the steering
cylinder anchor.
X
X
Tighten the fastening screws on the track rod.
X
X
Tighten fastening screws of outriggers on the
frame.
Pressure filter
X
X
Pressure filter (leakage oil pipe for wheel motors/by
means of a message in the display)
Pressure filter (work hydraulics) by means of a
message in the display
Battery
Check the acid density of the battery; charge the
battery, if and when necessary, and top up with
distilled water.
Pos : 32.12 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
370
X
As required
After every third season
Every 250 hours but at least
1x annually
Every 500 hours but at least
1x annually
Every 100 hours
Maintenance interval
Once
after 10 hours
Before the beginning of the
season
Every 10 hours but at least
1x daily
Once
after 50 hours
Maintenance work
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.13 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Systemaufbau Ar beits- und Br ems hydr auli k Big M 500 @ 60\mod_1298022580595_78.doc @ 563771 @ 23 @ 1
15.3 Maintenance - hydraulic system
15.3.1 System Description Operating and Brake Hydraulics
Hydraulics – open circuits
Brake hydraulics pump
4 ccm/revolution
Operating and steering
hydraulics
85 ccm/revolution
Steering hydraulics
priority
Service brake
Implements
Pos : 32.14 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Pumpen Big M 500 @ 60\mod_1298021952167_78.doc @ 563716 @ 3 @ 1
15.3.2 Pumps
2
1
BM 500 0201
Fig. 298
1. Pump for operating and steering hydraulics
Pos : 32.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
2.
Pump for brake hydraulics
371
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.16 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Ü ber druc kventil e @ 0\mod_1197295754025_78.doc @ 17180 @ 3 @ 1
15.3.3 Over-pressure valves
Note
Over-pressure valves set in the factory
Work on the over-pressure valve must be carried out only by the customer service department.
The valve blocks have been equipped with pressure control valves. These valves were set at
the factory and must not be changed.
Pos : 32.17 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Einstell bar e Dr oss eln @ 0\mod_1197295918463_78.doc @ 17218 @ 3 @ 1
15.3.4 Adjustable Throttles
Pos : 32.18 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Fr ontmähwer k Zuschaltgeschwi ndig keit BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298024518578_78.doc @ 563826 @ @ 1
Activation speed of mowing units
Fig. 299
1) Lateral mowing unit right
2) Front mowing unit
3) Lateral mowing unit left
The adjustable throttles (1,2,3) can be used to set the activation speeds of the mowing units
with respect to one another.
•
•
•
Loosen the counter nut
Screw the hexagonal socket head screws in or out (unscrewing them increases the flow
of oil and thus leads to faster activation)
Tighten counter nut
Note
Do not screw the hexagonal socket head screws as far as they will go, as otherwise the
mowing units cannot be activated.
Pos : 32.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
372
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.20 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/H ydr auli köl @ 0\mod_1197296812478_78.doc @ 17265 @ 2 @ 1
15.4 Hydraulic oil
Pos : 32.21 /BA/Sic herheit/M odul e Achtung/Niemals versc hiedene Öle misc hen @ 0\mod_1197297008369_78.doc @ 17285 @ @ 1
Caution!
Never mix different oils.
•
Before changing types of oil please consult our Customer Service.
Never use engine oil.
Pos : 32.22 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Aufstellung von Mi ner alöl en für di e H ydrauli kanl age @ 0\mod_1197297399525_78.doc @ 17323 @ 3 @ 1
15.4.1 List of Mineral Oils for the Hydraulic System
List of mineral oils of quality class HLP (HM) and environmentally friendly HEPG
pressure fluids that decompose quickly.
Pos : 32.23 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Aufstellungs_T abelle von Mi neralöl en @ 0\mod_1197297178806_78.doc @ 17304 @ 4 @ 1
ISO viscosity
class
15.4.1.1 HEPG
VG 46
HLP VG 46
Manufacturer
HEPG VG 46
Hydraulic oil
HLP 46
OSO 46
AGIP
ARAL
BAF 46Vitam
ASEOL
Aqua VG 46
AVIA
Avia Hydrosynth
46
BECHEM
Hydrostar UWF
46
Biohyd PEG 46
Aral Vitam GF
4
FRAGOL
FUCHS
Houghton
Hydraulic TR
46
Renolin PGE
46
KLÜBER
AVILUB RSL
46
Avia Fluid ZAD
46
Energol HLP
46
LAMORA HLP
46
Q8
Haydn 46
Holst 46
Hydraulic S46
KUWAIT
LIQUI
MOLY
Mobil
HYSPIN AWS
46
SHELL
Fluid BD 46
COFRAN
Cofraline extra
46 S
Astron HLP 46
ELFOLNA 46
ELFOLNA DS
46
Stuart
Theunissen
TOTAL
TRIBOL
Hydrocor E46
ISOCOR E46
Engen
TQH 20/46
NUTO H 46
VALVOLINE
Ultrasyn PG
46
Econa PG 46
ENGEN
ESSO
FINA
Hydraulic oil PGK
46
Hydraulic oil
D3031.46
HYDRAN 46
RENOLIN
MR 15
VG 46
RENOLIN
B15
VG 46
Syntolubric 46
CASTROL
DEA
ELF
HLP VG 46
Manufacturer
ADDINOL
BP
ISO viscosity
class
HLP 46 ISO
Mobil DTE 25
Mobil
Hydraulic
Oil Medium
Shell Tellus
Oil 46
Shell Hydrol
DO 46
Cofraline
extra 46 S
Azolla ZS 46
Tribol 772
Tribol ET 114046
Tribol 943 AW
46
VERKOL
Vesta HLP 46
WINTERSHALL
WIOLAN HS 46
WIOLAN HX 4
Pos : 32.24 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
373
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.25 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/H ydr auli kölstand @ 0\mod_1197297631728_78.doc @ 17342 @ 2 @ 1
15.5 Hydraulic oil level
Pos : 32.26 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Unvorherges ehene Aktionen an der M asc hine_2 @ 0\mod_1197297750885_78.doc @ 17361 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
•
•
When working on the hydraulic system, always switch off the engine.
Remove the ignition key
Secure the machine against rolling (parking brake, wheel chocks)
Pos : 32.27 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/H ydrauli köl tank Kontr olle_Wechs el BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271152210463_78.doc @ 368391 @ @ 1
2
4
3
1
BM 500 0104
Fig. 300
Before checking the oil level or changing the oil:
•
Park the machine horizontally
•
Lower all mowing units and switch off the engine.
•
Remove plate (4)
Oil level check:
•
Time interval: Daily
•
The oil must be visible in the inspection window (1).
•
Refill oil if necessary (2)
Oil change:
•
Time intervals: every 500 hours or when the filter warning indicator lights, but at least
once a year
•
Drain oil with suitable hose via plug-in connection (3)
•
Collect the used oil in a suitable collection vessel.
•
Top up the oil (2)
•
Oil level (oil must be visible in inspection window (1)).
Capacity: approx. 80 l (approx. 21 U.S. gal)
Note
After checking or changing the oil, refit plate (4).
Pos : 32.28 /BA/Wartung/Öl kontroll e_Wechsel/Altöl ordnungsgemäß entsorgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.doc @ 15550 @ @ 1
Note
The used oil must be disposed of correctly
Pos : 32.29 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
374
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.30 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/H ydrauli köl filter ers etz en BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271333642081_78.doc @ 370903 @ 2 @ 1
15.6 Replacing the hydraulic oil filter
5
6
7
3
6
1
4
5
2
3
7
BM 500 0105
8
Fig. 301
Note
Ensure total cleanliness when changing the filter. Properly dispose of filter cartridge that was
removed
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Replace the filter (7) the first time after 50 operating hours, then every 500 operating
hours or after each mowing season (at the same time as changing the hydraulic oil).
Loosen the plug-in connection (1)
Loosen the hydraulic hose (2)
Remove the cover (3) by loosening the screw connections (4)
Remove the spring (5)
Take out the filter (7) and remove the dirt trap (8).
Clean the dirt trap (8)
Replace the filter (7) with a new filter.
Insert a new filter as follows
•
Attach the dirt trap (8) to the new filter (7)
•
Insert the filter with the dirt trap
•
Insert the spring (5)
•
Check the seal (6) for signs of wear and replace it if necessary
•
Screw on cover (5)
•
Fit the hydraulic hose (2)
Attach the plug-in connection (1)
Check the cover for leaks while the engine is running and tighten if necessary.
Pos : 32.31 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
375
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.32 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Verteilergetriebe BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271340390112_78.doc @ 371054 @ 2 @ 1
15.7 Transfer gearbox
1
3
2
BM 500 0133
Fig. 302
•
Park the machine on level ground.
Note
Use only gearbox oil (synthetic DIN 51502-PGLP) and dispose of used oil properly.
Oil level check:
•
Time interval: before every use
•
Oil level up to the sight glass (3) (the oil must be filled up to the middle of the sight glass)
•
If necessary, top up oil (synthetic DIN 51502-PGLP)
Oil change:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Change the oil after the first 30 to 50 operating hours. Thereafter, ever 500 hours (but at
least once a year)
Screw out the oil drain plug (2)
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
Screw in the oil drain plug (2)
Remove the venting screw (1)
Top up the oil (1) (oil level up to the middle of the sight glass (3))
Screw in the venting screw (1)
Capacity: approx. 11.5 litres
Note
•
•
•
Pos : 32.33 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
376
After filling with oil, run the diesel engine at a low idle speed for about 30 seconds.
Switch off the diesel engine and check the oil level. If necessary, top up with oil.
Repeat this procedure until there is no need to top up the oil after the level is checked.
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.34 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruc kfilter /Druc kfilter R admotor en/Druc kfilter @ 60\mod_1298030673108_78.doc @ 564045 @ 2 @ 1
15.8 Pressure filter
(Leakage oil pipe for wheel motors)
1
Fig. 303
The pressure filter (1) is located at the rear left in the vicinity of the hydraulic tank.
If a corresponding error message is displayed in the Info Centre, check and if necessary repair
the cause of damage.
Pos : 32.35 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Replace the pressure filter (1)
377
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.36.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/F-J/H oc hdruc kfilter @ 26\mod_1245836423991_78.doc @ 264126 @ 2 @ 1
15.9 High-pressure filter
Pos : 32.36.2 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Mitteldruc kfilter mit elektr. Vers chmutz ungsanzeig e @ 91\mod_1326192916928_78.doc @ 777827 @ @ 1
The filter takes up depositions of solid particles of the hydraulic system. The filtering of the
hydraulic circuit serves as a prevention of damages on components of the circuit. The filter is
equipped with an electrical contamination indicator. If the degree of contamination is too high,
an appropriate error message appears in the display.
Pos : 32.36.3 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Hinweis F ehl er mel dung „1512 Druc kfilter Arbeits- /Lenkhydr auli k" @ 91\mod_1326196981678_78.doc @ 777883 @ @ 1
Note
If the error message “1512 pressure filter work hydraulics/steering hydraulics” appears in the
display, the filter element must be changed.
Pos : 32.36.4 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Hoc hdruc kfilter bei Komfort_H ydr auli k Bil d_BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326197982433_78.doc @ 777945 @ @ 1
2
5
1
3
4
Fig. 304
Pos : 32.36.5 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Filter element wechsel n @ 26\mod_1245841608710_78.doc @ 264205 @ @ 1
Replacing the Filter Element
Pos : 32.36.6 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Ort H oc hdr uc kfilter Arbeits hydrauli k BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298027353223_78.doc @ 563935 @ @ 1
The filter (6) for the hydraulic circuit is located on the right side of the machine in front of the
pumps (brake hydraulics/operating and steering hydraulics).
Pos : 32.36.7 /BA/Wartung/U mwelt/Hinweis Ents orgen / Lag ern von Öle und Ölfilter U mwelt @ 32\mod_1253101375171_78.doc @ 311770 @ @ 1
ENVIRONMENT! - Disposal and storage of used lubricants and oil filters
Effect: Environmental damage
Store or dispose used oil and oil filters according to statutory provisions.
Pos : 32.36.8 /BA/Wartung/Hoc hdruc kfilter /Mitteldruc kfilterel ement wec hs eln( mit Verschmutz ungsanz eige) T ext @ 32\mod_1253779162271_78.doc @ 316939 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 32.37 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Filter wec hs el am Verteilergetri ebe @ 41\mod_1271342421300_78.doc @ 371079 @ 2 @ 1
378
Relieve all pressure from the hydraulic system.
Screw bottom of the filter (4) off the filter head piece (1) and clean it
Remove the filter element (3) and replace by a new filter element with identical
characteristics
Push a new filter element (3) onto the valve sleeve (5)
Check the O-ring seal (2) and replace it, if necessary, by O-ring seal with identical
characteristics
Screw bottom of the filter (4) back onto the filter head piece
Charge the hydraulic system with pressure and check for leaks
Maintenance – Basic Machine
15.10 Replacing the filter on the transfer gearbox
1
2
BM 500 0134
Fig. 305
Note
•
•
Park the machine on level ground.
Always change the filter when you change the oil in the transfer gearbox.
•
•
•
•
Unscrew the filter housing (1) by turning the welded nut (2) with a wrench (W/F 32).
Use a suitable container to collect the escaping oil
Replace the old filter with a new one
Screw the filter housing (1) back into position using a wrench (W/F 32).
Pos : 32.38 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
379
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.39 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/R adnabengetriebe an den Hinter achsen @ 97\mod_1329224094317_78.doc @ 830544 @ 2 @ 1
15.11 Wheel hub drives on the rear axles
3
1
2
BM 500 0223
Fig.306
•
•
Park the machine on firm, level ground so that the inspection screw (1) is centred
between the drain plug (2) and the filling plug (3).
Clean the wheel hub drive.
Oil level check:
•
•
•
•
•
Interval: every 250 hours
Unscrew the inspection screw (1)
Oil level up to bore hole (1)
If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90)
Screw in the inspection screw (1)
Oil change:
•
Change oil after the first 50 operating hours. Thereafter, every 500 hours (but at least
once a year).
•
Unscrew the filling plug (3), inspection screw (1) and oil drain plug (2).
•
Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan
•
Screw in the oil drain plug (2)
•
Top up the oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1))
•
Screw in the filling plug (3) and inspection screw (1).
Capacity: about 2.5 litres
Note
After filling the wheel hub drive, drive the machine a short distance and then check the oil level.
Pos : 32.40 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
380
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.41 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Luftans augung und -Verteil ung BM 500 @ 97\mod_1329228770872_78.doc @ 830969 @ 2 @ 1
15.12 Air Intake and Air Distribution
BM 500 0242
Fig. 307
381
Maintenance – Basic Machine
BM 500 0243
Fig. 308
Pos : 32.42 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
382
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.43 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/F-J/Frischl uftfilter @ 52\mod_1289402342234_78.doc @ 504132 @ 3 @ 1
15.12.1 Changing / cleaning the fresh air filter
Pos : 32.44 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Frisc hluftfilter defekt oder falsc h eingebaut WARNUN G @ 52\mod_1289402772703_78.doc @ 504186 @ @ 1
WARNING! – Fresh air filter faulty or incorrectly installed
Dust gets into the cab, is inhaled, and causes health damage.
•
Make certain the filter is seated to form a seal.
•
Replace faulty fresh air filters immediately.
Pos : 32.45 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Frisc hluftfilter Bil d BM420/500/BigX @ 52\mod_1289403600296_78.doc @ 504239 @ @ 1
2
1
3
BM 420 0023
Fig.309
Pos : 32.46 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Frisc hluftfilter text @ 52\mod_1289402494625_78.doc @ 504159 @ @ 1
A fresh air filter (3) in the form of a wedge filter cell is located in the upper cab area behind the
gill screen (2) on the left hand side in direction of travel. This filter (3) protects the driver in the
cab against dust or airborne dirt, which is outside the cab. Check the filter for soiling prior to any
operation.
Note
If filters are not properly maintained they may become very soiled, no longer ensuring that
sufficient fresh air is passed into the cab.
•
Open the closing device (1) by turning 90° clockwise.
•
Pull out the gill screen (2); check the wedge filter cell (3) for soiling and, if required, clean.
Shake out the filter (3); never use compressed air. In case of severe soiling, the filter (3) has to
be replaced.
Pos : 32.47 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
383
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.48 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/U mluftsi eb @ 0\mod_1197299889400_78.doc @ 17546 @ 3 @ 1
15.12.2 Circulation filter
BX200550
Fig. 310
Note
If the circulating air filter (1) is very dirty, the output of the air conditioning system may be
reduced and it may heat up.
•
Pos : 32.49 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
384
Clean the circulating air filter (1) regularly.
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.50 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Scheibenwas chanl age @ 0\mod_1197300179760_78.doc @ 17565 @ 2 @ 1
15.13 Windscreen washer system
Pos : 32.51 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Schei benwaschanlage auffüll en Bild BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272452693221_78.doc @ 377878 @ @ 1
Fig. 311
Pos : 32.52 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Schei benwaschanlage Vorratsbehälter Anbringungsor t @ 42\mod_1272453430003_78.doc @ 377934 @ @ 1
The lubricant reservoir (1) is located behind the cabin to the left in the direction of travel.
Pos : 32.53 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Schei benwaschanlage auffüll en @ 0\mod_1197300671119_78.doc @ 17605 @ @ 1
Check the level of the windscreen washer system daily. Refill the reservoir if necessary.
•
To fill the windscreen washer container (1) open cover (2).
Note
To achieve better cleaning effect under extreme crop and road conditions, add windshield
cleaner/antifreeze. In winter empty the washer unit or fill with special frost protection agent.
Pos : 32.54 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
385
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/U-Z/Wartung Klimaanl age und H eiz ung @ 0\mod_1197301016697_78.doc @ 17643 @ 2 @ 1
15.14 Maintenance - air conditioning system and heating
Pos : 32.55.2 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Speziell e Si cherheits hinweis e @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.doc @ 9134 @ 2 @ 1
15.15 Special Safety Instructions
Pos : 32.55.3 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/War nung - Berühr ung von Kältemittel @ 0\mod_1197301139072_78.doc @ 17682 @ @ 1
Warning! - Contact with refrigerant
Effect: Injuries
•
In case of repair, maintenance and cleaning work on the refrigerant circuit, refrigerant
emissions may occur; these emissions may be liquid or gaseous and are a hazard for
man and the environment. Take suitable protective measures (wear protective goggles
and protective gloves).
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back.
•
Repair, upkeep, maintenance and cleaning work must be carried out only by authorised
specialists.
•
In the case of refrigerant burns, always seek medical attention. Bring the datasheet to
present to a physician (see Chapter "Refrigerant Data Sheet R 134a (excerpt)).
•
Ensure sufficient ventilation when working on the refrigerating system.
•
During refill and repair do not allow refrigerants to escape; dispose of them into a
recycling container.
•
Spare parts that are used must correspond to the technical requirements of the machine
manufacturer. For this reason, use KRONE original spare parts only.
•
Extreme caution is advised when welding close to the air conditioning system
Pos : 32.55.4 /BA/Wartung/Selbs tfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Klimaanl age/Komponenten der Kli maanlag e @ 0\mod_1197301531697_78.doc @ 17701 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.1 Air conditioning components
A Compressor
on engine at the left-hand side of the vehicle, driven via V-belt
B Capacitor
behind the radiator unit, accessible from the left and right
C Dryer/collector
behind the radiator unit at the left-hand side of the vehicle
D Evaporator
in the cab roof
E Manometric switch
on drier, behind the radiator unit at the left-hand side of the vehicle
F Expansion valve
at the evaporator inlet
G Air conditioning system/heating rotary switch
in cab, roof panel
Pos : 32.55.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
386
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.6 /BA/Wartung/Selbs tfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Klimaanl age/Käl temittel datenblatt R 134a (Ausz ug) @ 0\mod_1197351117948_78.doc @ 17726 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.2 Refrigerant data sheet R 134a (excerpt)
Refrigerant R 134a:
Chemical designation:
1,1,1,2-tetrafluorethane
Chemical formula:
CH2F CF3
Molecular weight:
102.0 g/mol
Boiling point (at 1.013 bar):
-26.1°C
Freezing point:
-101.0°C
Critical temperature:
-101.1°C
Critical pressure:
40.60 bar
Density (liquid at +25° Celsius):
1.206 kg/m
Flammability limits
in air - not flammable
3
Environmental data
FKW 134a:
ODP - Ozonolysis potential
ODP = 0
CLP - Chlorine load potential
CLP = 0
HGWP - Greenhouse effect
HGWP = 0.26
PCR - Photochemical reactivity
PCR = 0.5
Pos : 32.55.7 /BA/Wartung/Selbs tfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Klimaanl age/T ec hnis che D aten @ 0\mod_1197351532839_78.doc @ 17745 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.3 Technical data
Technical Data
Component
Performance data
Evaporator
Refrigerating capacity* 5;200 Watt*
Heater
Heating capacity 4;000 Watt
Fan
1000 m /h free blowing
Voltage
12 Volt
Current consumption
15 amperes
Refrigerant
R 134a (CFC free)
3
* measured at +30° Celsius ambient temperature (data rendered by the manufacturer)
Pos : 32.55.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
387
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.9 /BA/Wartung/Selbs tfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Klimaanl age/Käl temittel BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271681602312_78.doc @ 372235 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.4 Refrigerant
Note
•
•
The air conditioning system is operated with 1300 g of refrigerant R134a
(tetrafluoroethane). This substance does not contain any chlorine atoms, and thus is
inoffensive to the ozone in the atmosphere of the world.
Nonetheless, the refrigerant must not be drained; it must be collected at a recycling plant.
For this reason do not sever any connecting pipes. Have maintenance and repair work
on the air conditioning system carried out only by your Krone dealer with a suitable
disposal and recycling equipment.
Pos : 32.55.10 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer /Grundmas chi ne/Kli maanlage/Druc ksc halter @ 0\mod_1197352444386_78.doc @ 17783 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.5 Manometric switch
Fig. 312:
Note
When the fan speed is at the highest still pleasant performance, set the cooling performance of
the air conditioning system to an average value. Let the air conditioning system not operate at
the lowest fan speed and highest cooling performance.
The air conditioning system has been fitted with a manometric switch (1) which shuts down the
system in case of excess pressure or negative pressure (on the dryer behind the combined
radiator on the left hand side in direction of travel).
Pos : 32.55.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
388
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.12 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer /Grundmas chi ne/Kli maanlage/Sammler / Tr oc kner @ 0\mod_1197352605245_78.doc @ 17844 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.6 Collector/drier
BMII-134
Fig. 313:
Since the refrigerant collector is pressurised, it is subject to the pressurised container
regulations during production and testing.
According to this regulation the pressurised tank is classified as test group II in accordance with
the permissible overpressure p in bar, the volume l in litres and the pressure product p x l.
According to Section 10 of the Pressurised Vessel Regulations these pressurised containers
must be subjected to recurring tests by an expert in accordance with section 32. In this case the
recurring tests consist, as a rule, of external inspections of the tank in use. In combination with
the inspection the refrigerant collector must be subjected to a visual inspection twice a year.
Special attention shall be given to corrosion and mechanical damage. If the container is not in a
correct state, for safety reasons it must be replaced to ensure sufficient protection to the user
and third parties due to the hazard which may be caused in handling or operating pressurised
containers.
Note
The ambient temperature must exceed the temperature set at the thermostat (generally +1°
Celsius) for the compressor to switch on.
Pos : 32.55.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
389
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.14 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer /Grundmas chi ne/Kli maanlage/Kältemittelzustand und di e F üllmeng e prüfen @ 0\mod_1197353140558_78.doc @ 17863 @ 3 @ 1
15.15.7 Checking refrigerant condition and level
Fig. 314
Note
The quantity of refrigerant is checked using the white ball float.
Loss of refrigerant through hoses in the air conditioning system is unavoidable. Check the
refrigerant level every 200 hours. Check the window (2) of the drier (1) with the engine running
and with the air conditioning system switched on (set to highest cooling action).
•
•
If the white float (5) is at the top, the volume of refrigerant is okay.
If the white float (5) is at the bottom, the refrigerant must be topped up (specialist
workshop).
Note
Humidity saturation is checked using the orange indicator pearl.
Moisture in the coolant circuit is collected in the filter desiccator.
•
•
If the indicator pearl (3) is orange, the degree of moisture is okay.
If the indicator pearl (3) has turned colourless, the collector unit of the drier must be
replaced (specialist workshop).
Note
Observe the instructions on the label (4) on the dryer (1).
Pos : 32.55.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
390
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.55.16 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer /Grundmas chi ne/Kli maanlage/Kondensator prüfen BM 500 @ 42\mod_1272447047846_78.doc @ 377828 @ 2 @ 1
15.16 Cleaning the radiator and radiator compartment
1
5
3
4
2
6
a
b
BM 500 0180
Fig. 315
Keep the radiator and radiator compartment clean at all times.
To do this:
•
Open the lateral hood (1) (right hand machine side) by releasing the lock (2).
•
Secure the lateral hood from closing.
•
Remove the guard (3).
•
Remove dirt from the radiator compartment (a).
To be able to remove dirt from the space (b), the radiator door (with sieve) must be pulled out.
To do this:
•
Unscrew the screw (4).
•
Loosen the pipe clamp (5).
•
Withdraw the radiator door to the right.
•
Remove the plastic plug (6) from the floor of the radiator box to allow dirt to fall out.
•
Remove dirt from the space (b).
After cleaning:
•
Replace the plastic plug (6).
•
Replace the radiator door.
•
Tighten the pipe clamp (5).
•
Insert and tighten the screw (4).
•
Install the guard (3)
•
Close the lateral hood (1) (right hand machine side).
Pos : 32.56 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
391
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.57.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Riementriebe @ 0\mod_1197276279135_78.doc @ 16733 @ 2 @ 1
15.17 Belt drives
Pos : 32.57.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Gefahr - Unvorherges ehene Aktionen an der M asc hine_3 @ 0\mod_1197353885870_78.doc @ 17920 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning. Remove the ignition key!
Pos : 32.57.3 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/Ac htung - Durc hrutsc hende Ri ementri ebe @ 0\mod_1197354754964_78.doc @ 17940 @ @ 1
Caution! - Slipping belt drives
Effect: Danger of fire
•
The build-up of dust, oil and grass inside the engine compartment is combustible and
presents an increased fire hazard.
•
Keep the engine and the engine compartment clean at all times.
•
Retighten or replace slipping belt drives immediately.
Pos : 32.57.4 /BA/Wartung/Riementriebe/Selbs tfahr er/Riemen allgemein @ 13\mod_1226488106287_78.doc @ 165850 @ @ 1
Note
•
•
•
Pos : 32.57.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
392
Keep all belts at good tension constantly.
Clean dirty belts with caustic cleaning fluid. Do not use petrol or similar products for
cleaning.
Check the tension of new belts after the first 10 operating hours and retension if
necessary.
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.57.6 /BA/Wartung/Riementriebe/Selbs tfahr er/Vorauss etz ung Riementriebe pr üfen_korrigieren @ 0\mod_1197353671339_78.doc @ 17959 @ @ 1
Note
Check the V-belt tension and condition of all belt drives after the first 10, 50 hours of operation
and thereafter every 200 operating hours.
•
Replace damaged or worn V-belts.
Prerequisite:
•
•
•
•
Lower the mowing unit into working position
Switching off the engine
Remove the ignition key
Secure the machine against rolling (parking brake, wheel chocks)
Pos : 32.57.7 /BA/Wartung/Riementriebe/Selbs tfahr er/Antri eb Absauggebläs e BM 500 @ 65\mod_1301550311149_78.doc @ 590025 @ 3 @ 1
15.17.1 Suction blower drive
2
3
4
1
BM 500 0229
Fig. 316
Check belt tension
Length of spring under tension a = approx. 140 mm
Correcting the belt tension:
•
Increase or reduce the spring tension of the tension spring (2) until distance a = approx.
140 mm is set.
To replace belt (1):
•
•
•
•
•
•
Relieve the spring (2) in the tensioning roller (3).
Loosen the shock absorber (4).
Swivel the tensioning roller (3).
Remove belt (1).
Put a new belt in place and tighten the tensioning roller spring a = 140 mm
Tighten up the shock absorber (4).
Note
The belt pulleys must be exactly aligned.
Make sure the fan blade is in a central position in the radiator cover.
Pos : 32.57.8 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
393
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.57.9 /BA/Wartung/Riementriebe/Selbs tfahr er/Antri eb Lüfterrad BM 500 @ 65\mod_1301553521322_78.doc @ 590136 @ 3 @ 1
15.17.2 Fan wheel drive
3
2
BM 500 0230
Fig. 317 (left-hand side of the machine)
Check belt tension
Length of spring under tension a = approx. 150 mm
Correcting the belt tension:
•
Increase or reduce the spring tension of the tension spring (2) until distance a = approx.
150 mm is set.
To replace belt (1):
4
1
2
3
BM 500 0231
Fig. 318 (right-hand side of the machine)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Relieve the spring (2) in the tensioning roller (3).
Loosen the shock absorber (4).
Swivel the tensioning roller (3).
Remove belt (1).
Put a new belt in place and tighten the tensioning roller spring a = 150 mm
Tighten up the shock absorber (4).
Note
The belt pulleys must be exactly aligned.
Make sure the fan blade is in a central position in the radiator cover.
Pos : 32.57.10 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
394
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.57.11 /BA/Wartung/Ri ementri ebe/Sel bstfahrer/Antrrieb Querför der er 90mm BM 500 @ 61\mod_1298965205266_78.doc @ 568718 @ 3 @ 1
15.17.3 Cross Conveyor Drive
1
8
2
6
7
3
5
4
6
BM 400 0230
Fig. 319
Check belt tension
Length of spring under tension a = approx. 90 mm
Correcting the belt tension:
•
•
•
Remove the guard (1)
Increase or reduce the spring tension of the tension spring (2) until distance a = approx.
90 mm is set.
Install the guard (1)
To replace belt (3):
•
Remove the guard (1)
•
Remove the protective strut (7) and sensor holder (8).
•
Use the mounting lever (4) to raise the idler pulley (5).
•
Remove the old belt (3).
•
Place the new belt (3) onto the pulleys (6).
•
Lower the idler pulley (5) slowly and withdraw the mounting lever (4).
With the V-belt under tension, dimension a must be equal to approx. 90 mm. Correct the
belt tension as necessary
•
•
Install the protective strut (7) and sensor holder (8).
Install the guard (1)
Pos : 32.58 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
395
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.59.1 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Rei fen @ 0\mod_1197357995667_78.doc @ 18075 @ 2 @ 1
15.18 Tyres
Pos : 32.59.2 /BA/Sic herheit/Gefahrenhinweise/War nung - F alsche R eifenmontage @ 0\mod_1197358162433_78.doc @ 18132 @ @ 1
Warning! - Tyre fitting incorrect
Effect: Injuries or damage to the machine
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 32.59.3 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
396
Fitting tyres requires sufficient knowledge and the availability of proper tools!
If tyres are not correctly fitted, it could explode when pumped up. This can cause serious
injury. If you do not have sufficient experience of fitting tyres, have tyres fitted by the
KRONE dealer or a qualified tyre specialist.
When fitting tyres on the wheel rims, the maximum pressure given by the tyre
manufacturer must not be exceeded. The tyre or even the wheel rim could explode
and/or burst.
If the tyre heels do not fit properly when the maximum permitted pressure is reached, let
out the air, align tyres, lubricate the tyre heels and pump up the tyre again.
Detailed information about how to fit tyres onto agricultural machinery can be obtained
from the tyre manufacturers.
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.59.4 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/P-T/Rei fen prüfen und pfl egen @ 0\mod_1197358037214_78.doc @ 18094 @ 3 @ 1
15.18.1 Checking and maintaining tyres
Pos : 32.59.5 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/R eifen prüfen Bild Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1272005455501_78.doc @ 374650 @ @ 1
5
BM 500 0158
Fig. 320
Pos : 32.59.6 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/R eifen prüfen Big M 400 T ext @ 0\mod_1197358379792_78.doc @ 18172 @ @ 1
Check the tyres for damage and air pressure every day as the service life of tyres depends on
the air pressure.
•
•
•
•
Repair any cuts or tears in the tyres as soon as possible or change the tyres.
Do not expose tyres to oil, grease, fuel, or chemicals; nor should you let them stand in the
sunlight for long periods.
Drive carefully; avoid driving over sharp stones or edges.
Use a precisely working tyre gauge to check the tyre pressure at least once a week (see
chapter entitled "Technical Data").
Note
Never operate the machine at the tyre pressure usual for transport of the tyres. Keep the valve
caps fitted on the valves to keep dirt out. Check the tyre pressure frequently!
Pos : 32.59.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
397
Maintenance – Basic Machine
Pos : 32.59.8 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/R adbefestigung 700 N m @ 61\mod_1298562110845_78.doc @ 567285 @ 3 @ 1
15.18.2 Wheel mounting
700 Nm
BM 500 0219
Fig. 321
Tighten the wheel nuts after the first and then every 20 to 25 operating hours to a torque of 700
Nm.
Pos : 32.60 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Gr undmasc hine/Befes tigungss chr auben am Ausleger nac hziehen BM 500 @ 91\mod_1326200476711_78.doc @ 778001 @ 3 @ 1
15.18.3 Tighten the Fastening Screws on the Outrigger
Fig. 322
•
Pos : 33 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
398
Tighten the fastening screws (1) of the front and rear outriggers on the frame with a
tightening torque of 640 Nm (once a year).
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - Sc hmier plan @ 0\mod_1197359304198_78.doc @ 18232 @ 1 @ 1
16 Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Absc hmier en der Gel enkwelle @ 0\mod_1197359496183_78.doc @ 18251 @ 2 @ 1
16.1 Lubricating the PTO shaft
Pos : 34.3 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Sc hmierpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Bei der Montage von Gel enkwell en darauf ac hten, dass die Gabeln an den Durc htriebes well en @ 61\mod_1298964592278_78.doc @ 568689 @ @ 1
When mounting drive shafts, make sure that the forks on the through drive shafts are aligned in
the same way.
Pos : 34.4 /BA/Wartung/Hi nweis aus Gründen der Ü bersicht @ 2\mod_1202799283498_78.doc @ 61453 @ @ 1
Note
To make the illustration easier to read, the greasing points have only been shown on one side
of the machine. The greasing same points are present on the other side of the machine (mirrorimage).
Pos : 34.5 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
399
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.6 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Sc hmierpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Abschmi eren Gel enkwelle BM 500 s eitliche M ähwer ke @ 41\mod_1272008177189_78.doc @ 374700 @ @ 1
Lateral mowing units
50h
50h
Fig. 323
Pos : 34.7 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
400
50h
50h
50h
BM 500 0216
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.8 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Sc hmierpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Abschmi eren Gel enkwelle BM 500 Frontmähwer k @ 61\mod_1298378620125_78.doc @ 565572 @ @ 1
Front mowing unit
1
1
50h
50h
50h
BM 500 0217
Fig. 324
Pos : 34.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
401
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.10 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Schmi erpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Absc hmier en Gelenkwelle BM 500 Antrieb Fr ontmähwer k/Verteilergetri ebe @ 61\mod_1298378623703_78.doc @ 565599 @ @ 1
Cardan Shaft
Transfer gearbox – intermediate bearing
Intermediate bearing – front drive shaft
2
1
50h
50h
50h
50h
BM 500 0218
Fig. 325
Pos : 34.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
402
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.12 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Schmi erpl an @ 0\mod_1197361829026_78.doc @ 18495 @ 2 @ 1
16.2 Lubrication Chart
Pos : 34.13 /BA/Wartung/Hinweis aus Gr ünden der Ü bersic ht @ 2\mod_1202799283498_78.doc @ 61453 @ @ 1
Note
To make the illustration easier to read, the greasing points have only been shown on one side
of the machine. The greasing same points are present on the other side of the machine (mirrorimage).
Pos : 34.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
403
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.15 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Schmi erpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Schmi erplan seitlic he Mähwer ke BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298302477231_78.doc @ 565191 @ @ 1
Lateral mowing units
939 451 1 (18x)
2
1
1
4
3
2
5
6
3
50h
50h
4
50h
5
6
50h
50h
50h
BM 500 0212
Fig. 326
Pos : 34.16 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
404
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.17 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Schmi erpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Schmi erplan Frontmähwer ke BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298302612152_78.doc @ 565218 @ @ 1
Front mowing unit
5
4
1
5
4
3
1
3
2
2
2
1
50h
50h
50h
50h
3
4
50h
50h
5
50h
939 451 1 (14x)
BM 500 0213
Fig. 327
Pos : 34.18 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
405
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.19 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Schmi erpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Schmi erplan Grundmasc hi ne sei tlich BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298303889419_78.doc @ 565300 @ @ 1
Main machine lateral
3
2
1
1
2
50h
50h
50h
50h
3
939 451 1 (11x)
50h
Fig. 328
Pos : 34.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
406
BM 500 0215
Maintenance – lubrication chart
Pos : 34.21 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/Schmi erpl an/Big M 400/420/500/Schmi erplan Grundmasc hi ne hi nten BM 500 @ 60\mod_1298302688542_78.doc @ 565245 @ @ 1
Main machine rear
2
1
1
1
2
50h
50h
50h
939 451 1 (3x)
50h
BM 500 0214
Fig. 329
Pos : 35 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
407
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - El ektri k @ 0\mod_1197362427261_78.doc @ 18572 @ 1 @ 1
17 Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.2 /BA/Sicher heit/Gefahr enhinweis e/Gefahr - U nvor hergesehene Akti onen an der Maschi ne_4 @ 0\mod_1197365392761_78.doc @ 18610 @ @ 1
Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any
repairs, maintenance or cleaning. Remove the ignition key!
•
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key.
•
Secure the machine against accidental start-up and against rolling!
•
During repair work (welding) always switch off the engine, set main battery switch (1) to
pos. II (circuit interrupted) and remove the cable plug from the MR2 control unit on the
engine!
Pos : 36.3 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Wartung - Elektri k/T echnisc he Daten der el ektrisc hen @ 0\mod_1197365664870_78.doc @ 18629 @ 2 @ 1
17.1 Electrical equipment - technical data
Pos : 36.4 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
408
Generator power
14V /150 A
Number of batteries
2
Battery voltage -
12V
Battery capacity
(2x) 135 Ah
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.5 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Batterie @ 0\mod_1197366520558_78.doc @ 18648 @ 2 @ 1
17.2 Battery
Pos : 36.6 /BA/Sicher heit/Batterie/Gefahr - Batterieg ase sind hochexplosi v Version 1 @ 0\mod_1197366598276_78.doc @ 18667 @ @ 1
Danger! - Battery gases are highly explosive
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Batteries develop a highly explosive electrolytic gas. Do not allow sparks or naked flames
anywhere near the battery.
•
During repair work (welding work) on the electrical system or engine, always switch the
engine off.
•
Interrupt the electrical power circuit with the main battery switch.
•
Disconnect the cable plug (2) from the MR2 control unit on the engine!
•
Note the correct polarity when disconnecting and connecting the battery.
•
When jump-starting the battery, make certain that only a voltage of 12 V is connected to
each battery!
Pos : 36.7 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Wartung - Elektri k/Batteri en Big M 500 Bild @ 41\mod_1271912795678_78.doc @ 373605 @ @ 1
2
1
BM 500 0153
Fig. 330
Pos : 36.8 /BA/Wartung/Sel bstfahrer/Wartung - Elektri k/Batteri en Big M 400/500 Text @ 0\mod_1197367396698_78.doc @ 18749 @ @ 1
The Big M is equipped with two batteries (1) of 12 V (135 Ah) each, which are connected in
series (24 V) for starting.
A switching relay (2) is used to switch.
The operating voltage is only 12 V!
Note
Keep the battery clean of dust and chaff.
Pos : 36.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
409
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.10 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Batterie-Hauptsc halter
@ 45\mod_1276841104984_78.doc @ 409039 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.1 Main battery switch
Pos : 36.11 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/SCR (s elekti ven katal ytischen R edukti on)- Leitungen bloc ki eren @ 45\mod_1276838982015_78.doc @ 409015 @ @ 1
CAUTION! SCR (selective catalytic reduction) lines can become blocked
SCR lines can become clogged and engine output will reduce.
•
Only switch off the battery main switch after a coasting time of 2 minutes, as otherwise
the SCR lines can become clogged by crystallization.
Pos : 36.12 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterie-H aupts chalter BM 500 @ 38\mod_1265363324870_78.doc @ 348689 @ @ 1
Fig. 331
The main battery switch is used to turn on or interrupt the machine ’s power supply.
The main battery switch is located in the direction of travel in the middle right of the machine.
I – Electrical power circuit turned on
II – Electrical power circuit interrupted
Pos : 36.13 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterie-H aupts chalter Hinweis @ 49\mod_1287041037031_78.doc @ 464424 @ @ 1
Note - Ignition to level 1 or 2
Effect: Battery discharges
•
The battery is discharging even when the main battery switch interrupts the electrical
power circuit. (Position II)).
•
Before extended times with no usage, disconnect the electrical power circuit with the
main battery switch (position II).
•
Disconnect cables from battery terminal for winter storage (you may wish to charge or
discharge the battery).
Pos : 36.14 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
410
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.15 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Batterie aufladen @ 0\mod_1197368701995_78.doc @ 18795 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.2 Charging Batteries
Pos : 36.16 /BA/Sic herheit/Batterie/Gefahr - Batteriegas e, Batteries äure @ 0\mod_1197369332058_78.doc @ 18853 @ @ 1
Danger! - Battery gases, battery acid
Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine.
•
Remove the plastic covers of the battery in order to prevent highly explosive gas from
gathering.
•
Battery acid inside the batteries causes burns on contact with skin and eyes.
•
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing.
•
Wear suitable protective clothing, since battery acid will corrode its way through normal
clothing, safety boots and safety goggles.
•
Rinse away splashed acid immediately with clear water and if appropriate seek medical
attention.
Pos : 36.17 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Sc hnellladung @ 0\mod_1197369592011_78.doc @ 18915 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.3 Quick charge
Fig. 332:
When quick charging the battery, disconnect the battery negative cable and open all battery
cells to avoid damage to the electrical system.
Removing the battery:
Always disconnect the earth cable first and then the positive cable before removing the battery.
Pos : 36.18 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterie r einigen @ 0\mod_1197369802542_78.doc @ 18934 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.4 Cleaning the battery
•
•
Wipe the battery clean as and when necessary.
Use a brush to remove any oxidation on the pole terminals.
•
Use pole grease on the battery poles and the pole terminals.
•
Keep the venting holes of the plugs open.
Pos : 36.19 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
411
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.20 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 3/A-E/Batterie prüfen @ 0\mod_1197368742605_78.doc @ 18814 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.5 Check battery
Pos : 36.21 /BA/Sic herheit/Batterie/Gefahr - Batteries äur en @ 0\mod_1197368825761_78.doc @ 18833 @ @ 1
Danger! - Battery acids
Effect: Chemical burns
•
Battery acid inside the batteries causes burns on contact with skin and eyes.
•
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing.
•
Wear suitable protective clothing, since battery acid will corrode its way through normal
clothing, safety boots and safety goggles.
•
Rinse away splashed acid immediately with clear water and if appropriate seek medical
attention.
•
If you top up the distilled water during the winter, allow the engine to run for about 30
minutes to ensure a better mixture of water and acid.
•
Use distilled water only.
Pos : 36.22 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Säur estand prüfen @ 0\mod_1197369919339_78.doc @ 18953 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.6 Check acid level
Fig. 333:
Check the acid level every 250 operating hours.
•
The acid level should be at the mark above the upper plate edge.
Note
Use only properly filled and maintained batteries.
Coat the battery terminals with acid protection grease (terminal grease).
Pos : 36.23 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
412
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.24 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/M ess en der Säur edic hte @ 0\mod_1197370272823_78.doc @ 18972 @ 3 @ 1
17.2.7 Measuring Acid Density
Fig. 334:
•
Use an acid tester to measure the acid density of each battery cell.
A fully charged battery should have an acid density of 1.28 in normal climatic conditions.
Pos : 36.25 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
•
Recharge the battery, if the density drops below 1.20.
413
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.26 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Batterien einbauen und polrichtig ansc hließ en @ 0\mod_1197370412776_78.doc @ 19054 @ 2 @ 1
17.3 Fitting the batteries and connecting the poles correctly
Caution! - Installation of Batteries
Effect: Damages to the machine
•
Always connect batteries with the correct polarity
3
1
4
2
Fig. 335:
To do this:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 36.27 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
414
Connect the positive cable from the starter (3) to the positive pole of the battery (1).
Connect the positive cable of the battery (1) with the positive pole (30a) of the battery
changeover relay (4).
Connect the negative cable of the battery (1) with the negative pole (31a) of the battery
changeover relay (4).
Connect the negative cable from the starter (3) to the negative pole of the battery (2).
Connect the negative cable of the battery (2) with the negative pole (31) of the battery
changeover relay (4).
Connect the positive cable of the battery (2) with the positive pole (30) of the battery
changeover relay (4).
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.28 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/A-E/Dr ehstromgenerator @ 0\mod_1197370865698_78.doc @ 19073 @ 2 @ 1
17.4 Three-phase generator
Pos : 36.29 /BA/Sic herheit/elektrische Bedi enung/Ac htung - Arbeiten an der el ektrisc hen Anlag e @ 0\mod_1197370959323_78.doc @ 19111 @ @ 1
Caution! - Working on the electrical system
Effect: Damages to the machine
•
When working on the electrical system, remove the positive lines on the batteries.
•
Interrupt the electrical power circuit with the main battery switch.
•
The cable contacts of the positive cable are to be protected against inadvertent contact
with the battery contacts.
Pos : 36.30 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Dr ehstromg enerator Big M 500 Bild @ 41\mod_1272365969498_78.doc @ 376475 @ @ 1
Fig. 336
Pos : 36.31 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Dr ehstromg enerator T ext @ 0\mod_1197371243636_78.doc @ 19130 @ @ 1
Note
For further information please refer to the manufacturer’s operating instructions included with
delivery (chapter "Fitting and Dismantling V-Ribs")
Have the three-phase generator checked once a year at a specialist workshop.
Pos : 36.32 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
415
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.33 /Ü berschriften/Ü berschriften 2/P-T/Starter @ 0\mod_1197370892620_78.doc @ 19092 @ 2 @ 1
17.5 Starter
Pos : 36.34 /BA/Sic herheit/elektrische Bedi enung/Ac htung - Arbeiten an der el ektrisc hen Anlag e @ 0\mod_1197370959323_78.doc @ 19111 @ @ 1
Caution! - Working on the electrical system
Effect: Damages to the machine
•
When working on the electrical system, remove the positive lines on the batteries.
•
Interrupt the electrical power circuit with the main battery switch.
•
The cable contacts of the positive cable are to be protected against inadvertent contact
with the battery contacts.
Pos : 36.35 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Starter Bil d Big M 500 @ 41\mod_1272372058420_78.doc @ 376864 @ @ 1
BM 500 0173
Fig. 337
Pos : 36.36 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Starter Text @ 0\mod_1197371466761_78.doc @ 19149 @ @ 1
Note
If the electrical power circuit is interrupted by the main battery switch, 12 V is still present on the
starter.
If the starter fails or does not work properly, investigate the cause of the problem. If the
suggestions listed below do not remove the damage, please seek the advice of your KRONE
dealer. Have the starter checked thoroughly once a year at a specialist workshop.
Loose, soiled or corroded cable connections:
•
Clean the cable connections on the starter and tighten the connections.
•
Clean the earth cable on the engine and tighten the connection to the engine.
Battery performance too low:
•
Check the electrolyte as well as acid density, and recharge the battery, if and when
necessary.
Discharged battery:
•
Charge the battery.
Use of a wrong engine oil viscosity:
•
Always use the right engine oil according to the specification.
Starter safety relay is defective:
•
Pos : 36.37 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
416
Replace the relay.
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.38 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Steuer einhei ten und Sic her ungen Big M 420/500 @ 83\mod_1317362329696_78.doc @ 729087 @ 2 @ 1
17.6 Control units and fuses
4
8
A
1
6
5
3
7
2
BM 420 0052
Fig. 338
Note
Have work on the electronic system carried out by KRONE after-sales service or KRONE
dealer only!
The control units listed below are located behind the cover (1) of the operating panel in the
driver’s cab.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CU control unit console
MFR engine control
SmartDrive (travelling gear)
KMC1 Krone machine controller
DIOM output module
Designations of fuses, relays and LEDs for the control units listed above are located on the
console circuit board. The console circuit board is located behind the cover (A) of the operating
panel in the driver’s cab. For an overview of the console circuit board, see the chapter entitled
"Console Circuit Board"
Pos : 36.39 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Steuer einhei ten und Sic her ungen Big M 500 Z us atz @ 97\mod_1329229105562_78.doc @ 830997 @ @ 1
Note
The SLC (safety steering computer) is still located behind the SmartDrive (3) (traction drive).
Pos : 36.40 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
417
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.41 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/EDC-El ectr onic-Di esel-C onntr ol BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272362306639_78.doc @ 376370 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.1 Electronic Diesel Control (EDC)
Fig. 339
The Electronic Diesel Control EDC (1) is located to the left of the engine in the direction of
travel. For more information, please refer to the operating instructions of the engine
manufacturer. Designations of fuses, relays as well as LEDs for the Electronic Diesel Control
EDC (1) are located on the console circuit board.
The console circuit board is located behind the cover (1) of the operating panel in the driver’s
cab. For an overview of the console circuit board, see the chapter entitled "Console Circuit
Board"
Pos : 36.42 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Kabi nen-Rel ais plati ne BM 500 @ 41\mod_1272009693283_78.doc @ 374776 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.2 Cabin relay circuit board
1
BM 500 0160
Fig. 340
Designations of fuses, relays and LEDs for the cab are located on the cab relay circuit board.
The cabin relay circuit board is located in the cabin behind the cover (1) on the cabin ceiling.
For an overview of the console circuit board, see the chapter entitled "Cab Circuit Board"
Pos : 36.43 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
418
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.44 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Sic her ung en/Pl atine Kons ole BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271934636678_78.doc @ 374144 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.3 Circuit board console
Fig. 341
Pos : 36.45 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
419
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.46 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Sic her ung en/Pl atine Kabi ne BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271934635256_78.doc @ 374119 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.4 Cab circuit board
Fig. 342
Pos : 36.47 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
420
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.48 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Sic her ung en/Pl atine Krone-Masc hinen-Contoller (KMC 1) BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271934637709_78.doc @ 374169 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.5 Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC1)
Fig. 343
Pos : 36.49 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
421
Maintenance – electrical system
Pos : 36.50 /BA/Wartung/Selbstfahr er/War tung - El ektri k/Sic her ung en/Pl atine Krone-Masc hinen-Contoller (KMC 2) BM 500 @ 41\mod_1271935084037_78.doc @ 374194 @ 3 @ 1
17.6.6 Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC2)
Fig. 344
Pos : 37 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
422
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - Zentr alschmi erung @ 0\mod_1197378235308_78.doc @ 19471 @ 1 @ 1
18 Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.2 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/BEKA M AX @ 51\mod_1288863746156_78.doc @ 497745 @ @ 1
BEKA MAX
Pos : 38.3 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/Betri eb der M aschi ne mit nic ht z ul ässigen oder verunrei nigten Schmi erstoffen @ 51\mod_1288876736250_78.doc @ 497991 @ @ 1
CAUTION!
The machine must not be operated with non-permitted or uncleaned lubricants.
Machine damage.
Check the surrounding area to ensure it is clean.
•
Use suitable and clean tools.
•
Use permitted lubricants.
•
Lubricants must be free of impurities.
Pos : 38.4 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/U-Z/Übersic ht @ 53\mod_1289900374656_78.doc @ 506510 @ 2 @ 1
18.1 Overview
Pos : 38.5 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/Schmi erpl an Zentr alschm. BM 500 Bild @ 65\mod_1301465217358_78.doc @ 589403 @ @ 1
1
1
2 3
4
6
5
Fig. 345
Pos : 38.6 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/Schmi erpl an Zentr alschm. BM 500 T abelle @ 65\mod_1301465219639_78.doc @ 589430 @ @ 1
List of distributors
Notes
1
Lateral mowing units right/left
2
Cylinder pump
3
Main distributor
4
Portal
5
Basic machine (front)
6
Front mowing unit
Pos : 38.7 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/Schmi erstoffbefüll ung BM 500 @ 70\mod_1305716728398_78.doc @ 639275 @ @ 1
423
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
1
2
BM 500 0232
Fig. 346
The lubricant tank (1) is filled via the grease nipple connection (2) by means of a commercial
grease gun. The grease nipple connection is located on the top of the machine behind the cab
in the grid.
Pos : 38.8 /BA/Wartung/Z entralsc hmier anl age/BEKA-MAX/Abfüll kupplung @ 51\mod_1288867617671_78.doc @ 497827 @ 2 @ 1
18.2 Fill coupling
3
1
2
4
BX110008
Fig.347
Pos : 38.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
424
•
•
Remove the lubrication nipple (3) and replace by filler neck 995-000-705 (4)
The coupling box 995-001-500 (2) must be fitted to the filling pump (1).
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.10 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/BEKA-M AX/Befüllz ylinder @ 51\mod_1288868166031_78.doc @ 497854 @ @ 1
Filling cylinder
M20x 1,5
3
2
1
BX110009
Fig. 348
•
•
Remove the M20x1.5 closure screw (3) and replace by filler socket 940 392 0 (2)
For filling remove the protective cap on the socket (2) and the filling cylinder 940 393 0
(1)
Pos : 38.11 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/Vog el/Sc hmi erstoff @ 0\mod_1197382302761_78.doc @ 19909 @ 2 @ 1
18.3 Lubricant
To ensure continuous problem-free operation of the central lubrication system, we recommend
using the following greases that we have tested. (Greases with sodium soap must not be used
in either the on-road or off-road area because they are soluble in water.)
Note
To ensure the system works properly, be careful no impurities enter the system when refilling
lubricant. Dirt will cause malfunctions in the central lubrication system and will damage or
destroy parts an friction points.
Grease can be changed from conventional grease to bio-degradable greases (and vice-versa)
for the products listed here without resulting disadvantage.
Standard commercial greases or greases recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or
grease should be used as lubricants . Greases should still exhibit adequate suction and flowing
behaviour at –25 °C (max. flow pressure 700 mb).
They must not have a tendency to bleed out, since this can result in blockages during extended
operation.
MoS2 greases (up to 5 % molybdenum disulphide) can be distributed and pumped with VOGEL
progressive pumps.
Pos : 38.12 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/Vog el/Ver wenden von falsc hen Sc hmierstoffen @ 11\mod_1222685784023_78.doc @ 142396 @ @ 1
Warning - Use of incorrect lubricants
Effect: Bearing damage to the machine
Use only the lubricants listed here. The central lubrication must never under any circumstances
be filled with fluid grease.
Pos : 38.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
425
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.14 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/Vog el/Fetts orten @ 0\mod_1197382597474_78.doc @ 19894 @ 3 @ 1
18.3.1 Grease types, NLGIClass 2
Manufacturer Type designation
Minimum
With soap pumping
temperature [°C]
AGIP
ARAL
BECHEM
BP
Autol Top 2000
Spec. Ca
Long-term grease H
Li
High–Lub L4742
Li
Energrease LS EP 9346
Li
Energrease LS-EP2
Li
CASTROL
Spheerol EP L2
Li
ESSO
Exxon multi-purpose grease Li
ELF
ELF Multi 2
Li
FINA
EP multi-purpose grease
Li
FUCHS
LZR 2
Li
KROON OIL
Lithep Grease
Li
MOBIL
Mobilux EP 2
Li
Mobilgrease
MB 2
Li
MOGUL
LV 1 EP
Li
ÖMV
ÖMV Signum M283
Li/Ca
OPTIMOL
Olit EP 2
Li
SHELL
Retinax EP L2
Li
TEXACO
Multifak EP2
Li
TOTAL
Multis EP2
Li
Zeller & Gmelin Divinol multi-purpose grease 2 Li
–10
–25
–20
–25
–20
–20
–20
–20
–20
–25
–10
–15
–20
–25
–25
–25
–20
–15
–20
–20
Lubrication greases with fast bio-degradable times
ARAL
BAB EP 2
AVIA
Syntogrease
BECHEM
UWS VE 42
DEA
Dolon E EP2
FINA
Biolical EP S2
FUCHS
Plantogel 0120S
LUBRITECH Stabyl Eco EP2
ÖMV
ÖMV ecodur EP2
TEXACO
Starfak 2
Zeller & Gmelin Divinol E2
Pos : 38.15 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
426
Li/Ca
Li
Li/Ca
Li/Ca
Li/Ca
Li
Li/Ca
Ca
Ca
Li
–20
–25
–25
–20
–25
–25
–20
–25
–20
–25
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.16 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/BEKA-M AX/Füllstands kontr olle @ 86\mod_1320160327245_78.doc @ 742075 @ 2 @ 1
18.4 Checking the fill level
USA
1
min
2
ZTS 000 0002
Fig.349
Visual
The transparent lubricant tank (1) permits a visual inspection of the fill.
Pos : 38.17 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
427
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.18 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/BEKA-M AX/Zeiten des Sc hmi erinter valls ändern @ 86\mod_1320160656490_78.doc @ 742103 @ 2 @ 1
18.5 Change the Times of the Lubrication Interval
The lubrication intervals of the system have been pre-adjusted ex works.
Default setting upon delivery:
Cycle time: 1h
Lubrication period: 8 min
Change setting:
9
7
8
ZTS 000 0003
Fig. 350
•
•
•
•
•
Use a flat screw driver to remove the red frame (7) on the protective motor housing of the
pump
Unscrew the four cross-head screws and lift off the transparent protective cover
Use a flat screwdriver to set the cycle time (8) / lubrication duration (9)
Reposition the transparent protective cover and secure it with the four cross-head screws
Securely attach the red frame (7) again
CAUTION!
If the cover is not properly closed, water can penetrate the system, which then may be
destroyed. In this case, the warranty will be void.
Pos : 38.19 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/BEKA-M AX/Fehlers uc he und Bes eitigung @ 51\mod_1288879023093_78.doc @ 498017 @ 2 @ 1
18.6 Troubleshooting
Jam in the system or at a connected lubrication point.
•
•
•
•
Pos : 38.20 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
428
Unscrew the outlet screw connections from the main distributor to the subdistributor one
after the other. If lubricant suddenly exits under pressure when one of the outlet screw
connections is loosened, the connected subdistributor is blocked. If lubricant does not exit
from any of the outlet screw connections, the main distributor is blocked. Clean the main
distributor or replace it.
Reinstall the outlet screw connections.
Loosen the outlet screw connections on the blocked subdistributor. If lubricant suddenly
exits under pressure when unscrewing one of the outlet screw connections, the
connected lubrication point is blocked. If lubricant does not exit from any of the outlet
screw connections, the subdistributor is blocked. Clean the blocked subdistributor and
replace it if required.
Remove the blockage at the lubrication point.
Maintenance – Central Lubrication
Pos : 38.21 /BA/Wartung/Zentr alsc hmieranl age/BEKA-M AX/Signalanz eigen @ 51\mod_1288879531062_78.doc @ 498044 @ @ 1
Signal displays
6
5
4
ZTS 000 0004
Fig.351
Note
The red LED always displays a malfunction in the program sequence.
The function of the pump is displayed via two control LEDs (green (4)/red (5)) in the viewing
window (6) on the protective motor housing of the pump. The red LED always displays a
malfunction in the program sequence.
LED
red
green
red
green
red
Signal display
on
off
on
off
on
off
on
off
on
off
Ready for operation: 1.5 sec
Display of functional
readiness
During the entire lubrication process
green
on
off
red
on
off
on
off
Until the lubricant reservoir is re-filled
red
on
off
1 sec
green
on
off
red
on
off
Cycle error on the
progressive distributor
Error grease level
Grease level too low
1 sec.
Error pump motor speed
0.5 sec
0.5 sec.
green
Program run of a
lubrication process
1 sec
1 sec.
green
Description
Error CPU / memory
on
off
Pos : 39 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
429
Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.1 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/A-E/Ei nlager ung @ 0\mod_1197385459120_78.doc @ 19966 @ 1 @ 1
19 Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.2 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/A-E/Am Ende der Er ntesais on @ 0\mod_1197385501276_78.doc @ 19985 @ 2 @ 1
19.1 At the End of the Harvest Season
Pos : 40.3 /BA/Einl agerung/Sel bstfahrer/Einl agerung Big M 400 @ 0\mod_1197385531370_78.doc @ 20004 @ @ 1
Placing the machine in storage at the end of the harvest season is the best possible way to
preserve the machine.
•
•
•
Park the machine in a dry place protected from the elements where no commercial
fertilisers are stored.
Support the machine on blocks so that the entire weight is not resting on the wheels.
Clean the machine thoroughly through the maintenance openings inside and out. Chaff
and dirt attract moisture, which causes steel parts to begin rusting.
Note
If a high pressure washing device is used for cleaning, do not point the water jet at the bearing
or electrical system/electronic components.
•
Lubricate the machine according to the lubrication chart. Grease the threadings of setting
screws and similar items; relieve springs.
•
Transport interlock ratchet mechanism for side mowers: grease the bolt.
•
Lubricate the plunger rods of all hydraulic cylinders liberally and insert as far as possible.
•
Moisten with oil all lever joints, cutter bars, and bearing points that cannot be lubricated.
Write down all repair jobs that must be performed by the next harvest and arrange for them to
be done with sufficient lead time. Your KRONE dealer is better able to perform maintenance
service and any required repairs outside of harvest season.
Pos : 40.4 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/K-O/Motor ber eich @ 0\mod_1197385875776_78.doc @ 20043 @ 2 @ 1
19.2 Engine area
Pos : 40.5 /BA/Einl agerung/Sel bstfahrer/Hi nweis auf Motor hersteller @ 0\mod_1197385918276_78.doc @ 20062 @ @ 1
Note
For further information, please refer to the engine manufacturer’s operating instructions
included with delivery (chapter on cleaning and preservation)
Pos : 40.6 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
430
Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.7 /Übersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/U-Z/Vor Beginn der neuen Sais on @ 0\mod_1197386024448_78.doc @ 20081 @ 2 @ 1
19.3 Before the Start of the New Season
Pos : 40.8 /BA/Einl agerung/Sel bstfahrer/T ext vor Beginn der Sai son Big M 500 @ 91\mod_1326201479956_78.doc @ 778057 @ @ 1
Before the start of the new harvest season, conduct a thorough inspection of the machine.
Keeping the machine in flawless condition will rule out the possibility of costly malfunctions
during harvest time.
If this was not already done after the last harvest, the machine must be thoroughly cleaned
inside and out.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 40.9 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
Refit any belts and V-belts that were removed and check belt tensions
Remove the covers from the engine openings
Lubricate the machine completely according to the lubrication chart
Check to make certain all bolts are tightened and all cotter pins are in place
Check all seals and the filling quantity of the cooling system. Antifreeze and anticorrosion
agent must remain in the cooling system even during summer months, since they protect
the system against corrosion
Check the batteries. Check the charge state and height of the battery acid. If necessary,
charge the batteries.
Check the tyre pressure
Tighten the fastening screws of the front and rear outriggers on the frame with a
tightening torque of 640 Nm (once a year)
After these tasks are complete, let the machine run about one hour at half speed. Then
check all bearings for overheating
431
Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.10 /BA/Ei nlag erung/Rei bkupplung/R eibkuppl ung BYPY entl üften @ 0\mod_1197387210183_78.doc @ 20228 @ 23 @ 1
19.4 Friction clutch –ByPy
Fig. 352:
Completely loosen the four hexagonal socket head screws (2). These screws are not entirely
threaded. Therefore they cannot be screwed out of the coupling.
The coupling is now ready for use.
19.4.1 Venting the Friction Clutch on the PTO Shaft
Fig. 353
Tighten the hexagonal socket head screws (2) on the friction clutch at the beginning of the
storage period. This will relieve the disc springs' pressure on the friction lining and prevent the
tendency to adhere. The flange coupling is vented.
To place the machine in service again, follow the instructions in chapter "Friction Clutch".
Pos : 40.11 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
432
Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.12 /BA/Ei nlag erung/Rei bkupplung/R eibkuppl ung für s eitlic he Mähwerke @ 90\mod_1323684376585_78.doc @ 771702 @ 2 @ 1
19.5 Friction Clutch for Lateral Mowing Units
3
1
2
BM 500 0239
Fig. 354
•
•
•
•
Move the lateral mowing units to the working position
Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and secure the machine against the
possibility of rolling back
Remove the guards (2,3) and put them aside
Loosen the nut on the friction clutch
4
2
BM 500 0240
Fig. 355
•
Loosen the retaining chain (4) on the universal shaft
•
Remove the friction clutch from the gearbox and put it down to the front
Now the friction discs can be replaced.
Pos : 40.13 /BA/---------------Seitenumbr uc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
433
Placing in Storage
Pos : 40.14 /BA/Ei nlag erung/Rei bkupplung/R eibkuppl ung für die vor dere M ähei nheit @ 90\mod_1323691229934_78.doc @ 771909 @ 2 @ 1
19.6 Friction Clutch for the Front Mowing Unit
1
2
BM 500 0241
Fig. 356
•
Pos : 41 /BA/---------------Seitenumbruc h---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.doc @ 4165 @ @ 1
434
Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and secure the machine against the
possibility of rolling back
•
Loosen the nut on the friction clutch (1)
•
Remove the friction clutch from the gearbox and put it down
Now the friction discs can be replaced.
Appendix
Pos : 42 /Ü bersc hriften/Übersc hriften 1/A-E/Anhang @ 1\mod_1202278612285_78.doc @ 58360 @ 1 @ 1
20 Appendix
Pos : 43 /Ü bersc hriften/Übersc hriften 2/F-J/F ehl ermel dungen @ 13\mod_1226558727524_78.doc @ 166264 @ 2 @ 1
20.1 Error Messages
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt ===
435
2 SmartDrive undervoltage!
2
Status: 29.02.2012
1 SmartDrive overvoltage!
Description
1
Error No.
Page No. 1/101
Error: SmartDrive power supply
voltage too low
Error: SmartDrive power supply
voltage too high
Meaning
Check function of relay according Replace battery change-over
to circuit diagram
relay
See Remedy
Battery change-over relay
defective
Internal SmartDrive error
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check wiring
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Wiring defective
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace the dynamo
Check the dynamo/battery
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check charge indicator lamp
Fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Power supply voltage too low
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F77
LED -22-LD31 not lit
SmartDrive power supply voltage
too low
Replace SmartDrive
Replace the dynamo
Check the dynamo
Dynamo defective
Replace the dynamo
Remedial measure
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
Recommend Check
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
4 SmartDrive voltage 5V sensors
4
Status: 29.02.2012
3 SmartDrive voltage 12 V
sensors
Description
Error: 5-volt sensor supply
voltage too low
Error: 12-volt sensor supply
voltage too low
Meaning
Fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F63
Check fuse -22-F77
Replace the dynamo
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Replace sensors
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check sensors
12V sensor faulty
Replace SmartDrive
LED -22-LD31 not lit
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Charge battery/replace battery
5-sensors power supply too low
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring
Fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to a 12V sensor
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F77
Replace SmartDrive
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD31 not lit
See Remedy
Recommend Check
12-sensors power supply too low
Internal SmartDrive error
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
3
Error No.
Page No. 2/101
Status: 29.02.2012
Error: EEPROM checksum
16 SmartDrive CS parameters
16
Meaning
8 SmartDrive speed wheel at rear Error: SmartDrive speed of rear
left
left wheel !! faulty
Description
Check parameters
Incorrect values in EEPROM
See Remedy
Internal Smartdrive error
Check software version
Check speed sensor (B12)
Speed sensor (B12) defective
No update of new parameters
performed
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B12)
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Check settings
Check sensors
5V sensor faulty
Rear left wheel motor sensor
(B12) set but not available
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to a 5V sensor
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
8
Error No.
Page No. 3/101
Turn Page please!
Load parameter file in SmartDrive
Load parameter file in SmartDrive
Replace Smartdrive
Replace speed sensor (B12)
Replace wiring
Adjust settings
Replace the dynamo
Replace sensors
Replace SmartDrive
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
Remedial measure
18 SmartDrive EEPROM
19 SmartDrive digital
potentiometer
20 SmartDrive EV DAC
21 SmartDrive I2C error
30 SmartDrive pump 1 control
loop
18
19
20
21
30
Status: 29.02.2012
17 SmartDrive parameter
min/max
Description
Internal SmartDrive error
Internal SmartDrive error
Internal SmartDrive error
Replace valve plug
Check valve plug
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring to pump valves
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Load parameter file in Smart
Drive
Load parameter file in Smart
Drive
Replace SmartDrive
Replace SmartDrive
Remedial measure
Check wiring to pump valves
See Remedy
See Remedy
See Remedy
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Internal SmartDrive error
See Remedy
EEPROM defective
See Remedy
Check parameters
Incorrect values in EEPROM
EEPROM defective
Check parameter file
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Incorrect parameter file
downloaded
See Remedy
Recommend Check
EEPROM defective
Possible Reason
Error: Control loop for drive pump Short circuit/broken cable in
1 front axle - Maximum speed of wiring for pump valves
remaining pump possible
Valve plug defective
Error: I2C Bus
Error: EV DAC
Error: Digital Pot
Error: EEPROM
Error: Min/Max parameters
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
17
Error No.
Page No. 4/101
Status: 29.02.2012
32 SmartDrive feedback sensor 1 Error: Pivoting angle of drive
pump 1 front axle - Signal out of
range (B16) - Maximum speed of
remaining pump possible
32
Replace SmartDrive
Measure voltage in neutral
position
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Calibration of the pivoting angle
sensor not correct (B16)
Check function of drive pump 2
The drive pump 2 is defective
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check charge pressure
The charge pressure is too low
Determined via the terminal
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Turn Page please!
Adjust the pivoting angle sensor
(B16). There must be a signal of
approx. 2.5 volts present in
neutral position
Replace SmartDrive
Replace the drive pump 2
Replace the supply pressure
valve
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Check valve plug
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Replace the drive pump 1
Valve plug defective
Check function of drive pump 1
The drive pump 1 is defective
Replace the supply pressure
valve
Replace wiring to pump valves
Check charge pressure
The charge pressure is too low
Replace the solenoid valve
Remedial measure
Check wiring to pump valves
Check solenoid valve
Recommend Check
Solenoid valve defective
Possible Reason
Error: Control loop for drive pump Short circuit/broken cable in
2 rear axle - Maximum speed of
wiring for pump valves
remaining pump possible
Meaning
31 SmartDrive pump 2 control
loop
Description
Error descriptions BiG M 500
31
Error No.
Page No. 5/101
Replace the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B16)
Remedial measure
Measure voltage in neutral
position
Check the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B17)
Calibration of the pivoting angle
sensor not correct (B17)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for pivoting angle sensor
(B17)
Replace the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B17)
Adjust the pivoting angle sensor
(B17). There must be a signal of
approx. 2.5 volts present in
neutral position
Replace sensor plug
Sensor plug for pivoting angle
sensor faulty
Check the hydraulic components
for dirt
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check the sensor plug
Remove dirt
Turn Page please!
Replace sensor plug
Pivoting angle sensor faulty (B17) Check the voltage on the pivoting Replace and adjust the pivoting
angle sensor (B17)
angle sensor (B17). There must
be a signal of approx. 2.5 volts
present in neutral position
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check the sensor plug
Determined via the terminal
Sensor plug for pivoting angle
sensor faulty
34 SmartDrive feedback sensor 1 Error: Pivoting angle of drive
Determined via the terminal
too high
pump 1 front axle - Pivoting angle
is changing too quickly (B16) Maximum speed of remaining
Dirt in the hydraulics (actuator
pump possible
valves, for example)
Status: 29.02.2012
Check the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B16)
Recommend Check
Pivoting angle sensor faulty (B16) Check the voltage on the pivoting Replace and adjust the pivoting
angle sensor (B16)
angle sensor (B16). There must
be a signal of approx. 2.5 volts
present in neutral position
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for pivoting angle sensor
(B16)
Possible Reason
34
Meaning
33 SmartDrive feedback sensor 2 Error: Pivoting angle of drive
pump 2 rear axle - Signal out of
range (B17) - Maximum speed of
remaining pump possible
Description
Error descriptions BiG M 500
33
Error No.
Page No. 6/101
Status: 29.02.2012
35
Error No.
Page No. 7/101
Meaning
35 SmartDrive feedback sensor 2 Error: Pivoting angle of drive
too high
pump 2 rear axle - Pivoting angle
is changing too quickly (B17) Maximum speed of remaining
pump possible
Description
Check the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B16)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for pivoting angle sensor
(B16)
Replace the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B16)
Adjust the pivoting angle sensor
(B16). There must be a signal of
approx. 2.5 volts present in
neutral position
Remedial measure
Check the hydraulic components
for dirt
Measure voltage in neutral
position
Check the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B16)
Dirt in the hydraulics (actuator
valves, for example)
Calibration of the pivoting angle
sensor not correct (B17)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for pivoting angle sensor
(B17)
Replace the wiring to the pivoting
angle sensors (B17)
Adjust the pivoting angle sensor
(B17). There must be a signal of
approx. 2.5 volts present in
neutral position
Remove dirt
Replace sensor plug
Turn Page please!
Pivoting angle sensor faulty (B17) Check the voltage on the pivoting Replace and adjust the pivoting
angle sensor (B17)
angle sensor (B17). There must
be a signal of approx. 2.5 volts
present in neutral position
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check the sensor plug
Determined via the terminal
Sensor plug for pivoting angle
sensor faulty
Pivoting angle sensor faulty (B16) Check the voltage on the pivoting Replace and adjust the pivoting
angle sensor (B16)
angle sensor (B16). There must
be a signal of approx. 2.5 volts
present in neutral position
Measure voltage in neutral
position
Recommend Check
Calibration of the pivoting angle
sensor not correct (B16)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
36
Error No.
Page No. 8/101
36 SmartDrive brake pressure
sensor
Description
Error: Brake pressure sensor
(B18/B40) - For road travel:
Maximum speed / 4
Meaning
Run travelling gear diagnostics
See Remedy
Check the wiring to the sensors
for the brake pressure sensor
(B18) and brake pedal switch
(B40)
Check the sensor plug
See Remedy
Check brake pressure
See Remedy
Check brake pressure sensor
(B18)
Brake pedal switch (B40) not
adjusted
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for brake pressure sensor,
brake pedal switch (B18/B40)
Sensor plug for brake pressure
sensor, brake pedal switch
defective
Brake pedal switch (B40) faulty
Brake pressure defective
Internal SmartDrive error
Brake pressure sensor (B18)
faulty
Check the sensor plug
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Sensor plug for pivoting angle
sensor faulty
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace brake pressure sensor
(B18)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace the brake pedal switch
(40) and adjust it so that the
switching of the brake pedal
switch is within a range of 70 - 90
bar braking pressure; observe
installation distance!
Replace sensor plug
Replace the wiring to the sensors
for the brake pressure sensor
(B18) and brake pedal switch
(B40)
Adjust brake pedal switch (B40)
so that the switching of the brake
pedal switch is within a range of
70 - 90 bar braking pressure;
observe installation distance!
Replace sensor plug
Remedial measure
38 SmartDrive brake tank
pressure
39 SmartDrive CAN error
38
39
Status: 29.02.2012
37 SmartDrive pump speed too
slow
Description
Error: CAN bus communication,
SmartDrive to terminal
Error: Brake tank pressure too
low (B13) - For road travel:
Maximum speed / 4
Error: Pump speed too slow
Meaning
Check sensor for brake tank
pressure (B13)
See Remedy
Sensor for brake tank pressure
(B13) faulty
Internal SmartDrive error
LED -22-LD31 not lit
Check the sensor plug
Sensor plug for brake tank
pressure (B13) faulty
SmartDrive power supply
defective
Check the wiring to the brake tank Replace the wiring to the brake
pressure sensor (B13)
tank pressure sensor (B13)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for brake tank pressure
sensor (B13)
Perform CAN diagnostics
See Remedy
Accumulator defective
Determined via the terminal
Check accumulator charging
valve
Accumulator charging valve
defective
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F77
Replace SmartDrive
Replace sensor for brake tank
pressure (B13)
Replace sensor plug
Replace accumulator
Replace accumulator charging
valve
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Start diesel engine so that the
accumulator is filled
Replace SmartDrive
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Adjust engine speed
Remedial measure
The brake tank pressure is too
low
Check engine speed
Recommend Check
Engine speed too low
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
37
Error No.
Page No. 9/101
Status: 29.02.2012
40
Error No.
Page No. 10/101
40 SmartDrive high pressure
sensor
Description
Check fuse +22-F65
See Remedy
Joystick power supply defective
Internal SmartDrive error
Check the sensor plug
Sensor plug, high pressure defective
High pressure sensor (B15) faulty Check high pressure sensor
(B15)
Check wiring to high pressure
sensor (B15)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for high pressure sensor
(B15)
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Replace high pressure sensor
(B15)
Replace sensor plug
Replace wiring to high pressure
sensor (B15)
Replace wiring to high pressure
sensor (B15)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace fuse +22-F65
Replace wiring and if necessary
terminating resistors
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F63
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error: High pressure sensor (B15) Determined via the terminal
- Signal out of range
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
43 SmartDrive charge pressure
too low
43
Status: 29.02.2012
42 SmartDrive parking brk. act.
Description
Error: The charge pressure is too
low
Error: Attempt to move against
the parking brake
Meaning
Check machine hydraulics for
leaks
Check charge pressure
Check charge pressure valve
Supply pump defective
Supply pressure valve defective
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Hydraulic leakage
Check parking brake pressure
input
Wiring from parking brake
pressure input to SmartDrive
faulty
See Remedy
Check switching behaviour of the
switch
Parking brake switch defective
No engine speed or speed too
slow
Check wiring to the parking brake Replace wiring to the parking
switch
brake switch
Short circuit in the wiring of the
switch
Turn Page please!
Replace the supply pressure
valve
Replace supply pump
Repair the leakage
Start engine or increase speed
Replace SmartDrive
Replace wiring to parking brake
pressure input
Replace parking brake switch
Check fuse -22-F72.1
Switch off the parking brake
switch
Replace SmartDrive
Check switch setting of parking
brake switch
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Remedial measure
Parking brake switch is actuated
Check high pressure (420 bar)
Recommend Check
High pressure incorrect
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
42
Error No.
Page No. 11/101
Status: 29.02.2012
45
44
Error No.
Page No. 12/101
Meaning
Internal SmartDrive error
Possible Reason
45 Release travelling gear switch
not actuated
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
Check the wiring to the release
travelling gear switch
Measure switching behaviour of
the switch
Determined via the terminal
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring of the switch
Release travelling gear switch
defective
See Remedy
Check temperature sensor (B14)
Temperature sensor (B14) faulty
Error: Attempt to move without
Release travelling gear switch is
travelling gear release - Maximum not actuated
speed possible
Check wiring to temperature
sensor (B14)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for temperature sensor
(B14)
Turn Page please!
Replace release travelling gear
switch
Replace wiring to the travelling
gear release switch
Replace SmartDrive
Switch on the travelling gear
switch
Replace SmartDrive
Replace temperature sensor
(B14)
Replace wiring to temperature
sensor (B14)
Clean the radiator
Check the radiator for dirt
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Allow the machine to cool down
Replace SmartDrive
Remedial measure
See Remedy
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
44 SmartDrive oil temperature too Error: Oil temperature too high Hydraulic oil too hot
high
For road travel: Maximum speed /
1,5
Radiator dirty
Description
Error descriptions BiG M 500
47 SmartDrive pump 1 coil 2
48 SmartDrive pump 2 coil 1
49 SmartDrive pump 2 coil 2
47
48
49
Status: 29.02.2012
46 SmartDrive pump 1 coil 1
Description
Error: Coil 2, pump 2
Error: Coil 1, pump 2
Error: Coil 2, pump 1
Error: Coil 1, pump 1
Meaning
Check coil
See Remedy
Coil (Y4) faulty
Internal SmartDrive error
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Check wiring to valve (Y4)
Check coil
Coil (Y3) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for coil (Y4)
Check wiring to valve (Y4)
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for coil (Y3)
Check coil
Coil (Y2) faulty
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Check wiring to valve (Y2)
Check coil
Coil (Y1) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for coil (Y2)
Check wiring to valve (Y1)
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for coil (Y1)
Internal SmartDrive error
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
46
Error No.
Page No. 13/101
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil
Replace wiring to valve (Y4)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil
Replace wiring to valve (Y3)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil
Replace wiring to valve (Y2)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil
Replace wiring to valve (Y1)
Replace SmartDrive
Remedial measure
60 SmartDrive current pump 1
coil 1
61 SmartDrive current pump 1
coil 2
60
61
Status: 29.02.2012
50 SmartDrive joystick error
Description
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Error: Actuator valve 2 drive
Short circuit/broken cable in the
Check wiring to actuator valve 2
pump 1 - Front axle forward (Y2) - wiring for actuator valve 2 pump 1 pump 1 (Y2)
Maximum speed of remaining
(Y2)
pump possible
Check coil of solenoid valves
Coil for solenoid valves defective
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring to actuator valve 2
pump 1 (Y2)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to actuator valve 1
pump 1 (Y1)
Replace SmartDrive
Replace driving lever
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check functions of the driving
lever
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Driving lever defective
Check fuse -22-F77
LED -22-LD31 not lit
Replace fuse -22-F65
Check fuse -22-F65
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Replace fuse -22-F57
Check fuse -22-F57
Joystick power supply defective
Remedial measure
Perform joystick diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error: Actuator valve 1 drive
Short circuit/broken cable in the
Check wiring to actuator valve 1
pump 1 - Front axle reverse (Y1) - wiring for actuator valve 1 pump 1 pump 1 (Y1)
Maximum speed of remaining
(Y1)
pump possible
Valve plug defective
Check valve plug
Error: Driving lever - Signal
incorrect/faulty - Maximum speed
/4
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
50
Error No.
Page No. 14/101
62 SmartDrive wiring pump 1 coil
3
63 SmartDrive current pump 2
coil 1
64 SmartDrive current pump 2
coil 2
65 SmartDrive wiring pump 2 coil
3
62
63
64
65
Status: 29.02.2012
Description
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Reserve: Valve currently not
present
Replace coil (Y4)
Check coil of solenoid valve (Y4)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y4) faulty
Replace SmartDrive
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to actuator valve 2
pump 2 (Y4)
Error: Actuator valve 2 drive
Short circuit/broken cable in the
Check wiring to actuator valve 2
pump 2 - Rear axle reverse (Y4) - wiring for actuator valve 2 pump 2 pump 2 (Y4)
Maximum speed of remaining
pump possible
Valve plug defective
Check valve plug
Replace SmartDrive
Replace coil (Y3)
Replace wiring to actuator valve 1
pump 2 (Y3)
Replace SmartDrive
Check coil of solenoid valve (Y3)
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Replace coil
Coil of solenoid valve (Y3) faulty
Check coil of solenoid valves
Coil for solenoid valves defective
Replace valve plug
Remedial measure
Replace valve plug
Check valve plug
Recommend Check
Valve plug defective
Possible Reason
Error: Actuator valve 1 drive
Short circuit/broken cable in the
Check wiring to actuator valve 1
pump 2 - Rear axle reverse (Y3) - wiring for actuator valve 1 pump 2 pump 2 (Y3)
Maximum speed of remaining
pump possible
Valve plug defective
Check valve plug
Reserve: Valve currently not
present
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 15/101
71 SmartDrive seat switch
implausible
95 Error - Brake valve
71
95
Status: 29.02.2012
70 SmartDrive seat switch
defective
Description
70
Error No.
Page No. 16/101
Error: Brake valve
Error: SmartDrive seat switch
implausible
Error: SmartDrive seat switch
defective
Meaning
Check wiring and plug
Different input signals from the
seat switch for Smartdrive and
KMC1
See Remedy
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check brake valve
Check brake pressure sensor
(B18)
Brake was applied continuously
(for example braking pressure
greater than 5 bar and longer
than 3 min.)
Determined via the terminal
Brake valve defective or jammed
Brake pressure sensor (B18)
faulty
Internal Smartdrive or KMC1 error See Remedy
Run CU diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Check seat switch resistors (S69) Replace seat switch (S69)
(data in the circuit diagram)
Seat switch (S69) defective
Turn Page please!
Replace brake pressure sensor
(B18)
Replace brake valve
Remove foot from the brake /
blockage from brake pedal
Replace Smartdrive or KMC1
If required, replace wiring and/or
plug
If required, replace wiring and/or
plug
Check wiring and plug
Wiring faulty
Check cabling to the Smartdrive
Check voltage values of seat
switch
Input voltage of seat switch faulty
Remedial measure
Run CU diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
113 Joystick undervoltage 12V
113
Status: 29.02.2012
96 CAN to SmartDrive
Description
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
See Remedy
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Internal SmartDrive error
Perform joystick diagnostics
LED -22-LD116 not lit
Life signal from SmartDrive faulty
Turn Page please!
Replace SmartDrive
Replace wiring if necessary
and/or replace terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Check the SmartDrive power
supply and check wiring
Check the safety output of KMC1
(output is always active with
engine shut off) and check wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
KMC LD2 not lit LED -22-LD102
not lit
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Safety output for travelling gear
from KMC1 faulty
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse +22-F77
LED +22-LD31 not lit
SmartDrive power supply
defective
Replace SmartDrive
Remedial measure
Perform CAN diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Internal SmartDrive error
Possible Reason
Error: 12 V supply voltage too low Determined via the terminal
Error: CAN bus communication SmartDrive to terminal
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
96
Error No.
Page No. 17/101
Status: 29.02.2012
114
Error No.
Page No. 18/101
114 Joystick overvoltage 12V
Description
Error: 12 V supply voltage too
high
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Replace joystick
Check function of relay according Replace battery change-over
to circuit diagram
relay
Battery change-over relay
defective
Replace the dynamo
Replace joystick
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Replace wiring
Dynamo defective
Check wiring
Wiring defective
Charge battery/replace battery
Perform joystick diagnostics
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace the dynamo
Determined via the terminal
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Check the dynamo/battery
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check charge indicator lamp
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Power supply voltage too low
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Replace fuse -22-F65
Check fuse -22-F65
Remedial measure
Replace fuse -22-F57
Recommend Check
Joystick power supply voltage too Check fuse -22-F57
low
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
116 Joystick button voltage 12V
116
Status: 29.02.2012
115 Joystick undervoltage 8,5V
Description
Error: 12 V button voltage voltage out of range
Error: 8.5 V joystick supply
voltage too low
Meaning
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
See Remedy
Battery dead
Dynamo defective
Internal joystick error
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Check charge indicator lamp
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Power supply voltage too low
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace joystick
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace joystick
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check charge indicator lamp
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Power supply voltage too low
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Replace fuse -22-F65
Check fuse -22-F65
Remedial measure
Replace fuse -22-F57
Perform joystick diagnostics
Recommend Check
Joystick power supply voltage too Check fuse -22-F57
low
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
115
Error No.
Page No. 19/101
118 Joystick power supply
outputs
119 Joystick parameter error
120 Joystick checksum error
FLASH
118
119
120
Status: 29.02.2012
117 Joystick power supply LED
Description
Error: FLASH checksum
Error: Min/Max parameters
Error: Power supply for 12 V
outputs - voltage out of range
Error: 12 V LED power supply voltage out of range
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
See Remedy
See Remedy
EEPROM defective
Download was interrupted
Check parameters
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Incorrect values in EEPROM
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Check charge indicator lamp
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Power supply voltage too low
Perform joystick diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
117
Error No.
Page No. 20/101
Turn Page please!
Repeat download
Replace joystick
Replace joystick
Replace joystick
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace joystick
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Remedial measure
125 CU overvoltage 12V
125
Status: 29.02.2012
124 CU undervoltage 12V
Description
124
Error No.
Page No. 21/101
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Error: 12 V supply voltage too
high
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
See Remedy
Battery dead
Dynamo defective
Internal error, operating panel
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F64
LED -22-LD64 not lit
Wiring defective
Check fuse -22-F62
LED -22-LD62 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Turn Page please!
Replace operating panel
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F48.1
LED -16-LD1 not lit
Check fuse -22-F47
Replace joystick
Replace joystick
Remedial measure
Power supply for operating panel
too low
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
FLASH defective
Possible Reason
Error: 12 V supply voltage too low Determined via the terminal
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
Error: 5 V electronics supply
voltage too high
127 CU vlt. 5V elctrncs too high
127
Meaning
126 CU vlt. 5V electronics too low Error: 5 V electronics supply
voltage too low
Description
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Determined via the terminal
Check charge indicator lamp
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Power supply voltage too low
Check relay according to circuit
diagram
Battery change-over relay
defective
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
Check the dynamo
Dynamo defective
Determined via the terminal
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
Recommend Check
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
126
Error No.
Page No. 22/101
Turn Page please!
Replace the dynamo
Replace operating panel
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace operating panel
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Replace the dynamo
Remedial measure
130 CU parameter err
131 CU checksum error FLASH
130
131
Status: 29.02.2012
129 CU vlt. 12V LEDs too high
Description
Error: FLASH checksum
Error: Min/Max parameters
Error: 12 V LED supply voltage
too high
Meaning
Repeat download
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Download was interrupted
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
EEPROM defective
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Check parameters
Check relay according to circuit
diagram
Battery change-over relay
defective
Incorrect values in EEPROM
Check the dynamo
Dynamo defective
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Perform operating panel
diagnostics
Check relay according to circuit
diagram
Battery change-over relay
defective
Determined via the terminal
Check the dynamo
Recommend Check
Dynamo defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
129
Error No.
Page No. 23/101
Turn Page please!
Replace operating panel
Replace CU
Replace operating panel
Replace the dynamo
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Replace operating panel
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Remedial measure
150 Joystick button pressed while Error: Joystick button pressed
starting
while starting
150
Status: 29.02.2012
134 Solenoid current loop error
on right HSLT moto
134
Error: Valve Y69 adjusting motor
rear axle right
(HighSpeedLowTorque) current
faulty
Error: Valve Y68 adjusting motor
rear axle left
(HighSpeedLowTorque) current
faulty
133 Solenoid current loop error
on left HSLT motor
133
Error: Keyboard error (at least
one key is pressed continuously)
Meaning
132 CU Error Keyboard
Description
See Remedy
Internal Smartdrive error
Perform joystick diagnostics
Check wiring / valve plug
Wiring/valve plug for valve Y69
faulty
Joystick button pressed or
jammed
Check valve/adjusting motor
See Remedy
Internal Smartdrive error
Function of valve/adjusting motor
faulty
Check wiring / valve plug
Wiring/valve plug for valve Y68
faulty
Run travelling gear diagnostics
Check valve/adjusting motor
Function of valve/adjusting motor
faulty
Determined via the terminal
Run travelling gear diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Keyboard defective
See Remedy
Recommend Check
FLASH defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
132
Error No.
Page No. 24/101
Turn Page please!
Check if joystick button has been
pressed or is jammed
Replace Smartdrive
Replace wiring / valve plug
Consult KRONE Service
Perform valve test Y69
Replace Smartdrive
Replace wiring / valve plug
Consult KRONE Service
Perform valve test Y68
Replace operating panel
Replace keyboard
Replace operating panel
Replace CU
Remedial measure
152 Joystick error CAN bus OFF
153 Joystick error LIN bus
154 Joystick error checksum
Eeprom
155 Joystick restart by Watchdog
511 FS Road/Field!
152
153
154
155
511
Status: 29.02.2012
151 Joystick overtemperature
Description
511 FS (release switch)
Road/Field!
Error: Joystick restart via
watchdog
Error: Joystick error checksum
Eeprom
Error: Joystick error LIN bus
Error: Joystick error CAN bus
switched off
Error: Joystick overtemperature Caution Do not operate machine!
Meaning
Perform joystick diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Data transmission faulty
See Remedy
Data transmission faulty
Replace joystick
Restart machine via ignition lock
Replace joystick
Restart machine via ignition lock
Replace joystick
Restart machine via ignition lock
Replace joystick
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Replace joystick
Perform joystick/CAN diagnostics Restart machine via ignition lock
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Let joystick cool down before
operating machine
Replace joystick
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Joystick has become too hot
Internal joystick error
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
151
Error No.
Page No. 25/101
517 FS_AutoPilot!
520 FS_CenterDiff!
521 FS Allwhl
523 FS Parking brake
524 Machine Driving!
526 Criuse Control Active!
527 Driver NOT on seat!
517
520
521
523
524
526
527
Status: 29.02.2012
514 FS Transmission!
Description
514
Error No.
Page No. 26/101
Seat switch has not been
actuated (no driver on seat) and
must be actuated accordingly for
Automotive drive active! Engine
speed is specified, speed setting
cannot be changed manually.
Machine is driving. In order to
start the requested function the
machine may not move!
523 FS (release switch) Parking
brake!
521 FS (release switch) All-wheel
520 FS (release switch) Axle
Separation!
517 FS (release switch) AutoPilot!
514 FS (release switch) Travelling
gear!
Meaning
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Recommend Check
Turn Page please!
Remedial measure
529 Door OPEN!
530 Step not locked in transport
position
531 Engine NOT_running!
529
530
531
Status: 29.02.2012
528 Press the brake pedal.
Description
Possible Reason
Recommend Check
The diesel engine is or is not
operating. In order to start the
requested function the diesel
engine must not operate or,
respectively, must operate. If the
diesel engine is operating, it must
not operate. If the diesel engine is
not operating, it must operate.
The ladder is not in transport
position! Please check position of
ladder.
The position of the relevant switch
(door switch) is not correct for
starting the requested function. If
the switch has not been actuated
(door open) it must be actuated
accordingly (door closed).
Operating brake sensor (B40)
faulty
See Remedy
The brake pedal must be pressed Brake pedal not pressed
See Remedy
for the requested function, e.g.
releasing the parking brake!
Operating brake sensor (B40) not Check sensor (B40) setting
adjusted
start or restart.
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
528
Error No.
Page No. 27/101
Replace operating brake sensor
(B40)
Make adjustment
Press the brake pedal
Remedial measure
533 Engine NOT low idle!
534 Engine NOT_a 2000 RPM
535 Out of range_set to MIN!
536 Out of range_set to MAX!
533
534
535
536
Status: 29.02.2012
532 Engine_running!
Description
A value above the maximum
value was selected for the
changed parameter or setting.
This is why the parameter or
setting has been adjusted
automatically to the maximum
limit value.
A value below the minimum value
was selected for the changed
parameter or setting. This is why
the parameter or setting has been
adjusted automatically to the
minimum limit value.
In order to start the requested
function the diesel engine must
operate at nominal speed (1900
rpm by standard).
In order to start the requested
function the diesel engine must
operate at idle speed.
The diesel engine is or is not
operating. In order to start the
requested function the diesel
engine must not operate or,
respectively, must operate. If the
diesel engine is operating, it must
not operate. If the diesel engine is
not operating, it must operate.
Meaning
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
532
Error No.
Page No. 28/101
Recommend Check
Remedial measure
539 ERR-INIT Released!
546 Position too high!
547 Position too low!
549 Inclination too high!
550 Inclination too low!
539
546
547
549
550
Status: 29.02.2012
537 Engine speed_too high!
Description
537
Error No.
Page No. 29/101
The inclination of the mowing unit
is too low for starting the
requested function.Please reduce
inclination of the mowing unit first.
The inclination of a mowing unit is
too high for starting the requested
function.Please reduce inclination
of the mowing unit first.
The position of the mowing unit is
too low for starting the requested
function.Please lift the mowing
unit first.
The position of the mowing unit is
too high for starting the requested
function! Please lower the
mowing unit first.
An initialize operation was carried
out (no significance for driver)
The engine speed is too high for
starting the requested function
which can therefore not be
started.
Meaning
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Recommend Check
Remedial measure
595 mowing unit not swung in far
enough!
596 Mowing unit cannot be raised Raising the mowing unit is not
again until it is
possible in this position. Please
lower the mowing unit first.
597 Mowing unit speed still too
high!
598 Recalibrate mowing unit front Note: Calibration is required on
(folding positio
the front mowing unit.
595
596
597
598
Status: 29.02.2012
574 Terminal Software
inconsistent!!!
574
Possible Reason
The speed of the mowing unit is
still too high for starting the
requested function. Please wait
until the speed has been reduced
or switch off the mowing unit
drive.
A mowing unit is not swivelled in
far enough for starting the
requested function. Please swivel
the mowing unit further in first.
Go to the „Info Software Versions”
screen to view the software
versions of the various control
units.
Recommend Check
Check which calibration is needed Run diagnostics/calibration for
front mowing unit
The software versions of the
The software version of a certain
various control units on the
control unit is not current.
machine are not compatible.
Malfunctions cannot be excluded.
The inclination of a mowing unit is
just being adjusted. At the
moment, no other action can be
performed.
551 Inclination is being adjusted!
551
Meaning
Description
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 30/101
Turn Page please!
The incorrect software version of
a control unit is highlighted in red.
Flash this control unit with the
relevant software version.
Remedial measure
1100 KMC1 fault vlt. Electronics
1100
Status: 29.02.2012
Description
Calibration required
Possible Reason
Replace wiring
Replace the dynamo
Short circuit in the wiring to a 12V Check wiring
sensor
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
Check charge indicator lamp
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Power supply voltage too low
Battery dead
Dynamo defective
Battery change-over relay
defective
Turn Page please!
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Wiring defective
Check fuse -22-F61
KMC1 LD36 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F61
Perform calibration
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD61 not lit
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
KMC1 power supply faulty
Error: Electronic voltage - voltage Determined via the terminal
out of range
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 31/101
Status: 29.02.2012
1101
Error No.
Page No. 32/101
1101 KMC1 elctr. vlt. too low
Description
Error: Electronics voltage too low
Meaning
Replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Short circuit in the wiring to a 12V Check wiring
sensor
Check charge indicator lamp
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
See Remedy
Power supply voltage too low
Battery dead
Dynamo defective
Battery change-over relay
defective
Internal error - KMC1
Replace KMC1
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F61
KMC1 LD36 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Wiring defective
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F61
LED -22-LD61 not lit
Power supply voltage of KMC1
too low
Replace KMC1
Remedial measure
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Internal error - KMC1
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
1103 KMC1 voltage V1 defective! Error: KMC1 output voltage of V1
1103
Power supply voltage of KMC1
too high
Meaning
1102 KMC1 elctr. vlt. too high
Description
Replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Short circuit in the wiring to a 12V Check wiring
sensor
Check charge indicator lamp
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Measure voltage on batteries
while engine is running. Voltage
must not be greater than 14.8 V
See Remedy
Power supply voltage too low
Battery dead
Dynamo defective
Battery change-over relay
defective
Internal error - KMC1
Check fuse -22-F63
Check fuse -22-F61
LED -22-LD60 not lit
LED -22-LD63 not lit
KMC1 LD36 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD40 not lit
Output voltage of V1 defective
Check fuse -22-F87
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace KMC1
Replace battery change-over
relay
Replace the dynamo
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace wiring
Check wiring
Wiring defective
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Power supply voltage of KMC1
too high
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1102
Error No.
Page No. 33/101
Status: 29.02.2012
1104
Error No.
Page No. 34/101
Meaning
1104 KMC1 voltage V2 defective! Error: KMC1 output voltage of V2
Description
Check release logic
See Remedy
Check charge indicator lamp
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
See Remedy
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
GAL component defective
Power supply voltage too low
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Internal error - KMC1
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD60 not lit
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD38 not lit
Output voltage of V2 defective
Check fuse -22-F86
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace KMC1
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace GAL component
Replace GAL component
Replace release switch
See Remedy
Release switch defective
Check fuse F13 in KMC1
Remedial measure
Replace wiring
KMC1 LD37 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring of release switch defective Check wiring
Fuse F13 in KMC1 defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
1105
Error No.
Page No. 35/101
Meaning
1105 KMC1 voltage V3 defective! Error: KMC1 output voltage of V3
Description
LED -22-LD60 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
LED -22-LD37 not lit
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Output voltage of V3 defective
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Determined via the terminal
Check release logic
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F60
Check fuse -22-F85
Replace KMC1
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace GAL component
Replace GAL component
Replace release switch
See Remedy
Release switch defective
Check fuse F6 in KMC1
Check fuse -22-F92
Remedial measure
Replace wiring
KMC1 LD37 not lit
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring of release switch defective Check wiring
Fuse F6 in KMC1 defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
1106
Error No.
Page No. 36/101
Meaning
1106 KMC1 voltage V4 defective! Error: KMC1 output voltage of V4
Description
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
See Remedy
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Internal error - KMC1
LED -22-LD36 not lit
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Output voltage of V4 defective
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check release logic
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Determined via the terminal
Replace release switch
See Remedy
Release switch defective
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F84
Replace KMC1
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace GAL component
Replace GAL component
Replace wiring
Check fuse F12 in KMC1
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
KMC1 LD40 not lit
Check fuse -22-F63
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring of release switch defective Check wiring
Fuse F12 in KMC1 defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
1108
Error No.
Page No. 37/101
1108 KMC1 voltage 8V
dig.sensors
Description
Error: 8 volts - voltage of digital
sensors
Meaning
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
See Remedy
Check charge indicator lamp
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Power supply voltage too low
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Internal error - KMC1
Run electronics diagnostics
Check release logic
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Determined via the terminal
Replace release switch
See Remedy
Release switch defective
Replace KMC1
Turn Page please!
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace GAL component
Replace GAL component
Replace wiring
Check fuse F2 in KMC1
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
KMC1 LD41 not lit
Check fuse -22-F60
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring of release switch defective Check wiring
Fuse F2 in KMC1 defective
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
1109
Error No.
Page No. 38/101
1109 KMC1 voltage 8V
ana.sensors
Description
Error: 8 V voltage of analogue
sensors
Meaning
Check sensors
Check charge indicator lamp
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
See Remedy
Power supply voltage too low
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Internal error - KMC1
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Analogue sensor defective
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Check wiring
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Short circuit in the wiring to an
analogue sensor
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Run electronics diagnostics
Check sensors
Digital sensor defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Short circuit in the wiring to a
digital sensor
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace KMC1
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace sensors
Replace wiring
Replace KMC1
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace sensors
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
1112 Joystick type not correct!
1202 Sensor B22 position of
mowing unit front
1203 Sensor B32 position of
mowing unit right
1204 Sensor B33 swing position
of mowing unit righ
1112
1202
1203
1204
Status: 29.02.2012
1110 KMC1 vlt. batt. 3V too low
Description
See Remedy
See Remedy
Discharge the backup battery
Internal error - KMC1
Check position sensor (B22)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Position sensor (B22) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B22)
Internal error - KMC1
Error: Position sensor B33 for
mowing unit right
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B32)
Determined via the terminal
Check position sensor (B32)
Position sensor (B32) faulty
Diagnostics for mowing unit right
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
Determined via the terminal
Error: Position sensor for mowing Determined via the terminal
unit right
Error: Position sensor B22
mowing unit front
Check settings
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error: Joystick type set incorrectly Current joystick type not set
Error: Backup battery voltage 3
volts too low
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1110
Error No.
Page No. 39/101
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Consult KRONE Service
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/plug
Consult KRONE Service
Set joystick type
Replace KMC1
Replace the backup battery in
KMC1
Remedial measure
1206 Sensor B43 swing position
of mowing unit left
1206
Status: 29.02.2012
1205 Sensor B42 position of
mowing unit left
Description
Check position sensor (B33)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Position sensor (B33) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B33)
Internal error - KMC1
Error: Position sensor B43 for
mowing unit right
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
Check position sensor (B43)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B43)
Position sensor (B43) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B43)
Internal error - KMC1
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B42)
Determined via the terminal
Check position sensor (B42)
Position sensor (B42) faulty
Diagnostics for mowing unit right
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
Recommend Check
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B33)
Possible Reason
Error: Position sensor for mowing Determined via the terminal
unit left
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1205
Error No.
Page No. 40/101
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B43)
Calibrate sensor (B43)
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring
Consult KRONE Service
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B33)
Calibrate sensor (B33)
Remedial measure
1208 Sensor B31, speed of
mowing unit right
1209 Sensor B41 speed of
mowing unit left
1210 Sensor B24 speed of auger
front right
1208
1209
1210
Status: 29.02.2012
1207 Sensor B21, speed of
mowing unit front
Description
Error: Speed sensor for worm
gear right (B24)
Error: Speed sensor for mower
drive left (B41)
Error: Speed sensor for mower
drive right (B31)
Error: Speed sensor for mower
drive front (B21)
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Perform work diagnostics
Check sensor (B41)
Sensor (B41) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Perform work diagnostics
Check sensor (B31)
Sensor (B31) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring
Check sensor (B21)
Sensor (B21) defective
Perform work diagnostics
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring
Determined via the terminal
Perform work diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1207
Error No.
Page No. 41/101
Replace KMC1
Turn Page please!
Replace sensor (B41)
Replace wiring
Replace KMC1
Replace sensor (B31)
Replace wiring
Replace KMC1
Replace sensor (B21)
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
1211 Sensor B25 speed of auger
front left
1212 Sensor B35 speed of auger
right
1213 Sensor B45 speed of auger
left
1211
1212
1213
Status: 29.02.2012
Description
Error: Speed sensor for worm
gear left (B45)
Error: Speed sensor for worm
gear right (B35)
Error: Speed sensor for worm
gear left (B25)
Meaning
Check wiring and plug
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B45)
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B35)
Speed sensor (B35) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring and plug
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B35)
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B35)
Speed sensor (B35) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring and plug
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B35)
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B24)
Speed sensor (B24) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring and plug
Recommend Check
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B24)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 42/101
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring/plug
Replace KMC1
Replace speed sensor (B35)
Replace wiring/plug
Replace KMC1
Replace speed sensor (B35)
Replace wiring/plug
Replace KMC1
Replace speed sensor (B24)
Replace wiring/plug
Remedial measure
1215 Sensor B27 position of
mowing unit front fold
1300 Sensor B23 inclination of
mowing unit front
1215
1300
Status: 29.02.2012
1214 Sensor B26 position of
mowing unit front fold
Description
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B27)
Internal error - KMC1
Check distance sensor (B23)
Check wiring and plug
Distance sensor (B23) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for distance sensor (B23)
Cutting height diagnostics
Check position sensor (B27)
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Position sensor (B27) faulty
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B26)
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
Check position sensor (B26)
Position sensor (B26) faulty
Determined via the terminal
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Determined via the terminal
Check speed sensor (B45)
Recommend Check
Speed sensor (B45) defective
Possible Reason
Error: Cutting height sensor front - Determined via the terminal
Signal out of range (B23)
Error: Position sensor B27
mowing unit front folded in
Error: Position sensor B26
mowing unit front folded out
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1214
Error No.
Page No. 43/101
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Consult KRONE Service
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B27)
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B26)
Replace KMC1
Replace speed sensor (B45)
Remedial measure
1302 Sensor B44 inclination of
mowing unit left
1309 Seat switch defective
1302
1309
Status: 29.02.2012
1301 Sensor B34 inclination of
mowing unit right
Description
Internal error - KMC1
Possible Reason
Error: Seat switch is not
functioning
Error: Cutting height sensor left Signal out of range (B44)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Wiring faulty
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B44)
Run CU diagnostics
Check position sensor (B44)
Position sensor (B44) faulty
Determined via the terminal
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B44)
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B34)
Cutting height diagnostics
Check position sensor (B34)
Position sensor (B34) faulty
Determined via the terminal
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
Cutting height diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B34)
Error: Cutting height sensor right - Determined via the terminal
Signal out of range (B34)
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1301
Error No.
Page No. 44/101
Turn Page please!
If required, replace wiring and/or
plug
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring
Replace position sensor (B44)
Calibrate sensor (B44)
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring
Replace position sensor (B34)
Calibrate sensor (B34)
Replace KMC1
Remedial measure
1314 Pressure control valve right
Y25 current faul
1315 Pressure control valve left
Y24 current fault
1314
1315
Status: 29.02.2012
1310 Sensors B26 and B27
position of mowing unit f
Description
Replace KMC1
Internal error - KMC1
Error: Pressure control valve left
Y24 current faulty
Determined via the terminal
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
left
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Turn Page please!
"Perform valve test Y24 - Danger!
- Unexpected actions on the
machine.Please observe
operating instructions!"
Replace KMC1
Check wiring / valve plug for valve Replace wiring / valve plug
Y25
Replace valve Y25
Wiring / valve plug faulty
Function of pressure control valve Check valve at rear hydraulic
right faulty
block
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Perform valve test Y25 - Danger!
- Unexpected actions on the
machine.Please observe
operating instructions!
Move/fasten sensors in position
Sensor (B26) and/or sensor (B27) Check position and fastening
not in position
See Remedy
Replace sensor (B26) and/or
sensor (B27)
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
Sensor (B26) and/or sensor (B27) Check sensor (B26) and/or
defective
sensor (B27)
Determined via the terminal
Check voltage values of seat
switch
Input voltage of seat switch faulty
Check cabling to the Smartdrive
Check seat switch resistors (S69) Replace seat switch (S69)
(data in the circuit diagram)
Seat switch (S69) defective
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Check Smartdrive cabling to
KMC1
Recommend Check
LED LD31 in the KMC1 is not lit
Possible Reason
Error: Pressure control valve right Determined via the terminal
Y25 current faulty
Error: Sensors B26 and B27
position of mowing unit front
folded out and in - both are alive
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1310
Error No.
Page No. 45/101
1401 Slip mowing unit right
1402 Slip mowing unit left
1401
1402
Status: 29.02.2012
1400 Slip mowing unit front
Description
1400
Error No.
Page No. 46/101
Error: Slip, mower drive left
Error: Slip, mower drive right
Error: Slip, mower drive front
Meaning
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B41)
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B31) to
metal
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B31)
Speed sensor (B31) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B21) to
metal
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B31)
Check speed sensor (B21)
Speed sensor (B21) defective
Perform work diagnostics
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B21)
Determined via the terminal
Perform work diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Calibrate distance
Replace speed sensor (B31)
Replace wiring
Calibrate distance
Replace speed sensor (B21)
Replace wiring
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring/valve plug for
valve Y24
Check wiring/valve plug for valve
Y24
Wiring/valve plug for valve Y24
faulty
Remedial measure
Replace valve Y24
Recommend Check
Function of pressure control valve Check valve at rear hydraulic
left faulty
block
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1404 Slip auger front left
1405 Slip auger right
1404
1405
Status: 29.02.2012
1403 Slip auger front right
Description
1403
Error No.
Page No. 47/101
Error: Slip, worm drive right
Error: Slip, worm drive front
mowing unit left
Error: Slip, worm drive front
mowing unit right
Meaning
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B25) to
metal incorrect
Check the V-belt
Check speed sensor (B25)
Speed sensor (B25) defective
V-belt not tightened
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B25)
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B24) to
metal
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B24)
Speed sensor (B24) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B24)
Check the V-belt
Perform work diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
V-belt not tightened
Check the V-belt
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B41) to
metal
V-belt not tightened
Check speed sensor (B41)
Recommend Check
Speed sensor (B41) defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Turn Page please!
Retighten V-belt
Calibrate sensor
Replace speed sensor (B25)
Replace wiring
Retighten V-belt
Calibrate distance
Replace speed sensor (B24)
Replace wiring
Retighten V-belt
Calibrate distance
Replace speed sensor (B41)
Remedial measure
1407 Leave position mowing unit
front
1407
Status: 29.02.2012
1406 Slip auger left
Description
Error: Position sensor for mower
front - mower not in working or
ready position
Error: Slip, worm drive left
Meaning
Run diagnostics for front mowing
unit
Check distance
Check position sensor (B26)
Distance from sensor (B26) to
metal incorrect
Position sensor (B26) faulty
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B45) to
metal incorrect
Determined via the terminal
Check speed sensor (B45)
Speed sensor (B45) defective
Check position of mower
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B45)
Mower has gone out of the
"Mow/ready" setting
Perform work diagnostics
Check speed sensor (B35)
Speed sensor (B35) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Short-circuit / broken cable in the
speed sensor wiring (B35)
Check the V-belt
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B35) to
metal incorrect
V-belt not tightened
Perform work diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1406
Error No.
Page No. 48/101
Turn Page please!
Replace position sensor (B26)
Calibrate sensor
Move mower into working position
Calibrate sensor
Replace speed sensor (B45)
Replace wiring
Retighten V-belt
Replace speed sensor (B35)
Replace wiring
Calibrate sensor
Remedial measure
1408 Leave position mowing unit
right
1409 Leave position mowing unit
left
1408
1409
Status: 29.02.2012
Description
Error - Position sensor for mower
left - Mower not in working or
ready position (B42)
Error - Position sensor for mower
right - Mower not in working or
ready position (B32)
Meaning
Check wiring and plug
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B43)
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B43)
Check position sensor (B33)
Position sensor (B33) faulty
Check position sensor (B42)
Check position sensor (B32)
Position sensor (B32) faulty
Position sensor (B42) faulty
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B33)
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
left
Check position sensor and
coupling rod
Mechanical damage to position
sensor (B33)
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B32)
Check position of mower
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Determined via the terminal
Mower has gone out of the
"Mow/ready" setting
Check position of mower
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Mower has gone out of the
"Mow/ready" setting
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B26)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 49/101
Turn Page please!
Calibrate sensor (B43)
Replace wiring
Replace wiring
Move mower into working position
Replace position sensor (B33)
Consult KRONE Service
Replace wiring
Calibrate sensor (B33)
Replace wiring
Move mower into working position
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
1412 Headland position of left
mowing unit not rea
1412
Status: 29.02.2012
1411 Headland position of right
mowing unit not re
Description
Error: Mower left - Mower not in
headland position
Error: Mower right - Mower not in
headland position
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Check wiring
Check position sensor (B33)
Position sensor (B33) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B42)
Check position sensor (B32)
Position sensor (B32) faulty
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
left
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B33)
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B32)
Check position of mower
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Determined via the terminal
Mower not in headland position
Check position of mower
Check position sensor (B43)
Position sensor (B43) faulty
Mower right not in headland
position
Check position sensor (B42)
Recommend Check
Position sensor (B42) faulty
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1411
Error No.
Page No. 50/101
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Move mower into headland
position
Replace KMC1
Replace position sensor (B33)
Consult KRONE Service
Replace wiring
Replace wiring
Move mower into headland
position
Replace position sensor (B43)
Consult KRONE Service
Remedial measure
1414 Mowing unit right not in
transport position
1414
Status: 29.02.2012
1413 Mowing unit front not in
transport position
Description
Error: Mower not locked in
transport position (B36) Stop
machine immediately and
eliminate error!
Error: Sensor transport position
front - mower not in transport
position (B27) Stop machine
immediately and eliminate error!
Meaning
Check transport position
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B36) to
metal incorrect
Check sensor (B27)
Sensor (B27) defective
Mower is not in transport position
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for sensor (B27)
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B27) to
metal incorrect
Determined via the terminal
Check transport position
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Mower is not in transport position
Check position sensor (B43)
Position sensor (B43) faulty
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
Check position sensor (B42)
Position sensor (B42) faulty
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B43)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1413
Error No.
Page No. 51/101
Turn Page please!
Calibrate sensor
Move mower into transport
position
Replace sensor (B27)
Replace wiring
Calibrate sensor
Move mower into transport
position
Replace KMC1
Replace position sensor (B43)
Consult KRONE Service
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Status: 29.02.2012
1500 Cutting height not calibrated Note: Calibration work must be
performed
1500
Error: Mower left not locked in
transport position (B46) Stop
machine immediately and
eliminate error!
Meaning
1415 Mowing unit left not in
transport position
Description
Check wiring
Check sensor (B46)
Check wiring
Check position sensor (B42)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B46)
Sensor (B46) defective
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B42)
Position sensor (B42) faulty
Performing cutting height
diagnostics
Check distance
Distance from sensor (B46) to
metal incorrect
Check whether calibration is
required
Check transport position
Check position sensor (B32)
Position sensor (B32) faulty
Mower is not in transport position
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B32)
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Check sensor (B36)
Sensor (B36) defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B36)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1415
Error No.
Page No. 52/101
Turn Page please!
Consult KRONE Service
Replace wiring
Replace sensor (B46)
Replace wiring
Calibrate sensor
Move mower into transport
position
Consult KRONE Service
Replace wiring
Replace sensor (B36)
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
1502 Right mowing unit not
calibrated
1503 Left mowing unit not
calibrated
1504 KMC1 parameters min/max
1505 SmartDrive safety signal
missing
1502
1503
1504
1505
Status: 29.02.2012
1501 Front mowing unit not
calibrated
Description
Error: Safety signal - Smart Drive
to KMC1
Error: Min/Max parameters
Note: Calibration work must be
performed
Note: Calibration work must be
performed
Note: Calibration work must be
performed
Meaning
LED -22-LD31 not lit
SmartDrive power supply
defective
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Run travelling gear diagnostics
See Remedy
EEPROM defective
Determined via the terminal
Check parameters
See Remedy
Calibration required
Incorrect values in EEPROM.
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
left
See Remedy
Calibration required
Check whether calibration is
required
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
See Remedy
Calibration required
Check whether calibration is
required
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
front
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Check whether calibration is
required
Calibration required
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1501
Error No.
Page No. 53/101
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F77
Replace KMC1
Replace KMC1
Load appropriate values into the
EEPROM
Perform calibration
Perform calibration
Perform calibration
Perform calibration
Remedial measure
1507 Maintenance
1508 Air filter contamination
1507
1508
Status: 29.02.2012
1506 tank sensor B2 defective
Description
Error: Air filter contamination
Note: Maintenance work must be
performed
Air filter dirty
The maintenance interval has
elapsed
CU LD15 lit
See Remedy
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Turn Page please!
Clean air filter and replace if
necessary
Have maintenance performed at
the intended factory, and have
the maintenance reminders reset
Replace KMC1
Check fuel tank filling level sensor Replace fuel tank filling level
(B2)
sensor (B2)
Fuel tank filling level sensor (B2)
faulty
Replace wiring to fuel tank filling
level sensor (B2)
Check wiring to fuel tank filling
level sensor (B2)
Sensor Green: OKSensor Red:
Not OK
Replace KMC1
Error in the wiring of the fuel tank
filling level sensor (B2)
Perform engine diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Replace SmartDrive
Check wiring
LED -22-LD 116 not flashing
(console circuit board)
See Remedy
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
KMC1 LD2 not lit
Check fuse -22-F60
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Recommend Check
Internal SmartDrive error
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring of the safety signal
Possible Reason
Error: Fuel tank filling level sensor Determined via the terminal
(B2)
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1506
Error No.
Page No. 54/101
1511 Central lube fault
1511
Status: 29.02.2012
1510 Fault rtn. filter
Description
1510
Error No.
Page No. 55/101
Error: Central lubrication
IMPORTANT: All fault messages
from central lubrication must be
reset and deleted on the central
lubrication unit. This will
simultaneously delete any
Error: Suction return air filter 1
filling level
Meaning
CU LD18 lit
Check suction return air filter
sensor 1 (B6)
See Remedy
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the suction return air
filter 1 sensor (B6)
Suction return air filter sensor 1
(B6) faulty
Internal error - KMC1
At low temperatures, the dynamic See Remedy
pressure before the filter can be
very high
Perform work diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Check suction return air filter 1
Check sensor for air filter
contamination (B7)
Sensor for air filter contamination
(B7) faulty
Suction return air filter 1 dirty
Check wiring to the air filter
contamination sensor (B7)
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for air filter contamination
sensor (B7)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Turn Page please!
Allow diesel engine to run at low
idle so that the oil will heat up;
continue until error message
disappears.
Replace KMC1
Replace suction return air filter
sensor 1 (B6)
Check wiring
Clean suction return air filter 1
and replace if necessary
Replace KMC1
Replace sensor for air filter
contamination (B7)
Replace wiring to the air filter
contamination sensor (B7)
Remedial measure
1514 Error steering
1515 Step not locked in transport
position
1514
1515
Status: 29.02.2012
1512 Pressure filter for
work/steering hydraulics
Description
Error: Step transport position
sensor - (B19) Step not in
transport position
Error: Steering faulty
Pressure filter for work/steering
hydraulics dirty
intermediate lubrication. Before
deleting the error message,
determine the cause of the error,
and eliminate it.
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal SLC error
Check step transport position
Check error message in SLC
error list
Error message SLC
Step is not in transport position
Run steering diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Turn Page please!
Move step into transport position
Replace SLC
Consult KRONE Service
Replace the sensor
Measure sensor supply voltage
Sensor for the pressure filter for
work/steering hydraulics faulty
Replace pressure filter if
necessary
Check fuse -22-F89
Check wiring to the sensor for the Replace wiring to the sensor for
pressure filter for work/steering
the pressure filter for
hydraulics
work/steering hydraulics
LED -22-LD42 not lit
Power supply voltage for central
lubrication defective
Check main distributor,
subdistributor, and lubrication
points for blockages, clean, and
replace if necessary
Broken cable in wiring of the
sensor for the pressure filter for
work/steering hydraulics
Check main distributor,
subdistributor and lubrication
points for blockage
Jam in the system or at a
connected lubrication point.
Clean pressure filter
Perform work diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Add grease as described in the
operating instructions
Remedial measure
Clean pressure filter
Check whether grease is still
present
Recommend Check
No grease present
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1512
Error No.
Page No. 56/101
2100 KMC2 fault vlt. electrncs
2100
Status: 29.02.2012
1600 CAN to KMC1!
Description
Error: KMC2 power supply
defective
Error: CAN bus communication KMC1 to terminal
Meaning
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Replace KMC1
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F61
LED -22-LD61 not lit
Replace wiring
KMC1 power supply faulty
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for sensor
Replace sensor (B19)
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check sensor (B19)
Sensor (B19) defective
Calibrate sensor
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check distance
Recommend Check
Distance from sensor (B19) to
metal incorrect
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
1600
Error No.
Page No. 57/101
2102 KMC2 elctr. vlt. too high
2102
Status: 29.02.2012
2101 KMC2 elctr. vlt. too low
Description
Error: Power supply voltage of
KMC2 too high
Error: Power supply voltage of
KMC2 too low
Meaning
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
See Remedy
Dynamo defective
Battery dead
Internal error KMC2
Run electronics diagnostics
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Replace KMC2
Turn Page please!
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Wiring defective
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22F44
LED -22LD44 not lit
Replace KMC2
Power supply voltage of KMC2
too low
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Run electronics diagnostics
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Wiring defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
2101
Error No.
Page No. 58/101
Status: 29.02.2012
2103
Error No.
Page No. 59/101
2103 KMC2 vlt. V1 defective!
Description
Error: KMC2 output voltage of V1
faulty
Meaning
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
See Remedy
The controller of the dynamo is
defective
Internal error KMC2
Check wiring
See Remedy
Check release logic
Wiring of CU release switch
defective
Release switch CU faulty
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
LED -22LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Replace GAL component
Replace release switch
Replace wiring
Replace fuse F13 in KMC2
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD60 not lit
KMC2 LD37 not lit
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Fuse F13 in KMC2 faulty
Check fuse -22F63
LED -22LD35 not lit
Output voltage of V1 defective
Check fuse -22-F81
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace KMC2
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check function of relay according Replace battery change-over
to circuit diagram
relay
Battery change-over relay
defective
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Wiring defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
2104
Error No.
Page No. 60/101
2104 KMC2 vlt. V2 defective!
Description
Error: KMC2 output voltage of V2
faulty
Meaning
Check wiring
See Remedy
Wiring of CU release switch
defective
Release switch CU faulty
Turn Page please!
Replace release switch
Replace wiring
Replace fuse F6 in KMC2
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
KMC2 LD39 not lit
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Fuse F6 in KMC2 faulty
Check fuse -22F63
LED -22LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F80
Replace KMC2
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
LED -22LD34 not lit
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Output voltage of V2 defective
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Check the dynamo/battery
Run electronics diagnostics
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Replace GAL component
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Recommend Check
GAL component defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
2105
Error No.
Page No. 61/101
2105 KMC2 vlt. V3 defective!
Description
Error: KMC2 output voltage of V3
faulty
Meaning
Check wiring
Wiring of CU release switch
defective
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Replace fuse F12 in KMC2
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
KMC2 LD40 not lit
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Fuse F12 in KMC2 faulty
Check fuse -22F63
Check fuse -22-F78
Replace KMC2
LED -22LD63 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
LED -22LD32 not lit
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Check the dynamo/battery
Output voltage of V3 defective
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Replace GAL component
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Replace GAL component
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check release logic
Recommend Check
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
2106
Error No.
Page No. 62/101
2106 KMC2 vlt. V4 defective!
Description
Error: KMC2 output voltage of V4
faulty
Meaning
KMC2 LD41 not lit
Turn Page please!
Replace fuse F2 in KMC2
Check fuse -22F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Fuse F2 in KMC2 faulty
Check fuse -22F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Check fuse -22-F79
Replace KMC2
Check fuse -22F63
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
LED -22LD63 not lit
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Check the dynamo/battery
LED -22LD33 not lit
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Replace GAL component
Output voltage of V4 defective
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Replace GAL component
Run electronics diagnostics
Check release logic
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Replace release switch
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Release switch CU faulty
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
2108
Error No.
Page No. 63/101
2108 KMC2 vlt. 8V dig.sensors
Description
Error: 8-volt voltage of digital
sensors faulty
Meaning
Check charge indicator lamp
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Power supply voltage too low
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Check sensors
Check the excitation voltage,
check wiring
Dynamo defective
Digital sensor defective
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Check wiring
See Remedy
GAL component defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to a digital sensor
Check release logic
GAL component release logic
wrong (wrong GAL component)
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Release switch CU faulty
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Wiring of CU release switch
defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Turn Page please!
Replace the dynamo
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace sensors
Replace wiring
Replace KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace dynamo or replace wiring
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace GAL component
Replace GAL component
Replace release switch
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
2110 KMC2 vlt. batt. 3V too low
2200 Sensor B57 additional axle
pressure
2110
2200
Status: 29.02.2012
2109 KMC2 vlt. 8V ana.sensors
Description
Error: Backup battery voltage 3
volts too low
Error: 8-V voltage of analogue
sensors faulty
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
See Remedy
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Battery dead
Internal error KMC2
Check excitation voltage/check
wiring
Dynamo defective
See Remedy
Check charge indicator lamp
Power supply voltage too low
Discharge the backup battery
Check sensors
Analogue sensor defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to an analogue sensor
Determined via the terminal
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Determined via the terminal
Check battery / measure battery
voltage
Recommend Check
Battery dead
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
2109
Error No.
Page No. 64/101
Replace KMC2
Replace backup battery in KMC2
Replace KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
Replace the dynamo
Check the dynamo/battery
Replace sensors
Replace wiring
Replace KMC2
Charge battery/replace battery
Remedial measure
2302 Sensor B46 transport
position of mowing unit
2303 Sensor B19 transport
position of step
2400 Additional axle pressure
2302
2303
2400
Status: 29.02.2012
2301 Sensor B36, transport
position of mowing unit
Description
Check position sensor (B36)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Position sensor (B36) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B36)
Internal error KMC2
Error: Position sensor B19 step
transport position
Check position sensor (B19)
Check wiring and plug
See Remedy
Position sensor (B19) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B19)
Internal error KMC2
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Perform work diagnostics
Check wiring and plug
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for position sensor (B46)
Determined via the terminal
Check position sensor (B46)
Position sensor (B46) faulty
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
left
Run diagnostics on mowing unit
right
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error: Position sensor B46 for
Determined via the terminal
mowing unit left transport position
Error: Position sensor B36 for
mowing unit right transport
position
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
2301
Error No.
Page No. 65/101
Replace KMC2
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B19)
Replace KMC2
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B46)
Replace KMC2
Replace wiring/plug
Replace position sensor (B36)
Remedial measure
2504 KMC2 parameters min/max
2509 Fill level hydr. oil
2513 Oil pressure of main
gearbox
2504
2509
2513
Status: 29.02.2012
Description
Error: Main gearbox oil pressure
faulty
Error: Hydraulic oil level faulty
Meaning
Recommend Check
Check wiring
Check hydraulic oil level sensor
(B10 or B11)
See Remedy
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the hydraulic oil level
sensor (B10 or B11)
Hydraulic oil level sensor (B10 or
B11) faulty
Internal error KMC2
Perform work diagnostics
Check sensor (B54)
Check wiring
Determined via the terminal
Gearbox oil pressure sensor
(B54) faulty
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for gearbox oil pressure
sensor (B54)
Main gearbox oil pressure too low LED 21 KMC2 not lit
Perform work diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Hydraulic oil level on sensors B10 Check hydraulic oil level
and B11 too low
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Error No.
Page No. 66/101
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Replace gearbox oil pressure
sensor (B54)
Check gearbox oil pressure
sensor (B54)
Check gearbox oil level
Replace KMC2
Replace hydraulic oil level sensor
(B10 or B11)
Replace wiring
Top up hydraulic fluid.
Remedial measure
2600 CAN to KMC2
5000 Display battery empt
2600
5000
Status: 29.02.2012
2514 Leakage oil filter dirty
Description
2514
Error No.
Page No. 67/101
Error: Backup battery voltage
Error: CAN bus communication KMC2 to terminal
Error: Leakage oil filter dirty
Meaning
See Remedy
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Discharge the backup battery
Check wiring
Turn Page please!
Replace backup battery in display
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22F44
Replace KMC2
LED -22LD44 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Replace the sensor
KMC2 power supply defective
Measure sensor supply voltage
Sensor for leakage oil pressure
(B56) faulty
Replace wiring to the leakage oil
filter sensor (B56)
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check wiring to the leakage oil
filter sensor (B56)
Short circuit/broken cable in
wiring for leakage oil filter sensor
(B56)
Replace leakage oil filter if
necessary
Replace KMC2
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Clean leakage oil filter
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Leakage oil filter dirty
Internal error KMC2
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
5002 KMC1 software wrong
machine type
5009 Diesel engine oil pressure
too low!
5010 Cooling water temperature
too high!
9914 CAN to terminal
5002
5009
5010
9914
Status: 29.02.2012
5001 KMC2 software wrong
machine type
Description
Error: CAN bus communication CAN to terminal
Error: The cooling water
temperature is too high
Error: Diesel engine oil pressure
too low
Error: Wrong software KMC1
Error: Wrong software KMC2
Meaning
Check the temperature sensor
See Remedy
Temperature sensor defective
Internal engine control error
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check the temperature sensor
wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in the
temperature sensor wiring
Determined via the terminal
Check the radiator
See Remedy
Internal engine control error
Radiator dirty
Check the sensor
Sensor defective
See Remedy
See Remedy
Short circuit / broken cable in the
wiring to the sensor
Cooling water to hot
Check the oil pressure
Check software version
Check software version
See Remedy
Recommend Check
The oil pressure is too low
Wrong software loaded
Wrong software loaded
Internal error display
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
5001
Error No.
Page No. 68/101
Turn Page please!
Replace engine control
Replace the temperature sensor
Replace the temperature sensor
wiring
Clean the radiator
Allow the machine to cool down
Replace engine control
Replace the sensor
Check wiring
Check engine oil filling level
Load new software
Load new software
Replace display
Remedial measure
Status: 29.02.2012
9920
Error No.
Page No. 69/101
9920 CAN to joystick
Description
Error: CAN bus communication joystick to terminal
Meaning
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Replace fuse -22-F65
Check fuse -22-F65
Replace terminal
Replace fuse -22-F57
See Remedy
Internal error terminal
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Check fuse -22-F57
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Joystick power supply defective
Check wiring
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Replace fuse -22-F46
Remedial measure
Check fuse -22-F46
Recommend Check
Power supply voltage Terminal
defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9924 CAN to SLC
9924
Status: 29.02.2012
9921 CAN to CU
Description
9921
Error No.
Page No. 70/101
Error: CAN bus communication SLC to terminal
Error: CAN bus communication CU to terminal
Meaning
LED -22-LD6 not lit
SLC power supply voltage faulty
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Turn Page please!
Replace fuse -22-F39
Replace operating panel
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F48.1
Check fuse -22-F47
LED -16-LD1 not lit
Replace joystick
Power supply voltage operating
panel defective
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
9925
Error No.
Page No. 71/101
9925 CAN to DIOM
Description
Error: CAN bus communication DIOM to terminal
Meaning
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
See Remedy
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Internal error DIOM
Replace DIOM
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F73
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F59
LED -22-LD59 not lit
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
Replace SLC
Perform CAN diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal SLC error
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F62
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD62 not lit
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9942 Hardware restart
SmartDrive
9942
Status: 29.02.2012
9926 CAN to ADM1 / MFR
Description
9926
Error No.
Page No. 72/101
Error: Restart hardware
SmartDrive
Error: CAN bus communication ADM1/MFR to terminal
Meaning
Perform CAN diagnostics
Recommend Check
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F63
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F77
Replace ADM1/MFR
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
LED -22-LD31 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error ADM1/MFR
SmartDrive power supply
defective
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F64
Check fuse -22-F70
Check fuse -22-F68
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD64 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Power supply voltage ADM1/MFR LED -22-LD17 not lit
defective
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9953 Hardware restart KMC1
9953
Status: 29.02.2012
9952 Hardware restart KMC2
Description
Error: Restart KMC1 hardware
Error: Restart KMC2 hardware
Meaning
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22LD60 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F61
Replace KMC2
LED -22-LD61 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Replace wiring and/or plugs
KMC1 power supply faulty
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22LD11 not lit
Wiring for KMC2 faulty
Check fuse -22-F62
Check fuse -22F44
Replace SmartDrive
LED -22LD62 not lit
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Check the power supply voltage
on the SmartDrive
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
LED -22-LD116 not flashing
Life signal from SmartDrive faulty
LED -22LD44 not lit
Check the safety output of KMC1
(output is always active with
engine shut off) and check wiring
Safety output for travelling gear
from KMC1 faulty
Replace wiring and plugs
Remedial measure
KMC2 power supply defective
Check wiring and plug
Recommend Check
Wiring faulty
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9952
Error No.
Page No. 73/101
9960 Hardware restart joystick
9960
Status: 29.02.2012
9954 Hardware restart terminal
Description
Error: Restart joystick hardware
Error: Restart terminal hardware
Meaning
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Joystick power supply defective
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
Replace fuse -22-F65
Check fuse -22-F65
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Replace fuse -22-F57
Replace terminal
Check fuse -22-F57
See Remedy
Internal error terminal
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Replace fuse -22-F46
Check fuse -22-F46
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Replace fuse -22-F46.1
Replace KMC1
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Remedial measure
Check fuse -22-F46.1
See Remedy
Internal error - KMC1
Power supply voltage Terminal
defective
Check wiring and plug
Recommend Check
Wiring faulty
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9954
Error No.
Page No. 74/101
9964 Hardware restart SLC
9965 Hardware restart DIOM
9964
9965
Status: 29.02.2012
9961 Hardware restart CU
Description
Error: Restart DIOM hardware
Error: Restart SLC hardware
Error: Restart CU hardware
Meaning
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F73
Replace SLC
LED -22-LD27 not lit
See Remedy
Internal SLC error
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F59
Check wiring and plug
Wiring faulty
Check fuse -22-F92
Replace fuse -22-F39
Replace operating panel
Replace wiring and/or plugs
LED -22-LD59 not lit
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
LED -22-LD6 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
SLC power supply voltage faulty
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F64
LED -22-LD64 not lit
Wiring faulty
Check fuse -22-F62
LED -22-LD62 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F48.1
Check fuse -22-F47
Replace joystick
Remedial measure
LED -16-LD1 not lit
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Power supply voltage CU
defective
Internal joystick error
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9961
Error No.
Page No. 75/101
9982 restart CAN to SmartDrive
9982
Status: 29.02.2012
9966 Hardware restart ADM1 /
MFR
Description
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to SmartDrive
Error: Restart ADM1/MFR
hardware
Meaning
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring
See Remedy
Internal error ADM1/MFR
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Replace wiring
Turn Page please!
Replace ADM1/MFR
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F64
Check fuse -22-F70
Check fuse -22-F68
Replace DIOM
LED -22-LD64 not lit
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Power supply voltage ADM1/MFR LED -22-LD17 not lit
defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9966
Error No.
Page No. 76/101
9993 restart CAN to KMC1
9994 restart CAN to terminal
9993
9994
Status: 29.02.2012
9992 restart CAN to KMC2
Description
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to terminal
Error: interruption in CAN
communication to KMC1
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to KMC2
Meaning
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
See Remedy
Internal error KMC2
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring
See Remedy
Internal SmartDrive error
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
Recommend Check
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
9992
Error No.
Page No. 77/101
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace KMC2
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace KMC2
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace SmartDrive
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Remedial measure
15001 restart CAN to CU
15004 restart CAN to SLC
15005 restart CAN to DIOM
15001
15004
15005
Status: 29.02.2012
15000 restart CAN to joystick
Description
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to DIOM
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to SLC
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to CU
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to Joystick
Meaning
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
See Remedy
Internal SLC error
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring
See Remedy
Internal error, operating panel
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
See Remedy
Internal joystick error
Check wiring
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check wiring
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Internal error terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
15000
Error No.
Page No. 78/101
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace SLC
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace operating panel
Replace wiring and terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace joystick
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Replace terminal
Remedial measure
16000 DIOM Communication
16000
Status: 29.02.2012
15006 restart CAN to ADM1 /
MFR
Description
Error: Communication - DIOM to
CAN
Error: Interruption in CAN
communication to ADM1/MFR
Meaning
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN1 terminating resistors
defective
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring if necessary
and/or replace terminating
resistors
Replace wiring
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN1 bus
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F73
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F59
LED -22-LD59 not lit
Replace ADM1/MFR
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
See Remedy
Internal error ADM1/MFR
Replace wiring and/or terminating
resistors
Perform CAN diagnostics
Check wiring and terminating
resistors
CAN2 terminating resistors
defective
Replace wiring
Replace DIOM
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the CAN2 bus
Internal error DIOM
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
15006
Error No.
Page No. 79/101
16002 DIOM voltage Internal
16003 DIOM voltage UB
16002
16003
Status: 29.02.2012
16001 DIOM temperature
Description
Internal error DIOM
Possible Reason
Error: DIOM UB voltage incorrect
Error: Internal voltage in DIOM
incorrect
Run electronics diagnostics
LED -22-LD59 not lit
Determined via the terminal
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F59
Replace DIOM
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F73
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Replace DIOM
Check fuse -22-F59
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Allow DIOM to cool down
Replace DIOM
Remedial measure
Internal voltage in DIOM incorrect LED -22-LD59 not lit
Perform DIOM diagnostics
Check temperature of DIOM
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined in the terminal
Error: DIOM temperature too high DIOM has overheated
Meaning
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16001
Error No.
Page No. 80/101
Status: 29.02.2012
16004
Error No.
Page No. 81/101
16004 DIOM totalcurrent
Description
Error: DIOM overall current
incorrect
Meaning
Wiring faulty
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD27 not lit
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F73
LED -22-LD59 not lit
DIOM overall current incorrect
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F59
Run electronics diagnostics
Replace DIOM
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
Check fuse -22-F73
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD63 not lit
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16006 DIOM Hardware
16007 DIOM voltage UC
16008 DIOM voltage 7.5V
16006
16007
16008
Status: 29.02.2012
16005 Current at the output
Description
16005
Error No.
Page No. 82/101
Error: DIOM 7.5 V voltage
incorrect
Error: DIOM UC voltage incorrect
Error: DIOM hardware defective
Error: DIOM
Meaning
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
LED -22-LD59 not lit
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Turn Page please!
Check fuse -22-F59
Replace DIOM
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Wiring faulty
Check fuse -22-F63
LED -22-LD63 not lit
Check fuse -22-F73
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Check fuse -22-F59
LED -22-LD59 not lit
Power supply voltage DIOM
defective
Replace DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace wiring
Consult KRONE Service
Replace DIOM
Remedial measure
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring
See Remedy
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring
Internal DIOM error
Internal error DIOM
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16010 DIOM PWM1 current
16010
Status: 29.02.2012
16009 DIOM EEPROM
Description
16009
Error No.
Page No. 83/101
Error: Over-current
Error: EEPROM defective
Meaning
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Check coil
Check solenoid valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Valve plug defective
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Solenoid valve defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
EEPROM defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check fuse -22-F92
LED -22-LD11 not lit
Turn Page please!
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace DIOM
Replace DIOM
Replace wiring and/or plugs
Check fuse -22-F60
LED -22-LD60 not lit
Check wiring and plug
Check fuse -22-F63
Check fuse -22-F73
Remedial measure
LED -22-LD63 not lit
LED -22-LD27 not lit
Recommend Check
Wiring faulty
Central electrical power supply
voltage defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16012 DIOM PWM3 current
16012
Status: 29.02.2012
16011 DIOM PWM2 current
Description
16011
Error No.
Page No. 84/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Check valve plug
Check coil
Check solenoid valve
See Remedy
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Solenoid valve defective
Internal error DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Valve plug defective
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Check wiring to valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Determined via the terminal
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Internal error DIOM
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Remedial measure
16014 DIOM DIG1 current
16015 DIOM DIG2 currrent
16014
16015
Status: 29.02.2012
16013 DIOM PWM4 current
Description
16013
Error No.
Page No. 85/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve (Y35)
Determined via the terminal
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y35)
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring to valve (Y35)
Replace DIOM
Internal error DIOM
See Remedy
Replace solenoid valve (Y34)
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve (Y34)
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y34) faulty Test coil (Y34)
Check valve plug
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Valve plug defective
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Check wiring to valve (Y34)
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y34)
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Determined via the terminal
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16017 DIOM DIG4 current
16017
Status: 29.02.2012
16016 DIOM DIG3 current
Description
16016
Error No.
Page No. 86/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y37)
Replace solenoid valve (Y37)
Check wiring to valve (Y37)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y37)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y37) faulty Test coil (Y37)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y36)
Replace solenoid valve (Y36)
Check wiring to valve (Y36)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y36)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y36) faulty Test coil (Y36)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace valve plug
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Remedial measure
Replace solenoid valve (Y35)
Recommend Check
Coil of solenoid valve (Y35) faulty Test coil (Y35)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16019 DIOM PWM2 state
16020 DIOM PWM3 state
16021 DIOM PWM4 state
16019
16020
16021
Status: 29.02.2012
16018 DIOM PWM1 state
Description
16018
Error No.
Page No. 87/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check wiring to valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check wiring to valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check valve plug
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Valve plug defective
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check wiring to valve
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
16023 DIOM DIG2 state
16023
Status: 29.02.2012
16022 DIOM DIG1 state
Description
16022
Error No.
Page No. 88/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace solenoid valve (Y35)
Check wiring to valve (Y35)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y35)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y35) faulty Check coil (Y35)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace wiring (Y35)
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace valve plug
Replace solenoid valve (Y34)
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y34)
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y34) faulty Check coil (Y34)
Check wiring to valve (Y34)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y34)
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Determined via the terminal
Check valve plug
Recommend Check
Valve plug defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16025 DIOM DIG4 state
16041 DIOM PWM6 current
16025
16041
Status: 29.02.2012
16024 DIOM DIG3 state
Description
16024
Error No.
Page No. 89/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Determined via the terminal
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Valve plug defective
See Remedy
Turn Page please!
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y37)
Replace solenoid valve (Y37)
Check wiring to valve (Y37)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y37)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y37) faulty Check coil (Y37)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y36)
Replace solenoid valve (Y36)
Check wiring to valve (Y36)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y36)
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y36) faulty Check coil (Y36)
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16043 DIOM PWM8 current
16043
Status: 29.02.2012
16042 DIOM PWM7 current
Description
16042
Error No.
Page No. 90/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Check valve plug
Check coil
Valve plug defective
Coil for solenoid valve defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check wiring to valve
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring to valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Determined via the terminal
Check coil
Recommend Check
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace coil
Turn Page please!
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Remedial measure
16045 DIOM DIG6 current
16046 DIOM DIG7 current
16045
16046
Status: 29.02.2012
16044 DIOM DIG5 current
Description
16044
Error No.
Page No. 91/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Determined via the terminal
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Turn Page please!
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y33)
Replace solenoid valve (Y33)
Check wiring to valve (Y33)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y33)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y33) faulty Test coil (Y33)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y32)
Replace solenoid valve (Y32)
Check wiring to valve (Y32)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y32)
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y32) faulty Test coil (Y32)
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Determined via the terminal
Check solenoid valve
Recommend Check
Solenoid valve defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16048 DIOM PWM5 state
16048
Status: 29.02.2012
16047 DIOM DIG8 current
Description
16047
Error No.
Page No. 92/101
Error: Status
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Check coil
See Remedy
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Valve plug defective
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Internal error DIOM
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace solenoid valve (Y43)
Check wiring to valve (Y43)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y43)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y43) faulty Test coil (Y43)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace wiring to valve (Y43)
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace valve plug
Replace solenoid valve (Y41)
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y41)
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y41) faulty Test coil (Y41)
Check wiring to valve (Y41)
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y41)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16050 DIOM PWM7 state
16051 DIOM PWM8 state
16052 DIOM DIG5 state
16050
16051
16052
Status: 29.02.2012
16049 DIOM PWM6 state
Description
16049
Error No.
Page No. 93/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Determined via the terminal
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check wiring to valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check valve plug
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Valve plug defective
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check wiring to valve
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace DIOM
Turn Page please!
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
16054 DIOM DIG7 state
16054
Status: 29.02.2012
16053 DIOM DIG6 state
Description
16053
Error No.
Page No. 94/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
Check wiring to valve (Y41)
Check valve plug
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y41)
Valve plug defective
Coil of solenoid valve (Y41) faulty Check coil (Y41)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Turn Page please!
Replace solenoid valve (Y41)
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring (Y41)
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace solenoid valve (Y33)
Check wiring to valve (Y33)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y33)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y33) faulty Check coil (Y33)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace wiring (Y33)
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace valve plug
Replace solenoid valve (Y32)
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y32)
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y32) faulty Check coil (Y32)
Check wiring to valve (Y32)
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y32)
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16071 DIOM PWM10 current
16072 DIOM PWM11 current
16071
16072
Status: 29.02.2012
16055 DIOM DIG8 state
Description
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Error: Status
Meaning
Check valve plug
Check coil
Check solenoid valve
See Remedy
Valve plug defective
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Solenoid valve defective
Internal error DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Determined via the terminal
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Turn Page please!
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y43)
Replace solenoid valve (Y43)
Check wiring to valve (Y43)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y43)
Replace DIOM
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y43) faulty Check coil (Y43)
Run electronics diagnostics
See Remedy
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Internal error DIOM
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16055
Error No.
Page No. 95/101
16074 DIOM DIG9 current
16074
Status: 29.02.2012
16073 DIOM PWM12 current
Description
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
Check wiring to valve (Y39)
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y39)
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Determined via the terminal
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check wiring to valve
Check solenoid valve
Solenoid valve defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Run electronics diagnostics
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Determined via the terminal
Check wiring to valve
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16073
Error No.
Page No. 96/101
Turn Page please!
Replace wiring to valve (Y39)
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace coil
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
16076 DIOM DIG11 current
16076
Status: 29.02.2012
16075 DIOM DIG10 current
Description
16075
Error No.
Page No. 97/101
Error: Over-current
Error: Over-current
Meaning
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring to valve (Y38)
Replace solenoid valve (Y38)
Check wiring to valve (Y38)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y38)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y38) faulty Test coil (Y38)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace solenoid valve (Y40)
Check wiring to valve (Y40)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y40)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y40) faulty Test coil (Y40)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
Replace wiring to valve (Y40)
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace valve plug
Remedial measure
Replace solenoid valve (Y39)
Check valve plug
Recommend Check
Coil of solenoid valve (Y39) faulty Test coil (Y39)
Valve plug defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16078 DIOM PWM9 state
16079 DIOM PWM10 state
16078
16079
Status: 29.02.2012
16077 DIOM DIG12 current
Description
16077
Error No.
Page No. 98/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Over-current DIG12
(reserve)
Meaning
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Check coil
See Remedy
Valve plug defective
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Internal error DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Test coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Valve plug defective
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Check wiring to valve
Check wiring to valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
16081 DIOM PWM12 state
16082 DIOM DIG9 state
16081
16082
Status: 29.02.2012
16080 DIOM PWM11 state
Description
16080
Error No.
Page No. 99/101
Error: Status
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
Replace DIOM
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Replace valve plug
Replace solenoid valve (Y39)
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y39)
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace the solenoid valve
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y39) faulty Check coil (Y39)
Check wiring to valve (Y39)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y39)
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Run electronics diagnostics
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Determined via the terminal
Check valve plug
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Valve plug defective
Check coil
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Check wiring to valve
Recommend Check
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
16084 DIOM DIG11 state
16085 DIOM DIG12 state
16084
16085
Status: 29.02.2012
16083 DIOM DIG10 state
Description
16083
Error No.
Page No. 100/101
Error: Status of DIG12 (reserve)
Error: Status
Error: Status
Meaning
Run electronics diagnostics
Check wiring to valve
Check valve plug
Determined via the terminal
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring for the valve
Valve plug defective
See Remedy
Turn Page please!
Replace valve plug
Replace wiring to valve
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y38)
Replace solenoid valve (Y38)
Check wiring to valve (Y38)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y38)
Coil of solenoid valve (Y38) faulty Check coil (Y38)
Run electronics diagnostics
Determined via the terminal
See Remedy
Replace DIOM
Replace valve plug
Internal error DIOM
Check valve plug
Valve plug defective
Replace wiring (Y40)
Replace solenoid valve (Y40)
Check wiring to valve (Y40)
Short circuit/broken cable in the
wiring to the valve (Y40)
Remedial measure
Coil of solenoid valve (Y40) faulty Check coil (Y40)
Run electronics diagnostics
Recommend Check
Determined via the terminal
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Status: 29.02.2012
Error No.
Page No. 101/101
Description
Meaning
Test coil
See Remedy
Internal error DIOM
Recommend Check
Coil for solenoid valve defective
Possible Reason
Error descriptions BiG M 500
Replace DIOM
Turn Page please!
Replace the solenoid valve
Remedial measure
A
Bringing up a Menu Level ................................ 121
Abrasion Limit ...................................................360
C
Activating fast reversing....................................303
Cab circuit board.............................................. 422
Actuating release switches .................................80
Cabin.................................................................. 48
Additional Axle ............................................20, 266
Cabin relay circuit board .................................. 420
Adjust all mowing units to 0°.............................143
Change the Times of the Lubrication Interval .. 430
Adjustable Fan Nozzles ....................................101
Changing / cleaning the fresh air filter ............. 385
Adjusting the Compensation Springs ...............305
Changing a customer record (1) or creating a new
one ............................................................... 115
Adjusting the conditioner plate .........................309
Adjusting the cutting height ..............................305
Adjusting the mowing units ...............................305
Adjusting the swath width .................................311
Adjusting the Tedder Speed .............................307
Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information
Labels .............................................................23
Charge Indicator Lamp ...................................... 86
Charging Batteries ........................................... 413
Check battery................................................... 414
Check before Start-up...................................... 264
Check lock ....................................................... 267
Checking and maintaining tyres....................... 399
After Shearing Off .............................................367
Checking refrigerant condition and level.......... 392
Air comfort seat...................................................52
Checking the Cutter Blades and Blade Holder 355
Air filter..............................................................332
Circuit board console ....................................... 421
Air Intake and Air Distribution ...........................383
Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC1)
..................................................................... 423
Aligning the Cutter Bar......................................351
Allround lights .....................................................72
At the End of the Harvest Season ....................432
Autopilot ..............................................................41
Autopilot release switch / - optional ....................82
Axle separation key ............................................85
B
Basic screen .....................................................105
Circuit board Krone Machine Controller (KMC2)
..................................................................... 424
Circulation filter ................................................ 386
Cleaning the Engine Compartment with
Compressed Air ........................................... 317
Cleaning the radiator and radiator compartment
..................................................................... 393
Collector/drier................................................... 391
Commissioning ................................................ 257
Battery.........................................................43, 411
Compressed-air reservoir ................................ 334
Before the Start of the New Season .................433
Compressed-air reservoir ................................ 334
BEKA - MAX central lubrication ........................425
Beka Max ..........................................................425
Belt drives .........................................................394
Contact............................................................... 23
Contamination in the engine compartment ...... 317
Control units and fuses .................................... 419
Blade Changing on Cutting Discs.....................361
Cooler ................................................................ 57
Blade Quick-Fit Device .............................357, 363
Cooling system .................................................. 43
Blade screw connection....................................356
Blade Screw Connection ..................................362
Brake light ...........................................................67
Brakes...............................................................369
436
Cross Conveyor Drive...................................... 397
Cruise Control .................................................. 275
Cutter Blades ................................................... 355
D
Folding Down the Mowing Units ...................... 284
Daily checks......................................................264
Folding the Front Mowing Unit from Headland
Position to Transport Position...................... 298
Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the
Safety Instructions ..........................................38
Delete customer counter...................................117
Description of Installation..................................260
Deviating Torque ..............................................341
Folding the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland
Position to Transport Position...................... 296
Folding up the Mowing Units ........................... 294
Friction clutch................................................... 434
Diagnostics Socket / USB Connection ...............89
Front mowing unit 28, 36, 306, 308, 311, 342, 349,
350
Diesel engine error storage ..............................246
Fuel .................................................................. 326
Drain engine oil.................................................319
Fuel filter/water separator ................................ 321
Drain valve ........................................................335
Full Beam ........................................................... 63
Drawer for first-aid kit/operating instructions ......56
Drive data information section (VI) ...................110
Driving and Transport .......................................266
Driving Forwards...............................................273
E
Electronic Diesel Control (EDC) .......................420
Eliminating Blockages on the Cross Conveyor.343
Emergency exit ...................................................43
Emergency Exit...................................................58
Empty the water separator................................321
Engine area ......................................................432
Engine coolant ..................................................331
Engine Coolant .................................................330
G
Game animal protection................................... 300
General on driving............................................ 271
Grease types, NLGIClass 2 ............................. 428
Guide's seat ....................................................... 57
H
Hand pump ...................................................... 323
Headlamp Flasher.............................................. 63
High-pressure filter........................................... 380
Horn ................................................................... 62
Hydraulic system.............................................. 370
I
Engine oil ..........................................................319
Identification Plate.............................................. 15
Engine oil level..................................................318
Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions
....................................................................... 22
Entering parameters .........................................124
Error Messages ........................................255, 437
F
Fan wheel drive ................................................396
Fast Direction Change (Fast Reversing) ..........303
Ignition lock ........................................................ 87
Implements ........................................................ 42
Indicator Switches.............................................. 62
Indicator, hazard warning flasher and brake light
....................................................................... 67
Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for
Gearboxes ....................................................345
Info centre EasyTouch ..................................... 103
Filling with engine oil.........................................320
Information Required for Questions and Orders 16
Fire preventions ..................................................44
Information Section .......................................... 105
Fitting the batteries and connecting the poles
correctly ........................................................416
Information section of settings (IV and V)........ 110
Fitting the guard cloths .....................................257
Folding All Mowing Units from Headland Position
to Transport Position.....................................295
Folding Down Lateral Mowing Units .................257
Information message ....................................... 256
Input gearbox ........................................... 346, 349
Inside mirror ....................................................... 76
Installation of Cutter Blades ............................. 263
Intended use ...................................................... 16
437
Intended Use ....................................................282
Maintenance – compressed air system ........... 334
Interior lighting ....................................................73
Maintenance – electrical system...................... 410
Introduction .........................................................15
Maintenance - Engine ...................................... 313
K
Maintenance – lubrication chart....................... 401
Killing the engine ..............................................270
-Klimatronik / heating ..........................................93
L
Ladder to driver's cab .........................................48
Left outside mirror...............................................74
Lifting All Mowing Units from Working Position to
Headland Position.........................................295
Lifting the Front Mowing Unit from Working
Position to Headland Position.......................297
Lifting the Lateral Mowing Units from Working
Position to Headland Position.......................296
Lighting ...............................................................66
Lowering All Mowing Units from Headland
Position to Working Position .................259, 286
Lowering All Mowing Units from Transport
Position to Headland Position...............258, 285
Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Headland
Position to Working Position .........................288
Lowering the Front Mowing Unit from Transport
Position to Headland Position.......................288
Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Headland
Position to Working Position .........................287
Maintenance – Mowing Units........................... 336
Maintenance Table - Motor .............................. 314
Maintenance Table- Mowing Units .................. 338
Manometric switch ........................................... 390
Measuring Acid Density ................................... 415
Menu 1-1 Parameters ...................................... 123
Menu 1-2 Machine setting ............................... 125
Menu 1-3 Units................................................. 129
Menu 1-4 Language......................................... 130
Menu 1-5 Display ............................................. 131
Menu 1-5-1 Contrast ........................................ 132
Menu 1-5-2 Beeper .......................................... 133
Menu 1-5-4 Direction of Rotation..................... 135
Menu 1-5-5 Configure status line..................... 136
Menu 1-6 Date/time ......................................... 137
Menu 1-9 Owner's address.............................. 138
Menu 3-2 Calibration of front mowing unit ....... 145
Menu 3-3 Calibration of right lateral mowing unit
..................................................................... 151
Menu 3-4 Calibration of left lateral mowing unit158
Lowering the Lateral Mowing Units from Transport
Position to Headland Position.......................287
Menu 3-5 Hydraulic axle suspension............... 165
Lubricant ...........................................................427
Menu 3-8 Manual mode ................................... 168
Lubricating the PTO shaft .................................401
Menu 4-1 Diagnostics ...................................... 176
Lubrication Chart ..............................................405
Menu 4-1-1 Diagnostics of axle suspension .... 179
M
Menu 4-1-10 Diagnostics work ........................ 215
Machine Data Counter......................................140
Menu 4-1-11 CAN Bus..................................... 220
Machine overview ...............................................18
Main battery switch .....................................47, 412
Main menu 1 Settings .......................................122
Menu 3-6 Cabin suspension ............................ 166
Menu 4-1-12 Travelling gear............................ 221
Menu 4-1-13 Electronics .................................. 232
Menu 4-1-14 Diesel Engine ............................. 233
Main Menu 2 Counters .....................................140
Menu 4-1-15 Joystick....................................... 236
Main Menu 3 .....................................................142
Menu 4-1-16 Control unit console.................... 238
Main Menu 4 Service ........................................175
Maintenance .......................................................45
Maintenance – Basic Machine..........................369
Maintenance – Central Lubrication...................425
438
Menu 4-1-17 Display........................................ 241
Menu 4-1-18 Steering ...................................... 242
Menu 4-1-2 Diagnostics cabin suspension ...... 181
Menu 4-1-4 Diagnostics of cutting height ........ 183
Menu 4-1-5 Diagnostics of hydraulic auger hood
......................................................................191
Menu 4-1-7 Diagnostics front mowing unit .......197
Menu 4-1-8 Diagnostics right lateral mowing unit
......................................................................203
Menu 4-1-9 Diagnostics left lateral mowing unit
......................................................................209
Menu 4-2 Error list ............................................243
Menu 4-3 Service level .....................................248
Menu 4-4 Information........................................249
Menu 4-4-1 Joystick..........................................250
Menu 4-4-2 .......................................................251
Menu 4-4-3 Machine.........................................253
Menu 5 ..............................................................254
Menu level/brief overview .................................119
Motor data (II) information section....................107
Mowing..............................................................299
Pilot Lamp Engine Oil Pressure......................... 86
Pilot lamp steering fault...................................... 86
Placing in Storage............................................ 432
Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the
Machine ......................................................... 24
Position of the General Information Labels on the
Machine ......................................................... 30
Precondition for mowing .................................. 300
Pressure filter ................................................... 379
Pumps .............................................................. 373
Q
Quick access.................................... 111, 113, 118
Quick access Customer Data Counter ............ 114
Quick Access Keys in the Basic Screen .......... 111
Quick charge.................................................... 413
Quick Stop ....................................................... 303
Mowing Unit Drive.............................................289
R
Mowing with Individual Mowing Units ...............302
Radio................................................................ 102
Multi-Function Lever ...........................................90
Reasonably foreseeable misuse........................ 17
Multi-Function Lever Driving ...............................92
Refrigerant ....................................................... 390
O
Refrigerant data sheet R 134a (excerpt) ......... 389
Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals
(Gearboxes) ..................................................345
Oil level check and oil change on the cutter bar
......................................................................351
Release switch - holding brake.......................... 83
Release switch – road/field ........................ 81, 267
Release switch travelling gear ................... 84, 268
Opening the cabin door ......................................50
Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information
Labels ............................................................ 23
Opening the Front Guard..................................342
Repairing the Sheared Off Bearing Unit .......... 368
Operation – Mowing Units ................................282
Replace Air Dryer............................................. 335
Operation of Mowing Units ...............................283
Replacing the filter on the transfer gearbox..... 381
Operators controls ..............................................51
Replacing the fuel filter .................................... 321
Outside mirrors ...................................................74
Replacing the fuel filter insert .......................... 322
Over-pressure valves........................................374
Replacing the linings........................................ 364
P
Replacing the oil filter insert............................. 319
Panel Switches and Indicator Lamps .................79
Parking Brake ...................................................279
Periodical Inspection of the Cutting Discs / Blade
Drums ...........................................................359
Replacing Urea Filter Inserts ........................... 324
Retainer Spring ................................................ 262
Reversing ......................................................... 274
Right outside mirror and anti-collision mirror ..... 75
Periodical Inspection of the Leaf Springs .........358
Road transport/field work ................................... 49
Personnel Qualification and Training..................38
Roof Panel Switch Group .................................. 65
Pilot Lamp Cooling Water Temperature .............86
439
S
Switching the Mowing Unit Drives On and Off. 290
Safety..................................................................21
Switching the Right Mowing Unit Drive On/Off 291
Safety cartridge.................................................333
System Description Operating and Brake
Hydraulics .................................................... 373
Safety-conscious work practices ........................38
Self-propelled working machine .........................40
T
Setting of the Scraper on the Cross Conveyor
(Optional) ......................................................310
Tanks ............................................................... 327
Setting the Acceleration Behaviour ..................271
Technical data............................................ 19, 389
Setting the anti-collision mirror ...........................75
Technical Data / Vehicle .................................... 19
Setting the right outside mirror ...........................75
Technical data/CV mowing unit ......................... 20
Shearing pins ....................................................344
Telephone and radio sets .................................. 45
Side light/dipped beam .......................................68
Tensioning belts............................................... 335
Spare Parts .......................................................337
Test run............................................................ 337
Speed gearbox .........................................347, 350
Three-phase generator .................................... 417
Spotlight ..............................................................73
Starter ...............................................................418
Tighten the Fastening Screws on the Outrigger
..................................................................... 400
Starting the engine............................................268
Tightening Torques .......................................... 340
Starting to Drive ................................................270
Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws) ..... 341
Starting with an Auxiliary Battery......................270
Tool box ........................................................... 339
Start-up .............................................................264
Towing ............................................................. 281
Status line (I).....................................................106
Transfer gearbox...................................... 348, 378
Steering Column Adjustment ..............................61
Transport / Road Travel ................................... 266
Steering Column and Foot Pedals......................60
Travelling gear data (III) information section ... 108
Steering programmes: ......................................109
Troubleshooting ............................................... 430
Stopping............................................................277
Tyres .......................................................... 43, 398
Stopping with Foot Brakes................................278
U
Suction blower drive .........................................395
Using the operating brake.................................. 64
Sun Visor ............................................................76
Switch off the engine ........................................280
Switch off the machine......................................280
Switch panel .......................................................78
Tanks of urea solution...................................... 328
V
Venting the fuel system.................................... 330
W
Switching All Mowing Unit Drives On/Off..........293
Washer system .................................................. 77
Switching Axle Separation On and Off .............304
Wheel chocks..................................................... 46
Switching on the dipped beam ...........................68
Wheel hub drives ............................................. 382
Switching on the hazard warning flasher............67
Wheel mounting ............................................... 400
Switching on the indicator...................................67
Windscreen washer system ............................. 387
Switching on the parking light.............................68
Windshield wipers .............................................. 77
Switching the counter on or off .........................116
Working floodlight Bottom front.......................... 71
Switching the Front Mowing Unit Drive On/Off .292
Working floodlight rear ....................................... 71
Switching the Left Mowing Unit Drive On/Off ...290
Working floodlight right/left mowing units .......... 70
440
Working floodlights .............................................69
Working floodlights Cab......................................70
Working in the vicinity of power transmission lines
....................................................................... 44
441
. . . konsequent, kompetent
Maschinenfabrik
Bernard Krone GmbH
Heinrich-Krone-Straße 10, D-48480 Spelle
Postfach 11 63, D-48478 Spelle
Phone +49 (0) 59 77/935-0
Fax
+49 (0) 59 77/935-339
Internet: http://www.krone.de
eMail: [email protected]

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

advertisement